U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation • Administration 7400.2D Procedures for Handling • Airspace Matters •
·'"
..... "",
• Distribution: ZAT-740 (ALL); September 16, 1993 Initiated by ATP-200 RECORD OF CHANGES DIRECTIVE NO. 7400.2D
CHANGE SUPPLEMENTS CH,oNGE SUPPLEMENTS TO OPTIONAL TO OPTIONAL BASIC BASIC •
.. ..
•
1---.
• FAA Form 132~5 (6-80) USE PREVIOUS EDITION 9/16/93 7400.2D
• PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING AIRSPACE MATTERS 7400.2D FOREWORD
• This Order shall be used by all personnel in the joint administration of the airspace program. The guidance and procedures herein incorporate into one publication as many orders, notices and di rectives of the affected services as possible. This order consists of 8 parts and incorporates all re quired changes due to the Airspace Reclassification Rule effective September 16, 1993.
• ~l~£~ Associate Administrator for Air Traffic
:u..~ Anthony J. erick (AVR) \UAiIAmWd Associat~ Administrator for AssociDt~ Administrator Regulation & Certification for Airway Facilities
• 9/16/93 7400.2D
TABLE OF CONTENTS • [Bracketed numbers represent the numbering system in Order 7400.2C] PART I. GENERALPROCEDURES Chapter 1. GENERAL Section 1. INTRODUCTION Page 1-1 Purpose/Application {1 000] . 1-1-1 1-2 Effective Date {1001] . 1-1-1 1-3 Cancellation {1002] . 1-1-1 1-4 Change Authority {1003] .. 1-1-1 1-5 Other Responsibilities {1004] . 1-1-1 1-6 Structural Format {1 005] . 1-1-1 1-7 Policy {1006] .. 1-1-1 1-8 Authority and Applicability {1007] . 1-1-1 1-9 FAR References {1008] . 1-1-1 1-10 Executive Order 10854 {1009] . 1-1-2 1-11 Word Usage {1010] .. 1-1-2 1-12 Order Changes' {lOll] . 1-1-2 1-13 Coordinates . 1-1-2 • 1-14 thru 1-19 Reserved . 1-1-2 Section 2. CHARTING 1-20 Charting Information {1 020] 1-2-1 1-21 Directions {1021] 1-2-1
Chapter 2. AIRSPACE CASES Section 1. RULEMAKING CASES 2-1 Scope {1030] . 2-1-1 2-2 Docket Location {1031] . 2-1-1 2-3 Docket Number {1032] . 2-1-1 2-4 Docket Content {1033] . 2-1-1 2-5 Flight Procedural Data {1034] . 2-1-1 2-6 True/Magnetic Directions {1 035] . 2-1-1 12-7 Coordinates of NAVAJD {1036] . 2-1-1 2-8 Revocation of Controlled Airspace {1037] . 2-1-1 2-9 Processing Rulemaking Cases {1038] .. 2-1-1 2-10 Action by Regional Counsel {1039] .. 2-1-1 12-11 Submission of Airspace Cases To Headquarters {1040] .. 2-1-1 2-12 Informal Discussions {1 041] . 2-1-2 2-13 Regional Analysis {1042] . 2-1-2 2-14 Effective Final Date of Rules {1043] . 2-1-2 2-15 Publication in Federal Register {1044] .. 2-1-2 2-16 Distribution {1045] .. 2-1-2 ~-17 Periodic Review {1046] . 2-1-2 • 2-18 thru 2-19 Reserved . 2-1-2 7400.2D 9/16/93
Section 2. NONRULEMAKING CASES 2-20 Definition [1050J 2-2-1 2-21 Identification [1051J 2-2-1 • 2-22 Circularization [1052J 2-2-1 2-23 Circularization Included in NPRM [1053J 2-2-1 2-24 Circularization Documentation [1054J 2-2-1 2-25 thru 2-29 Reserved 2-2-1 Section 3. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGS 2-30 Purpose [1060J 2-3-1 2-31 Notification [1061J 2-3-1 2-32 Special Notification Procedures [1062J 2-3-1 2-33 Location [1063J 2-3-1 2-34 Agenda Items [1064J 2-3-1 2-35 Record of Meetings [1065J 2-3-1 2-36 thru 2-39 Reserved 2-3-1 Section 4. HEARINGS 2-40 Prescribed Procedures [1070J 2-4-1 2-41 Publication [1071J 2-4-1 2-42 Arrangements [1072J 2-4-1 2-43 Submission Requirements [1073J 2-4-1 2-44 thru 2-49 Reserved 2-4-1 Section S. CHARTED REPORTING POINTS 2-50 Policy [1080J 2-5-1 2-51 Designation [1081J 2-5-1 2-52 Chart Series Selection [1082J 2-5-1 • 2-53 FAA Form 8260-2 (RIS: FS 8220-1) [1083J 2-5-1 2-54 Preparation of Form 8260-2 [1084J 2-5-1 Chapter 3. NAMING OF NAVIGATIONAL AIDS/AERONAUTICAL FACILITIES/RADIO FIXES Section 1. GUIDELINES 3-1 Responsibility [1090J 3-1-1 3-2 General [1091J 3-1-1 3-3 Naming of Navigational Aids [1092J 3-1-1 3-4 Naming of Waypoints, Intersections, and DME Fixes [1093J 3-1-1 3-5 Elimination of Duplication [1094J 3-1-1
PART 2. OBJECTS AFFECTING NAVIGABLE AIRSPACE Chapter 4. GENERAL Section 1. POLICY • 4-1 Authority [2000J 4-1-1 4-2 Purpose [2001J 4-1-1 ii 9/16/93 7400.2D
Geographical Area [2002} 4-1-1 .~ Objects Subject to Standards [2003} 4-1-1 4-5 Policy [2004} 4-1-1 4-6 Notice Processing [2005} 4-1-1 4-7 FAA Forms 7460-1 through 7460-11 [2006} 4-1-2 4-8 Shielding-Section 77.15(a) [2007} 4-1-2 4-9 Construction Within an Antenna Farm [2008} 4-1-2 4-10 Structures Existing or Under Construction [2009} 4-1-2 4-11 Structures Exceeding 2,000 Feet [2010} 4-1-2 4-12 thru 4-19 Reserved 4-1-3
Section 2. RESPONSIBILITIES-SCREENING OF NOTICES • 4-20 Determining Notice Action Requirements [2020} 4-2-1 4-21 Equipment with Approved Siting Criteria [2021} 4-2-1 4-22 Processing When Notice Criteria Not Exceeded [2022} 4-2-1 4-23 Processing When Notice Criteria Are Exceeded [2023} 4-2-1 4-24 Processing Notices Under Section 77.17(d) [2024} 4-2-1 4-25 thru 4-29 Reserved 4-2-1
Section 3. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICES 4-30 Forms and Types of Acknowledgments [2030} 4-3-1 4-31 Preliminary Study [2031} 4-3-1 4-32 Effective and Expiration Dates [2032} 4-3-1 4-33 Petitioning Information [2033} 4-3-1 4-34 Distribution of Acknowledgments [2034} 4-3-1 4-35 • FCC Address [2035} 4-3-1 4-36 Furnishing Form 7460-2 [2036} 4-3-1 4-37 Need for Supplemental Notice [2037} 4-3-1 4-38 Submission Requirements-48 Hours [2038} 4-3-2 4-39 Submission Requirements-5 Days [2039} 4-3-2 4-40 Regional Preparation of Form 7460-2 [2040} 4-3-2 4-41 Distribution of Executed Form 7460-2 [2041} 4-3-2 4-42 Follow-up Action [2042} 4-3-2
Chapter 5. AERONAUTICAL STUDIES-PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION
Section 1. General 5-1 Structures Subject to Study [2200} .. 5-1-1 5-2 Extent of Study [2201} .. 5-1-1 5-3 Multiple Applicants for a Single Site [2202} .. 5-1-1 5-4 Multiple Sites [2203} .. 5-1-1 5-5 Multiple Structures [2204} .. 5-1-1 5-6 Civil Airport Surfaces [2205} . 5-1-1 5-7 VFR Airports [2206} . 5-1-2 5-8 Military Airport Surfaces [2207} .. 5-1-2 5-9 Terminal Obstacle Clearance Area [2208} .. 5-1-2 5-10 En Route Obstacle Clearance Area [2209} .. 5-1-2 5-11 Study Actions [2210} .. 5-1-2 5-12 Negotiations [2211} .. 5-1-3 5-13 Policy on Release of Information [2212} .. 5-1-3 • 5-14 thru 5-19 Reserved .. 5-1-3 iii 7400.2D 9/16/93
Section 2. CIRCULARIZATION 5-20 Policy [2220J 5-2-1 5-21 Notice of Aeronautical Study [2221J 5-2-1 5-22 Comment Period [2222J 5-2-1 • 5-23 Standard Distribution [2223J 5-2-1 5-24 Special Distribution [2224J 5-2-1 5-25 Distribution Records [2225J 5-2-2 5-26 Evaluating Comments [2226J 5-2-2 5-27 Informal Airspace Meetings [2227J 5-2-2 Chapter 6. AERONAUTICAL STUDIES OF EXISTING OBJECTS 6-1 Authority [2300J 6-1-1 6-2 Purpose [2301J 6-1-1 6-3 Initiation of Studies [2302J 6-1-1 6-4 Need for Study [2303J 6-1-1 6-5 Preliminary Study [2304J 6-1-1 6-6 Extent of Study [2305J 6-1-1 6-7 Coordination [2306J 6-1-1 6-8 Release of Information [2307J 6-1-2 6-9 Airport Imaginary Surfaces [2308J 6-1-2 6-10 Electromagnetic or Line-of-Sight Interference [2309J 6-1-2 6-11 Circularization [2310J 6-1-2 6-12 Negotiations [2311J 6-1-2 6-13 Informal Airspace Meetings [2312J 6-1-2 6-14 Petition Processing [2313J 6-1-2 Chapter 7. EVALUATING AERONAUTICAL EFFECT Section 1. GENERAL • 7-1 Policy [2400J 7-1-1 7-2 Evaluation by FAA Offices [2401J 7-1-1 7-3 Adverse Effect [2402J 7-1-1 7-4 Substantial Adverse Effect [2403J 7-1-1 7-5 Significant Volume of Activity [2404J 7-1-1 7-6 Shielding [2405J 7-1-2 7-7 Shielding Guidelines [2406J 7-1-2 7-8 Shadow Plane [2407J 7-1-2 7-9 Marking and Lighting [2408J 7-1-2 7-10 thru 7-19 Reserved 7-1-2 Section 2. GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATING EFFECT ON VFR OPERATIONS 7-20 Purpose [2420J 7-2-1 7-21 Navigable Airspace [2421J 7-2-1 7-22 En Route Operations [2422J 7-2-1 7-23 Airport Areas [2423J 7-2-2 7-24 Helicopters [2424J 7-2-3 7-25 VFR Military Training Routes (VR's) [2425J 7-2-3 7-26 Agricultural Aircraft Operations [2426J 7-2-3 7-27 Operations Under Waiver/Exemption to FAR's [2427J 7-2-3 7-28 thru 7-29 Reserved 7-2-3 Section 3. GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATING EFFECT ON IFR OPERATIONS 7-30 Purpose [2430J 7-3-1 • iv 9/16/93 7400.2D
7-31 Operational Standards [2431} 7-3-1 • 7-32 IFR Minimum Flight Altitudes [2432} 7-3-1 7-33 En Route IFR Operations [2433} 7-3-1 7-34 Terminal Area IFR Operations [2434} 7-3-2 7-35 Air Navigation and Communications Aids [2435} 7-3-3 7-36 Planned or Future Airport Development Programs [2436} 7-3-5 7-37 Temporary Construction [2437} 7-3-5 Chapter 8. OBSTRUCTION EVALUATION DETERMINATIONS Section 1. GENERAL 8-1 Authority [2500} 8-1-1 8-2 Policy [2501} 8-1-1 8-3 Standard Forms [2502} 8-1-1 8-4 Noise Issues [2503} 8-1-2 8-5 Conformance to Policy [2504} 8-1-2 8-6 Aircraft Route Changes [2505} 8-1-2 8-7 Existing Objects [2506] 8-1-2 8-8 Supplemental Data [2507} 8-1-2 8-9 Distribution [2508} 8-1-3 8-10 thru 8-19 Reserved 8-1-3 Section 2. DETERMINATION DATES 8-20 Issuance Date [2520} 8-2-1 8-21 Effective Date [2521} 8-2-1 8-22 Expiration Date [2522} 8-2-1 • 8-23 thru 8-29 Reserved 8-2-1 Section 3. EXTENSION OF DETERMINATIONS 8-30 Authority [2530} 8-3-1 8-31 Conditions [2531} 8-3-1 8-32 Coordination [2532} 8-3-1 8-33 Extension Period [2533} 8-3-1 8-34 Review Provisions [2534} 8-3-1 8-35 Distribution [2535} 8-3-1 8-36 thru 8-39 Reserved 8-3-1 Section 4. REVISION, CORRECTION, AND TERMINATION OF DETERMINATIONS 8-40 Revisions, Extensions, and Terminations [2540} 8-4-1 8-41 Correction [2541} 8-4-1 8-42 Standard Format [2542} 8-4-1 8-43 Distribution [2543} 8-4-1 8-44 thru 8-49 Reserved 8-4-1 Section 5. WASHINGTON OFFICE REVIEWS 8-50 Authority [2550} 8-5-1 8-51 Petitions for Review [2551} 8-5-1 8-52 Petition Processing [2552} 8-5-1 8-53 Regional Offices [2553] 8-5-1 8-54 Jurisdiction [2554} 8-5-1 • 8-55 Written Communications [2555} 8-5-1 8-56 Recommendations [2556} 8-5-1 v 7400.2D 9/16/93
8-57 Notices of Review [2557] 8-5-1 • 8-58 Review Based on Written Material [2558] 8-5-1 8-59 Review Based on Public Hearings [2559] 8-5-1 8-60 Regional Participation [2560] 8-5-2 8-61 Final Decision [2561] 8-5-2 8-62 Distribution of Decision [2562] 8-5-2 8-63 Cases Referred to Washington [2563] 8-5-2 8-64 Periodic Review [2564] 8-5-3 8-65 Sensitive Cases [2565].... 8-5-3 Chapter 9. OBSTRUCTION MARKING AND LIGHTING Section 1. OBJECTS TO BE MARKED AND LIGHTED 9-1 Policy [2600] 9-1-1 9-2 Standards [2601] 9-1-1 9-3 Aeronautical Study [2602] 9-1-1 9-4 Recommendations [2603] 9-1-1 9-5 Partial Marking and Lighting [2604] 9-1-1 9-6 Omission/Deletion of Marking and Lighting [2605] 9-1-1 9-7 Excessive Marking and Lighting [2606] 9-1-1 9-8 High and Medium Intensity White Obstruction Lighting Systems [2607] 9-1-2 9-9 thru 9-19 Reserved 9-1-2 Section 2. DEVIATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS 9-20 Aeronautical Study [2620] 9-2-1 9-21 Modifications [2621] 9-2-1 • 9-22 Approval of Modifications [2622] 9-2-1 9-23 Deviation [2623] 9-2-1 9-24 Request for Deviations [2624] 9-2-1 9-25 Deviation Approval [2625] 9-2-1
PART 3. AIRPORT AIRSPACE ANALYSIS Chapter 10. POLICY 10-1 Introduction [3000] 10-1-1 10-2 Purpose [3001] 10-1-1 10-3 Delegation of Authority [3002] 10-1-1 10-4 Airports Office Responsibility [3003] 10-1-1 10-5 Air Traffic Office Responsibility [3004] 10-1-1 10-6 Flight Standards Office Responsibility [3005] 10-1-1 10-7 Airway Facilities Office Responsibility [3006] 10-1-1 10-8 Local Office Notification [3007] 10-1-2 10-9 Study Number Assignment [3008] 10-1-2 10-10 Proposals Subject to Aeronautical Study [3009] 10-1-2 10-11 Airport Programs [3010] 10-1-2 10-12 Airport Design Standards [3011] 10-1-2 10-13 Funding Responsibilities [3012] 10-1-2 • 10-14 Airport Spacing Guidelines and Traffic Pattern Airspace Areas [3013] 10-1-3 10-15 Designation of Instrument Runways/Changes of Airport Status VFR to IFR [3014] 10-1-4 10-16 Airspace Feasibility Study [3015] 10-1-4 vi 9/16/93 7400.2D
10-17 Onsite Evaluation [3016} f...... 10-1-5 • 10-18 Formulation of Official FAA Determination [3017} f...... 10-1-5 Chapter 11. PROCESSING AIRrORT STUDIES
I Section 1. PROCESSING BY AIRPORTS OFFICES 11-1 Part 157 Proposals [3200} :...... 11-1-1 11-2 Airport Layout Plans [3201} 1...... 11-1-1 11-3 FAA Coordination [3202} ,...... 11-1-2 11-4 Negotiation with Sponsor [3203} ;...... 11-1-2 11-5 Issue Determination [3204} L...... 11-1-3 .. 11-6 thru 11-19 Reserved j...... 11-1-3 Section 2. PROCESSING BY FLIGHT ~TANDARDS OFFICES 11-20 Effect on Safety of Flight [3220} ;...... 11-2-1 11-21 Effect on Safety of Persons and Property' on the Ground ! [3221} 11-2-1 11-22 Change of Airport Status from YFR to IFR [3222} ...... l...... 11-2-1 11-23 Evaluation of Instrument Runway Designations [3223} I...... 11-2-1 11-24 Onsite Evaluations [3224} i...... 11-2-1 11-25 thru 11-29 Reserved 1...... 11-2-2
I Section 3. PROCESSING BY AIRWAY !FACILITIES OFFICES 11-30 Electromagnetic or Line-of-Sight Interference [3230} ..i .. 11-3-1 11-31 Evaluation of Instrument Runway Designation [3231} .~ . 11-3-1 11-32 Change in Airport Status From YFR to IFR [3232} i .. 11-3-1 11-33 Airport Proposals [3233} . 11-3-1 11-34 thru 11-39 Reserved ; . 11-3-1 • ! Section 4. PROCESSING BY AIR 1j'RAFFIC OFFICES 11-40 Effect on Air Traffic Operations [3240} f...... 11-4-1 11-41 Coordination [3241} -f-...... 11-4-1 11-42 Circularization [3242} f...... 11-4-1 11-43 Evaluate Comments and Aeronautical Effect [3243} )...... 11-4-1 11-44 Informal Airspace Meetings [3244} 1...... 11-4-2 11-45 Airport Traffic Patterns [3245} 1...... 11-4-2 • I 11-46 FAR, Part 77 ReVIew [3246} :...... 11-4-2 11-47 Designation of Instrument Runway/Change in Airport St~tus YFR to IFR [3247} 11-4-2 11-48 Onsite Evaluation [3248} ~...... 11-4-2
Chapter 12. EVALUATING AERONAUTICAL EFFECT 12-1 Existing and Proposed Objects [3300} ; .. 12-1-1 12-2 Airport Traffic Patterns [3301} ( .. 12-1-1 12-3 Instrument Flight Procedures [3302} f .. 12-1-1
12-4 Air Traffic Control Procedures [3303} t: .. 12-1-1 12-5 Safety of Persorts and Property on the Ground [3304} . 12-1-1
12-6 Noise Consideration [3305} 1 . 12-1-1
12-7 Aeronautical Activity [3306} 1 .. 12-1-2
12-8 Wind Rose Data [3307} 1 .. 12-1-2 12-9 Helicopter Ingress-Egress Routes [3308} : . 12-1-2 12-10 Displaced/Relocated Thresholds [3309} ,; .. 12-1-2 12-11 Existing Airports [3310} J .. 12-1-2 • : vii
J 7400.2D 9/16/93
Chapter 13. AIRPORT DETERMINATIONS • 13-1 General [3400] 13-1-1 13-2 Terminology [3401] 13-1-1 13-3 Conditional Determinations [3402] 13-1-1 13-4 Void Dates [3403] 13-1-2 13-5 Statement in Determinations [3404] 13-1-2 13-6 Airport Master Record [3405] 13-1-2 13-7 Advise Federal Agreement Airport Sponsors [3406] 13-1-2 13-8 Dissemination of Study Results [3407] 13-1-3 13-9 Review of Sensitive or Controversial Cases [3408] 13-1-3 13-10 Disposal of Federal Surplus Real Property for Public Airport Purposes [3409] 13-1-3 Chapter 14. MILITARY, NASA, AND OTHER AGENCY AIRPORT PROPOSALS 14-1 Requirement for Prior Notice [3500] 14-1-1 14-2 Form of Notice [3501] 14-1-1 14-3 FAA Headquarters Review [3502] 14-1-1 14-4 Regional Office Review [3503] 14-1-1 14-5 Military Proposals Other Than MCP [3504] 14-1-1 Chapter 15. AIRPORT CHARTING AND PUBLICATION OF AIRPORT DATA 15-1 Policy [3600] 15-1-1 • 15-2 NFDC Responsibility [3601] 15-1-1 15-3 Airport Charting [3602] 15-1-1
PART 4. AIR NAVIGATION AIDS Chapter 16. ESTABLISHING AIR NAVIGATION AIDS Section 1. GENERAL 16-1 Purpose [4000] 16-1-1 16-2 Compatibility With Charting Dates [4001] 16-1-1 16-3 Responsibility for Frequency Selection [4002] 16-1-1 16-4 Governing Criteria [4003] 16-1-1 16-5 Long-Range Planning [4004] 16-1-1 16-6 Proposed Changes [4005] 16-1-1 16-7 Procedures Involving Waivers [4006] 16-1-1 16-8 thru 16-19 Reserved 16-1-1 Section 2. FAA AIR NAVIGATION AIDS 16-20 General [4120J 16-2-1 16-21 Coordination [4121J 16-2-1 16-22 Informal Airspace Meetings [4122] 16-2-1 16-23 Approval Authority [4123] 16-2-1 16-24 Distribution [4124] 16-2-1 16-25 Commissioning Date [4125] 16-2-1 16-26 Processing Regulatory Actions [4126] 16-2-1 • viii 9/16/93 7400.2D
• 16-27 thru 16-29 Reserved 16-2-1 Section 3. MILITARY AIR NAVIGATION AIDS 16-30 General [4130] 16-3-1 16-31 Coordination With Military [4131] 16-3-1 16-32 Evaluation by Airway Facilities Office [4132] 16-3-1 16-33 Circularization [4133] 16-3-1 16-34 Determination Responsibility [4134] 16-3-1 16-35 Notification and Distribution [4135] 16-3-1 16-36 thru 16-39 Reserved 16-3-1 Section 4. NON-FEDERAL AIR NAVIGATION AIDS 16-40 General [4140] 16-4-1 16-41 Request for Establishment [4141} 16-4-1 16-42 Processing Responsibility [4142] 16-4-1 16-43 External Coordination [4143] 16-4-1 16-44 Informal Airspace Meeting [4144] 16-4-1 16-45 Approval and Notification Process [4145] 16-4-1 16-46 Distribution [4146] 16-4-2 Chapter 17. DISCONTINUANCE OF AIR NAVIGATION AIDS Section 1. FAA AIR NAVIGATION AIDS 17-1 Responsibility [4200] . 17-1-1 17-2 Coordination of Proposals [4201] .. 17-1-1 17-3 Obtaining Approval [4202] . 17-1-1 17-4 Discontinuance Action [4203] .. 17-1-1 17-5 Cancellation of Controlled Airspace and Instrument Procedures [4204] . 17-1-1 • 17-6 Decommissioning Date [4205] . 17-1-1 17-7 thru 17-19 Reserved . 17-1-1 Section 2. MILITARY AND NON-FEDERAL AIR NAVIGATION AIDS 17-20 Responsibilities [4220] 17-2-1 17-21 Action Prior to Discontinuance [4221] 17-2-1 17-22 Discontinuance of NAVAID's Included in ICAO Plans [4222] 17-2-1 17-23 Notification to International Staff [4223] 17-2-1
PART S. AIRWAYS AND ROUTES Chapter 18. GENERAL Section 1. POLICY 18-1 Purpose [5000] 18-1-1 18-2 Controlled Airspace Designation [5001] 18-1-1 18-3 Protected Airspace for Course Changes [5002] 18-1-1 18-4 thru 18-19 Reserved 18-1-1 Section 2. VOR AIRWAY STRUCTURE • 18-20 NAVAID Spacing [5120] 18-2-1 ix 7400.2D 9/16/93
18-21 Vertical and Lateral Extent [5121J 18-2-1 • 18-22 Width Reductions [5122J 18-2-1 18-23 When to Designate Airways [5123J 18-2-1 18-24 thru 18-29 Reserved 18-2-1 Section 3. JET ROUTES 18-30 Designation [5130J 18-3-1 18-31 NAVAID Spacing [5131J 18-3-1 18-32 Use of Widths [5132J 18-3-1 18-33 u.S./Canada Transborder Connections [5133J 18-3-1 18-34 thru 18-39 Reserved 18-3-1
Section 4. LOW/MEDIUM FREQUENCY AIRWAYS ,. 18-40 Basis [5140J 18-4-1 18-41 Dimensions [5141J 18-4-1 18-42 thru 18-49 Reserved 18-4-1 Section 5. ADDITIONAL CONTROL AREAS 18-50 Offshore Airspace areas [5150J 18-5-1 118-51 En Route Domestic Airspace Areas [5151J 18-5-1 18-52 Designation [5152J 18-5-1 18-53 Processing [5153J 18-5-1 18-54 thru 18-59 Reserved 18-5-1 Section 6. TRANSITION AREAS 18-60 Use [5160J 18-6-1 18-61 thru 18-69 Reserved 18-6-1 • Section 7. CHANGEOVER POINTS 18-70 Submit Location in Regional Proposal [5170J 18-7-1 Chapter 19. AREA NAVIGATION Section 1. GENERAL 19-1 Policy [5200J 19-1-1 19-2 Discussion [5201J 19-1-1 19-3 thru 19-19 Reserved 19-1-1 Section 2. ROUTE IDENTIFICATION 19-20 Route Numbering [5220J 19-2-1 19-21 Route Identification Criteria [5221J 19-2-1 19-22 thru 19-29 Reserved 19-2-1 Section 3. ROUTE PROCESSING 19-30 Procedures [5230J 19-3-1 19-31 thru 19-39 Reserved 19-3-1 Section 4. CRITERIA 19-40 Waypoint Criteria [5240J 19-4-1 19-41 Reference Facility Criteria [5241J 19-4-1 19-42 Lateral Protected Airspace Criteria for RNAV En Route Segments [5242J 19-4-1 19-43 thru 19-49 Reserved 19-4-1 • x 9/16/93 7400.2D
Section 5. ROUTE CONSTRUCTION • 19-50 Basic Route Width Expansion and Slant Range Compensation-En Route [5250] 19-5-1 19-51 Criteria for Reduction of En Route Segments [5251] 19-5-1 19-52 En Route Turn Protection Criteria [5252] 19-5-2 19-53 Adjoining En Route Segment Criteria [5253] 19-5-2 Chapter 20. AIRWAY FLOORS 20-1 Systematic Review [5300] 20-1-1 20-2 Minimum En Route Altitudes (MEA'S) [5301] 20-1-1 20-3 Guidelines [5302] 20-1-1 20-4 Procedural Requirements [5303] 20-1-1 20-5 Rounding Off MEA's [5304] 20-1-1 20-6 MEA Climb Criteria [5305] 20-1-1 20-7 Action to Raise Base of Class E Airspace [5306] 20-1-1 20-8 Conforming of Airway/Class E Airspace Floors [5307] 20-1-1 Chapter 21. FLIGHT INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS Section 1. GENERAL 21-1 Request for Flight Inspection Data [5400] 21-1-1 21-2 Flight Inspection Data Distribution [5401] 21-1-1 21-3 thru 21-19 Reserved 21-1-1 Section 2. FLIGHT INSPECTION REQUESTS 21-20 Coordination [5420] .. 21-2-1 21-21 Forward Flight Inspection Report [5421] . 21-2-1 • 21-22 thru 21-29 Reserved . 21-2-1 Section 3. SUBSTITUTE ROUTES 21-30 Procedures [5430] 21-3-1 21-31 Controlled Airspace Requirement [5431] 21-3-1 21-32 thru 21-39 Reserved 21-3-1 Section 4. FAR PART 95 AND NON-PART 95 ROUTES (OFF-AIRWAY ROUTES) 21-40 Responsibility [5440] 21-4-1 21-41 Coordination [5441] 21-4-1 21-42 Review [5442] 21-4-1 21-43 Meeting Requirements of Random Routes [5443] 21-4-1 21-44 Forwarding Concurrence or Objections [5444] 21-4-1
PART 6. TERMINAL AIRSPACE Chapter 22. POLICY 22-1 Governing Criteria [6000] 22-1-1 22-2 Requisite [6001] 22-1-1 22-3 Review Terminal Airspace Structure [6002] 22-1-1 22-4 Miles [6003] 22-1-1 • 22-5 Fractional Miles [6004] 22-1-1 xi 7400.2D 9/16/93
22-6 Airspace Legal Descriptions [6005J 22-1-1 • I Chapter 23. SURFACE AREAS Section 1. REQUIREMENTS 23-1 Purpose [6100J 23-1-1 23-2 Designation [6101J 23-1-1 23-3 Communications [6102J 23-1-1 23-4 Weather Observations and Reporting [6103J 23-1-1 23-5 Loss of Communication or Weather Reporting Capability [6104J 23-1-1 23-6 Time of Designation [6105J 23-1-1 23-7 Notices to Airmen Provision [6106J 23-1-1 23-8 thru 23-19 Reserved 23-1-2 Section 2. CRITERIA 23-20 Configuration [6120J 23-2-1 23-21 Airport Reference Point/Geographic Position [6121J 23-2-1 23-22 Satellite Airports [6122J 23-2-1 I 23-23 Adjoining Surface Areas [6123J 23-2-1 I 23-24 Determining Surface Areas Size [6124J 23-2-1 23-25 Departures [6125J 23-2-1 23-26 Arrival Extension [6126J 23-2-1 23-27 Vertical Limits [6127J 23-2-2 I Chapter 24. CLASS E 700/1200 AREAS Section 1. REQUIREMENTS 24-1 Designation [6200J 24-1-1 • 24-2 Communications [6201J 24-1-1 24-3 Time of Designation [6202J 24-1-1 24-4 thru 24-19 Reserved 24-1-1 Section 2. GENERAL CRITERIA I 24-20 70a-Foot Class E Airspace [6220J 24-2-1 I 24-21 1,20a-Foot Class E Airspace [6221J 24-2-1 I 24-22 Class E Airspace Floors Above 1,200 Feet [6222J 24-2-1 24-23 Coordination of Missed Approach Altitudes [6223J 24-2-1 24-24 thru 24-29 Reserved 24-2-1 Section 3. DEPARTURE CRITERIA 24-30 Departure Area [6230J 24-3-1 I 24-31 Lengthy Class E Airspace Extensions [6231J 24-3-1 24-32 thru 24-39 Reserved 24-3-1 Section 4. ARRIVAL CRITERIA 24-40 Arrival Extension [6240J 24-4-1 I 24-41 Class E Airspace Extensions [6241J 24-4-1 24-42 Determination of Instrument Approach Clearance Area [6242J 24-4-1 24-43 thru 24-49 Reserved 24-4-1 Section 5. PROCEDURE TURN CRITERIA 24-50 Procedure Turn Protection [6250J 24-5-1 • xii 9116/93 7400.2D
24-51 Determining Base Altitudes [6251] 24-5-1 24-52 Military Penetration Turns [6252] 24-5-1 • I Chapter 25. CLASS B AIRSPACE Section 1. GENERAL 25-1 Introduction [6300] 25-1-1 25-2 Definition [6301] 25-1-1 25-3 Designation [6302] 25-1-1 25-4 thru 25-19 Reserved 25-1-1 I Section 2. CLASS B CRITERIA/REQUIREMENT 25-20 Location Criteria [6320] 25-2-1 25-21 Configuration [6321] 25-2-1 25-22 Requirements [6322] 25-2-1 25-23 thru 25-29 Reserved '" 25-2-2 I Section 3. CLASS B PROCESSING 25-30 Headquarters Responsibility [6330] 25-3-1 25-31 Regional Responsibilities [6331] 25-3-1 25-32 Environmental Matters [6332] 25-3-1 I Chapter 26. CLASS C AIRSPACE Section 1. GENERAL 26--1 Introduction [6400] 26--1-1 26-2 Definition [6401] 26--1-1 • 26--3 Designation [6402] 26--1-1 26-4 Nonrulemaking Alternatives [6403] 26--1-1 26-5 thru 26--19 Reserved 26--1-1 Section 2. CRITERIA/REQUIREMENTS 26-20 Location Criteria [6420] 26--2-1 26-21 Regional Evaluation [6421] 26--2-1 26--22 Configuration [6422] 26--2-1 26-23 Requirements [6423] 26--2-1 26--24 thru 26--29 Reserved 26--2-1 I Section 3. CLASS C AIRSPACE PROCESSING 26-30 Headquarters Responsibilities [6430] 26--3-1 26--31 Regional Responsibilities [6431] 26--3-1 26-32 Environmental Matters [6432] 26--3-1
PART 7. SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE Chapter 27. GENERAL Section 1. POLICY • 27-1 Introduction [7000] 27-1-1 xiii 7400.2D 9/16/93
27-2 Categories [7001J 27-1-1 • 27-3 Minimum Numbers and Volume [7002J 27-1-1 27-4 Optimum Utilization [7003J 27-1-1 27-5 Waivers of FAR's [7004J 27-1-1 27-6 Environmental Assessment [7005J 27-1-1 27-7 Coordination of Proposals [7006J 27-1-1 27-8 Regional Action [7007J 27-1-1 27-9 Joint Use [7008J 27-1-2 27-10 Controlling Agency [7009J 27-1-2 27-11 Using Agency [7010J 27-1-2 27-12 Charting and Publication [7011J 27-1-2 27-13 thru 27-19 Reserved 27-1-2
Section 2. DIMENSIONS 27-20 General [7120J 27-2-1 27-21 Horizontal Limits [7121J 27-2-1 27-22 Vertical Limits [7122J 27-2-1 27-23 Times of Use [7123J 27-2-1 27-24 thru 27-29 Reserved 27-2-1
Section 3. CONTENT OF PROPOSALS 27-30 Description [7130J 27-3-1 27-31 Coordination [7131J 27-3-1 27-32 Justification [7132J 27-3-1 • 27-33 Activities [7133J 27-3-1 27-34 Safety Considerations [7134J 27-3-1 27-35 Communications and Radar [7135J 27-3-1 27-36 Environmental and Land Use Information [7136J 27-3-1 27-37 Graphic Display [7137J 27-3-2 27-38 Joint Use [7138J 27-3-2 27-39 Remarks [7139J 27-3-2 27-40 thru 27-49 Reserved 27-3-2
Section 4. REVIEW AND ANALYSIS 27-50 Annual Review [7150J 27-4-1 27-51 Formal/Informal Review [7151J 27-4-1 27-52 Team Review [7152J 27-4-1 27-53 Team Responsibilities [7153J 27-4-1 27-54 Duties of Chairman [7154J 27-4-1 27-55 Team Report [7155J 27-4-1 27-56 Team Report Responses [7156J 27-4-1
Chapter 28. PROHIBITED AREAS
Section 1. POLICY 28-1 Definition [7200J 28-1-1 28-2 Purpose [7201J 28-1-1 28-3 Identification [7202J 28-1-1 • 28-4 Extent [7203J 28-1-1 28-5 Publication [7204J 28-1-1 28-6 thru 28-19 Reserved 28-1-1 xiv 9/16/93 7400.2D
Section 2. PROCESSING 28-20 Submission of Proposal [7220] 28-2-1 • 28-21 Regional Actions [7221] 28-2-1 Chapter 29. RESTRICTED AREAS Section 1. POLICY 29-1 Definition [7300] 29-1-1 .. 29-2 Purpose [7301] 29-1-1 29-3 Identification [7302] 29-1-1 29-4 Restricted Area Floor [7303] 29-1-1 29-5 • Publication [7304] 29-1-1 29-6 Joint Use [7305] 29-1-1 29-7 Temporary Restricted Areas [7306] 29-1-2 29-8 thru 29-19 Reserved 29-1-2
Section 2. PROCESSING 29-20 Submission of Proposals [7320] 29-2-1 29-21 Regional Action [7321] 29-2-1 29-22 thru 29-29 Reserved 29-2-1 Section 3. TEMPORARY RESTRICTED AREAS FOR MILITARY EXERCISES 29-30 Handling Requirements [7330] 29-3-1 29-31 Informal Coordination [7331] 29-3-1 29-32 Military Exercises [7332] 29-3-1 29-33 Required Information [7333] 29-3-1 • 29-34 Discourage Late Changes in Requirements [7334] 29-3-2 29-35 Time Requirements [7335] 29-3-2 29-36 Submission of Requirements [7336] 29-3-2 29-37 thru 29-39 Reserved 29-3-2
Section 4. ANNUAL UTILIZATION REPORT 29-40 Requirement [7340] 29-4-1 29-41 Review [7341] 29-4-1 29-42 Report Amendments [7342] 29-4-1 29-43 Review Summary [7343] 29-4-1
Chapter 30. WARNING AREAS Section 1. POLICY 30-1 Definition [7400] 30-1-1 30-2 Purpose [7401] 30-1-1 30-3 Identification [7402] 30-1-1 30-4 Publication [7403] 30-1-1 30-5 Joint Use [7404] 30-1-1 30-6 thru 30-19 Reserved 30-1-1
Section 2. PROCESSING 30-20 Submission of Proposals [7420] 30-2-1 30-21 Regional Action [7421] 30-2-1 • 30-22 E.O. 10854 Coordination [7422] 30-2-1 xv 7400.2D 9/16/93
Chapter 31. MILITARY OPERATIONS AREAS (MOA'S) Section 1. POLICY • 31-1 Definition [7500J 31-1-1 31-2 Purpose [7501J 31-1-1 31-3 Identification [7502J 31-1-1 31-4 MOA Floor [7503J 31-1-1 31-5 Location [7504J 31-1-1 31-6 Controlled Airspace [7505J 31-1-1 31-7 Joint Use [7506J 31-1-1 31-8 thru 31-19 Reserved 31-1-1 Section 2. PROCESSING 31-20 Submission of Proposals [7520J 31-2-1 31-21 Regional Action [7521J 31-2-1 31-22 thru 31-29 Reserved 31-2-1 Section 3. TEMPORARY MOA'S 31-30 General [7530J 31-3-1 31-31 Location and Duration [7531J 31-3-1 31-32 Publication [7532J 31-3-1 31-33 Submission of Proposals [7533J 31-3-1
Chapter 32. ALERT AREAS Section 1. GENERAL • 32-1 Purpose [7600J 32-1-1 32-2 Activity [7601J 32-1-1 32-3 Minimum Numbers [7602J 32-1-1 32-4 thru 32-19 Reserved 32-1-1 Section 2. ESTABLISHlVIENT 32-20 ProposalslRequests [7620J 32-2-1 32-21 Review by ATO-200 [7621J 32-2-1 32-22 Chart Depiction [7622J 32-2-1 32-23 Time of Submission [7623J 32-2-1 32-24 Content of Proposals [7624J 32-2-1 32-25 Regional Actions [7625J 32-2-1 32-26 thru 32-29 Reserved 32-2-1 Section 3. CRITERIA 32-30 General [7630J 32-3-1 32-31 Horizontal Boundaries [7631J 32-3-1 32-32 Vertical Dimensions [7632J 32-3-1 32-33 Time Assignment [7633J 32-3-1 32-34 Types of Operations [7634J 32-3-1 Chapter 33. CONTROLLED FIRING AREAS Section 1. GENERAL • 33-1 Purpose [7700J 33-1-1 33-2 Basis for Approval [7701J 33-1-1 xvi 9/16/93 7400.2D
• 33-3 thru 33-19 Reserved 33-1-1 Section 2. ESTABLISHMENT 33-20 Responsibility for Approval [7720] 33-2-1 33-21 Submission Requirements [7721] 33-2-1 33-22 Content of Proposals [7722] 33-2-1 33-23 Regional Action [7723] 33-2-1 33-24 thru 33-29 Reserved 33-2-1 Section 3. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 33-30 Precautionary Measures [7730] 33-3-1 33-31 Radar Surveillance [7731] 33-3-1 33-32 Safety Officer [7732] 33-3-1 33-33 User Responsibilities [7733] 33-3-1
PART 8. MISCELLANEOUS PROCEDURES Chapter 34. OUTDOOR LASER DEMONSTRATIONS Section 1. GENERAL 34-1 Introduction [8000] . 34-1-1 34-2 Purpose and Application [8001] .. 34-1-1 I. 34-3 Definitions [8002] . 34-1-1 34-4 Laser Product Classes [8003] .. 34-1-2 34-5 Laser Considerations [8004] .. 34-1-2 34-6 Exposure Limits [8005] . 34-1-3 34-7 thru 34-19 Reserved .. 34-1-3 Section 2. PROCESSING 34-20 Submission of Proposal [8020] . 34-2-1 I • 34-21 Content of Notification [8021] .. 34-2-1 34-22 Study [8022] .. 34-2-1 34-23 Affected Airspace [8023] . 34-2-2 34-24 Calculating Laser Effects [8024] .. 34-2-2 34-25 Determinations [8025] .. 34-2-3 34-26 Content of Determinations [8026] . 34-2-3 34-27 Distribution of Determination [8027] . 34-2-3
• xvii 9/16/93 7400.2D
• PART 1. GENERAL PROCEDURES Chapter 1. GENERAL Section 1. INTRODUCTION
1-1. PURPOSE/APPLICATION utilization of such airspace. Full consideration shall This order prescribes policy, criteria, and procedures be given to the requirements of national defense applicable to Air Traffic Rules and Procedures and of commercial and general aviation, and to Service, Systems Maintenance Service, Office of the public right of freedom of transit through Airport Planning and Programming, Office of Airport the airspace. Accordingly, while a sincere effort Safety and Standards, Office of Flight Standards shall be made to negotiate equitable solutions to I and Office of Air Traffic System Management. conflicts over its use for nonaviation purposes, It also applies to all regional and field organizational preservation of the navigable airspace for aviation elements involved in rulemaking and nonrulemaking must receiver primary emphasis. actions associated with airspace allocation and utiliza 1-8. AUTHORITY AND APPLICABILITY tion, obstruction evaluation, obstruction marking Section 101, Section 103, Section 104, Section and lighting, airport airspace analysis, and the 305, Section 306, Section 307 (a)(b)(c)(d)(e)(t), establishment of air navigation aids. Additional Section 308, Section 309, Section 312(a), Section procedures and criteria may be set forth in other 313(a)(c), Section 901(a), Section 902(c), Section directives to supplement those contained herein. 1101 and Section 1107 of the Federal Aviation 1-2. EFFECTIVE DATE Act of 1958, as amended, provide the authority This order is effective on September 16, 1993. for the procedures contained in this order. 1-3. CANCELLATION 1-9. FAR REFERENCES • Order 7400.2C, Handling Airspace Matters, dated a. Part 11 prescribes the procedures to be followed May 1, 1984 and all changes are cancelled. in the initiation, administrative processing, issuance 1-4. CHANGE AUTHORITY and publication of rules, regulations, and orders. Changes to this directive will be issued by the b. Part 71 designates Class A, Class B, Class I Director, Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Service, C, Class D, and Class E airspace areas; airways; ATP-1, after obtaining concurrence from the affected routes; and reporting points. headquarters offices/services listed in the foreword. c. Part 73 designates special use airspace and 1-5. OTHER RESPONSIBILITIES prescribes the requirements for the use of that airspace. Functional responsibility of headquarters organiza d. Part 77 establishes standards for determining tions referred to are contained in FAA Order 1100.1 and FAA Order 1100.2. obstructions in the navigable airspace and sets forth requirements for notice to the Administrator 1-6. STRUCTURAL FORMAT of certain proposed construction or alteration. It Order 7400.2 is designed to conform with the provides for aeronautical studies and public hearings standard structural format set forth by FAA Manage to determine the effects of such proposals on I ment Systems guidelines. Graphic depiction and the navigable airspace. their textual references are identified by Chapter, e. Part 91 prescribes general operating and flight Section and Paragraph; e.g., the first figure in rules governing the operation of aircraft within I Chapter 19, Section 5 is identified as "Figure the U.S. and governing operation of U.S. registered 19-50[1]." aircraft outside of the U.S. I 1-7. POLICY f. Part 93 prescribes special Air Traffic Rules The navigable airspace is a limited national resource, and Airport Traffic Patterns. the use of which Congress has charged the FAA g. Part 95 prescribes altitudes governing the oper I. to administer in the public interest as necessary ation of aircraft under IFR on Federal airways, to insure tile safety of aircraft and the efficient jet routes, area navigation low or high routes,
PARA 1-1 1-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 or other direct routes for which a MEA is designated. e. "Will" is used only to indicate futurity, never It also designates mountainous areas and changeover to indicate any degree of requirement for application • points. of a procedure. h. Part 152 prescribes policies and procedures f. "Manager, Air Traffic Division" means the for administering Federal grants for airports. I Manager, Air Traffic Division or any person to i. Part 157 pertains to the Notice requirements whom his authority has been delegated in the for proposals involving construction, alteration, matter concerned. activation and deactivation of civil and joint use g. "Navigable airspace" means airspace above (civil-military) airports. It also provides for aeronauti the minimum altitudes of flight prescribed by Federal cal studies to determine the effects of such proposals Aviation Regulations and shall include airspace on the safe and efficient use ofairspace. needed to insure safety in takeoff and landing j. Part 171 pertains to Non-Federal Navigation of aircraft. By policy, the term "airspace above Facilities. minimum altitudes of flight" is interpreted for 1-10. EXECUTIVE ORDER 10854 application to mean "airspace at or above minimum Executive Order 10854 extends the application of flight altitudes." the Federal Aviation Act of 1958 , as amended, h. "Controlled airspace" is a generic term that I to the overlying airspace of those areas of land covers Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, and or water outside the United States beyond the Class E airspace. 12-mile offshore limit in which the United States, under international treaty agreement or other lawful 1-12. ORDER CHANGES arrangement, has appropriate jurisdiction or control. The responsibilities for processing and coordinating Any airspace action, rulemaking or nonrulemaking, revisions to this order are delegated to the that concerns airspace beyond the 12-mile offshore Airspace-Rules and Aeronautical Information Divi limit requires coordination with the Departments sion, ATP-200, of the Air Traffic Rules and Proce of Defense and State. Additional lead time is dures Service. Proposed changes or recommended required to meet that coordination requirement. Under revisions should be submitted directly to ATP-200 provisions of Executive Order 10854, airspace actions after internal coordination within originating offices. must not be inconsistent with the requirements Additional coordination necessary shall be accom of national defense, or be in conflict with any plished by ATP-200. When revised, reprinted, or international treaties or agreements made by the • additional pages are issued, they will be marked U.S., or be inconsistent with the successful conduct as follows: of the foreign relations of the U.S. In this respect, a. Each revised or additional page will show the DOD and DOS have preemptive authority over I FAA over airspace use beyond the 12-mile offshore the change number and effective date of the change. limit. All Executive Order 10854 coordination shall b. Bold vertical lines in the margin of the text I be conducted at the headquarters level. will mark the location of substantive procedural, operational, or policy changes; i.e., when material - I 1-11. WORD USAGE I that affects the performance of duty is added, The concept of word usage and intended meaning revised, or deleted. as used in this order is set forth below: I a. "Shall" or a command verb is used when 1-13. COORDINATES application is mandatory. I All coordinates submitted or used in airspace matters b. "Shall not" is used when an action is prohibited. should be in North American Datum (NAD) 83. c. "Should" is used when application is rec ommended. 1-14 thru 1-19. RESERVED I d. "May" and "need not" are used when applica I tion is optional. I I I .1 I I 1-1-2 Para 1014 9/16/93 7400.2D
Section 2. CHARTING
1-20. CHARTING INFORMATION 1-21. DIRECTIONS The Cartographic Standards Branch, ATP-220, is Directions shall be described as follows: • responsible for coordination with charting agencies 338° True--022° True =North and chart producers. ATP-200 shall furnish personnel 023° True--067° True = Northeast handling airspace matters with appropriate aeronauti cal chart cutoff and publication dates. Cutoff dates 068° True-112° True = East are 9 weeks (10 weeks for action involving flight 113° True-157° True =Southeast check) in advance of the publication date to allow 158° True-202° True =South I .. sufficient time for charting and chart distribution 203° True-247° True = Southwest purposes. Also, information pertinent to the develop ment of the geographical description of airspace 248° True-292° True =West shall be obtained from ATP-220. For example: 293° True-337° True =Northwest validation of geographical coordinates, airport geographic positions, true radials, etc.
•
• PARA 1-20 1-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D
• Chapter 2. AIRSPACE CASES Section 1. RULEMAKING CASES 2-1. SCOPE 2-8. REVOCATION OF CONTROLLED Rulemaking cases relate to the designation, alteration, AIRSPACE or revocation of airspace by rule, regulation, or Care should be taken when processing rules without I. order. notice that revoke controlled airspace. Coordination should be effected with appropriate user groups 2-2. DOCKET LOCATION since they may be adversely affected by the release The official docket in terminal airspace rulemaking of controlled airspace. Aircraft may be depending I cases, except Class B and Class C airspace , upon controlled airspace for operations under within the United States shall be maintained in instrument flight rules. If any doubt exists, an the appropriate regional office. All others are main NPRM should be issued. tained at the Federal Aviation Administration, Office of the Chief Counsel, Rules Docket, AGC-204, 2-9. PROCESSING RULEMAKING CASES Terminal area airspace designation within the United I 800 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, D.C. I 20591. States, except Class B and Class C airspace, shall 1 I be processed by the appropriate regional Air Traffic I 2-3. DOCKET NUMBER division and shall be processed as outlined in , Rulemaking cases shall be identified by a docket Part 11 of the FARs, Subpart D, and Part 11.61(c). number which includes the last two digits of the Where the actions involve more than one region, calendar year, the abbreviation of the appropriate coordinate to determine which region will process office, and a consecutively assigned number. (Exam the case. Federal airways and Class E airspace 1 ple, 88-ASW-46.) Numbers shall run consecutively within the United States may be included if they I. within each calendar year. I are ancillary to the terminal action. However, to 2-4. DOCKET CONTENT ensure consistency with national airway plans, this must first be approved by ATP-200. The official docket shall include all petitions, notices Note.-Guidelines for processing Class B airspace and Class C I and rules, comments, correspondence, and related airspace are detailed in Part 6, Chapter 25 and Chapter 26. material concerning the case (other than working files). 2-10. ACTION BY REGIONAL COUNSEL The regional counsel is responsible for drafting 2-5. FLIGHT PROCEDURAL DATA the appropriate rulemaking document for publication I. Flight procedural data (MEA, COP, etc.), as required, , in the Federal Register and for ensuring compliance are determined by Flight standards field offices with: as a result of a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking a. The Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended. (NPRM). If a rule without notice is to be issued and flight check data is required, the regional b. Administrative Procedures Act (Administrative Air Traffic Office must specifically request the Procedure: Administrative Conference and Judicial data from the appropriate Flight Standards Office. Review, Chapter 5 - Administrative Procedure). c. Agency directives and policy pertaining to 2-6. TRUE/MAGNETIC DIRECTIONS rulemaking actions. All radials, courses, and bearings specified in an NPRM shall be stated both as true and magnetic, 2-11. SUBMISSION OF AIRSPACE CASES TO I except magnetic need not be stated in terminal HEADQUARTERS airspace notices. All other airspace cases, except military special I use airspace, shall be processed by ATP-200. Military 12-7. COORDINATES OF NAVAID special use airspace cases shall be processed by 1 When a NAVAID is used as a reference point the Military Operations Program Office, ATM-400. in a controlled airspace description, its geographic The regional Air Traffic division shall completely • coordinates in degrees, minutes, and seconds shall staff the action proposed and submit a complete be included. technical description of the proposed airspace to
PARA 2-1 2-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93
ATP-200. All background information including 2. Editorial changes. charts, complete with proper justification and appro 3. 70~foot floor Class E areas that underlie priate recommendations, should be submitted. If existing 1,20~foot Class E areas. I. airspace action is required to be completed by 4. Those actions which lessen the burden on a specified date, regions must ensure that sufficient the public, such as revocation of restricted areas lead time exists for meeting normal airspace proce or controlled airspace. dural processing and charting requirements. 5. Class B and Class C areas shall be made I 2-12. INFORMAL DISCUSSIONS effective to coincide with the appropriate aeronautical Washington and/or regional personnel may hold chart dates. informal discussions concerning airspace matters b. Cutoff dates are established to allow sufficient with interested parties both before and after issuance time for charting and chart distribution purposes. of an NPRM. However, these discussions do not Rules should be signed on or before the applicable constitute prehearing or hearing proceedings, and cutoff date. (See current issue of Order 7031.20.) the parties shall be advised to submit their views in writing to ensure consideration. (See Chapter 2-15. PUBLICATION IN FEDERAL 2, Section 3). REGISTER 2-13. REGIONAL ANALYSIS An original and six duplicate originals of the With regard to airspace cases processed by ATP-200, NPRM or Rule shall be forwarded to Rules Dockets, the regional Air Traffic division shall submit to AGC-204, for publication in the Federal Register. ATP-200 the comments received in response to the NPRM and a regional analysis and recommenda- 2-16. DISTRIBUTION I tions within 30 days after the NPRM closing Distribution of airspace dockets (NPRM's and Rules) date for comment. A statement concerning the shall be consistent with the procedures set forth status of the flight procedures data (MEA, COP, in the current edition of FAA Order 1720.18. etc.) on en route cases shall be included with the recommendations. 2-17. PERIODIC REVIEW 2-14. EFFECTIVE FINAL DATE OF RULES The Air Traffic Service and the Office of the • Chief Counsel may conduct a periodic review of a. Amendments to Part 71 and Part 73 of the regional rulemaking and nonrulemaking issuances Federal Aviation Regulations shall be made effective for the purpose of maintaining uniformity in the I at 0901 Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and application of agency policy and criteria. shall coincide with en route charting dates as I furnished by ATP-220. Exceptions are as follows: 2-18 thru 2-19 RESERVED 1. Those actions in which safety or national interest require an earlier effective time or date.
• 2-1-2 PARA 2-18 9/16/93 7400.2D
Section 2. NONRULEMAKING CASES
• 2-20. DEFINITION c. Regions shall coordinate with their respective Nonrulemaking cases are those concerning naviga states to ascertain which nonrulemaking circulars tional aids, nonregulatory airspace,· ground structures, each state is interested in receiving. If various and airports where public notification and participa agencies within a state government request copies tion is warranted. of particular circulars, the region may request that one agency be designated to receive and distribute 2-21. IDENTIFICATION the requested copies. Identify nonrulemaking cases by a study number d. Send one copy of each nonrulemaking circular which includes the last two digits of the calendar to the Airspace-Rules and Aeronautical Information year, the abbreviation of the appropriate regional !• Division, ATP-200. Send one copy of each or airports district office, a consecutively assigned I nonrulemaking circular pertaining to military special number within each calendar year, and "NR," use airspace proposals to the Military Operations I "NRA," or "OE" as appropriate. ; Program Office, ATM-400. , Examples.- 1. 88-AWP-I-NR for studies involving navigational aids 2-23. CIRCULARIZATION INCLUDED IN and NPRM 2. 88-ASQ-I-NRA for studies involving airports. Except for Class B and Class C areas, when I 3. 88-AGL-I-QE for studies involving surface structures. nonrulemaking action is ancillary to a rulemaking 4. 88-QRL-I-NRA for studies processed by an airports dis action, the extent of change may be included trict office. in the NPRM. In this instance, a nonrulemaking 2-22. CIRCULARIZATION circularization need not be made. The NPRM will a. All nonrulemaking airspace proposals shall be satisfy the circularization requirement and present circularized unless procedures for processing particu the full impact of both the rule and nonrule proposal. lar types of proposals allow exemptions to circulariza 2-24. CIRCULARIZATION tion. Each notice shall contain a complete, detailed DOCUMENTATION description of the proposal including charts, if Certificate of mailing statements for all notices appropriate, that will assist interested persons in of aeronautical study, notices of informal airspace preparing comments. Circularization lists shall include meetings, and determinations issued for obstruction • but not be limited to all known aviation interested evaluation and airport airspace analysis studies shall persons and groups such as regional military rep be recorded in each study file as follows: resentatives, national and local offices of aviation AERONAUTICAL STUDY NO. organizations, local flight schools, local airport own ers, managers, and fixed base operators, and local CERTIFICATE OF MAILING air taxi and charter flight offices. Some parts I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT A COpy OF THE in this order include more specific guidance on ATTACHED (notice/determination) WAS MAILED circularization. TO EACH OF THE ADDRESSEES LISTED ON b. Identify in the nonrulemaking circular any THE ATTACHED (mailing list/distribution list num regulatory changes; e.g., Part 71, Part 97, etc., ber) THIS (date) DAY OF (month), (year). that must be effected if the nonrulemaking proposal SIGNED: (specialist/mail clerk/etc.) is adopted. Describe the regulatory changes in 2-25 thru 2-29. RESERVED as much detail as is known at the time; Le" radials, distances, and coordinates.
• PARA 2-20 2-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D
Section 3. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGS • 2-30. PURPOSE a 100-mile radius of the primary airport for Class I Informal airspace meetings are held at the discretion B airspace and within a 50-mile radius of the of the person/office conducting an aeronautical study primary airport for Class C areas. These distributions I for the purpose of gathering additional aeronautical should be accomplished through the facilities of facts and information relevant to the rulemaking the Airman Certification Branch, AVN-460, after I or nonrulemaking proposals under study. Informal coordination with the regional Accident Prevention I airspace meetings on Class B and Class C areas Coordinator. Sufficient lead time must be provided are required before the issuance of an NPRM. for processing and still meet the 60-day minimum 2-31. NOTIFICATION advance notice requirements. AVN-460 will need I a lead time of 16 days from the receipt of the Every effort shall be made to notify all aviation material until mailing. Additional lead time should persons and/or organizations who may be affected be considered for coordination with the regional by, or interested in, the proposal. The notice of Accident Prevention Coordinator. informal airspace meetings shall be disseminated in the same manner as the nonrulemaking circulars 2-33. LOCATION and shall explain that the purpose is to solicit Informal airspace meetings should be held at appro aeronautical comments on the proposal's effect on priate times and locations most advantageous to the use of the airspace by aircraft. The notice the gathering of all facts relative to proposals shall describe the proposal in sufficient detail, under study. The chairman shall represent the including charts if necessary, to enable interested Regional Administrator. Identify each informal air- I persons to prepare comments prior to the meeting. space meeting held by consecutive numbers and Notices should be distributed at least 30 days dates. Example: "Meeting No. 50, February 15, prior to the meeting date. 1988." 2-32. SPECIAL NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES 2-34. AGENDA ITEMS Agenda items may be included in the notice of Based on the extent of known or anticipated con informal airspace meeting or distributed separately. troversy, the following procedures may be applied Agendas may include airspace matters of a rulemaking to all notices of informal airspace meetings concerning and/or nonrulemaking nature. They should be distrib • obstruction evaluation, airport airspace analysis, spe uted at least 15 days before the meeting and cial use airspace, and the commissioning/decommis those involving Class B airspace proposals shall sioning of navigational aids. These procedures shall I be distributed at least 30 days prior to the meeting. be applied to all notices of informal airspace meetings Items concerning aeronautical studies not on the held in advance of rulemaking action involving agenda should not be discussed except when the the establishment or modification of Class Band chairman considers them appropriate. IClass C areas. a. Publish the notice in the Federal Register. 2-35. RECORD OF MEETINGS The publication shall be as far in advance as Do not take official verbatim transcripts or minutes possible, up to a maximum of 90 days, with of informal airspace meetings. However, the chairman a minimum of 60 days advance notice for meetings shall prepare a memorandum for each of the discussed I concerning Class B areas. The notice shall identify aeronautical study files, listing attendees and a the name and address of the office where additional digest of the discussions held. Written statements information can be obtained. received from attendees during and after the informal b. Regions are also encouraged to make use airspace meeting shall also be included in the of local newspapers, radio, and television to dissemi study files. Forward one copy of the memorandum nate notices and information. to ATP-200. Forward one copy of the memorandum I c. In addition to the methods described in subpara concerning military special use airspace meetings graphs a and b above, notices of informal airspace toATM-400. meetings shall be sent to all known licensed pilots, 2-36 thru 2-39. RESERVED airport managers/operators, and operators of para- • chute, sailplane, ultralight, and balloon clubs within PARA 2-30 2-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D
Section 4. HEARINGS
.2-40. PRESCRIBED PROCEDURES include the verbatim transcript and all documents Part 11.67, prescribes procedures for informal public offered at the hearing. The presiding officer may hearings. Part 77, Subpart E, prescribes procedures request or permit additional statements or exhibits for hearings on the evaluation of surface structures. to be offered at a later date. 2-41. PUBLICATION 2-43. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS Notice of proposed hearings should be given to One copy of the hearing record, together with appropriate news sources in the area and should a case summary and recommended course of action, be inserted as paid notices in local newspapers. shall be sent within 20 days to the regional office or ATP-200, or ATM-400 as appropriate. One I 2-42. ARRANGEMENTS copy shall be sent to AGC-204, or to the regional Hearings should normally be held in the vicinity official docket as appropriate. of the affected airspace. Arrangements shall be 2-44 thru 2-49. RESERVED made for reporter service and, if needed, a public address system. The record of the hearing shall
•
• PARA 2-40 2-4-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 5. CHARTED REPORTING POINTS
.2-50. POLICY 2-53. FAA FORM 8260-2 (RIS: FS 8220-1) Charted reporting points should be established only FAA Form 8260-2 serves as a request form, or when necessary to provide to MEA changes or as a checklist by flight inspection in response the separation of aircraft; i.e., estimating purposes, to a request for charted reporting points, and as holding patterns. Reporting points should not be a record of action taken to publish the data. established solely for the purpose of communications Whenever there is a requirement to establish, modify, handoffs, transfer of control from one sector/facility or cancel an intersection used as a reporting point to another, to define an approach control area or to establish, modify, or cancel a holding pattern, of jurisdiction, or to identify the apex of an the appropriate air traffic field facility will initiate airway dogleg. a Form 8260-2 as a request for flight inspection 2-51. DESIGNATION action. This form shall be submitted through the Only compulsory reporting points are designated respective regional Air Traffic division. in the regulations. 2-54. PREPARATION OF FORM 8260-2 2-52. CHART SERIES SELECTION Instructions for preparation of FAA Form 8260-2 The request to have a reporting point charted (RIS: FS 8220-1) are contained in FAA Order should be limited to only the chart series necessary 8260.19, Flight Procedures and Airspace. for its intended use. For example, a reporting point established for the high altitude structure should not appear on the low altitude charts. •
• PARA 2-50 2-5-1 9/16/93 7400.2D I I. I Chapter 3. NAMING OF NAVIGATIONAL AIDS/ AERONAUTICAL FACILITIES/RADIO FIXES Section 1. GUIDELINES
3-1. RESPONSIBILITY Note.-For the purpose of this paragraph only, a compass Regional air traffic divisions are responsible for locator shall be considered as a separate NAVAID. assigning and changing names of navigational aids e. Instrument Landing Systems (ILS). and aeronautical facilities and shall follow the 1. Inner/middle fan markers (without collocated instructions contained herein and in FAA Order NDB's or compass locators) and localizer equipment 7350.6, Chapter 1. The National Flight Data Center, are not normally assigned names. Localizers are ATM-600, is responsible for assigning name/codes identified with the associated airport name and to waypoints, intersections, marker beacons, compass applicable runway number in official writings. locators, ATC coordination, and DME fixes. 2. All outer markers shall be assigned name/ 3-2. GENERAL codes. If the outer marker is to be situated at the same geographic location as a fix, it shall All fixes located at a common point shall have adopt the fix name/code. the same name/code regardless of type, altitude, or route structure. If one of the collocated fixes 3. All outer compass locators (LaM's) and is a navigational aid, the other fixes shall be middle compass locators (LMM's) shall be assigned assigned the same name and three-letter identifier name/codes. If collocation with a fix, they shall as the navigational aid. also adopt the fix name/code. f. Names and name/codes assigned shall be the 3-3. NAMING OF NAVIGATIONAL AIDS "chart names" that will appear on aeronautical a. The NAVAID name selected should represent charts, in airspace dockets, and other official publica a city, town, or prominent geographic landmark tions and records. • which is depicted on a sectional aeronautical chart Note.-FIFO's will coordinate names they assign to fixes with at or near the site. If one is not available or the associated center to preclude similar sounding fix names. suitable, a local memorial name may be used. Assign a common, easily understood word other 3-4. NAMING OF WAYPOINTS, than a personal name. INTERSECTIONS, AND DME FIXES b. The name selected shall neither duplicate nor a. To decide whether a fix needs to be named, be similar sounding to an existing NAVAID/fix see FAA Order 8260.19. location name within the originating ARTCC, the b. Names assigned for waypoints, intersections, adjacent ARTCC's area, or a radius of 300 NM ATC coordination, and DME fixes not collocated from the NAVAID involved. with a navigational aid shall consist of a single c. Unduly long names should not be used. five-letter pronounceable name. These five letters d. A navigational aid with the same name as shall serve as the name, identifier, and computer the associated airport should be located on the code. airport. However, in existing situations, a NAVAID c. Regional requests for specific five-letter names off the airport with the same name as the airport for waypoints, intersections, ATC coordination, and may retain the airport name provided there is DME fixes may be granted by ATM-600 if feasible. no other NAVAID with the same name. If retention of the airport name at an off-airport NAVAID 3-5. ELIMINATION OF DUPLICATION at a particular location might lead to a confusing ATM-600, in conjunction with the respective regional situation, then the name should be changed. Newly Air Traffic division, shall ensure that no duplication established NAVAID's may be assigned the same exists in location names of NAVAID's within name as the airport only when the NAVAID is an ARTCC control area, adjacent ARTCC control located on the airport. Where two or more NAVAID's areas, and the 300 NM radius area described in are located on the airport, only one may be assigned paragraph 3-3b. • the airport name. PARA 3-1 3-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D
• PART 2. OBJECTS AFFECTING NAVIGABLE AIRSPACE Chapter 4. GENERAL Section 1. POLICY
4-1. AUTHORITY 4-4. OBJECTS SUBJECT TO STANDARDS The authority to conduct aeronautical studies of Apply the obstruction standards to existing and objects affecting navigable airspace is delegated proposed man-made objects including mobile objects, to the regional offices. The obstruction evaluation objects of natural growth, and terrain wherever program shall be administered by air traffic personnel they may be located. with the coordinated assistance of Airports, Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards personnel. 4-5. POLICY The prime objective of the FAA in administering 4-2. PURPOSE Part 77 and in conducting aeronautical studies The guidelines, procedures, and standards in this of the electromagnetic and physical effects of objects part supplement those contained in Part 77, Objects is to ensure the safety of aircraft and efficient Affecting Navigable Airspace, and are for use in: utilization of navigable airspace by aircraft. While the FAA recognizes that there are varied interests 8. The performance of functions relating to the for the use of the airspace, when conflicts arise processing of notices of proposed construction or out of construction proposals or the presence of alteration; • existing objects, the FAA emphasizes the need b. The conduct of aeronautical studies of any for conserving the navigable airspace, preserving existing object affecting navigable airspace; the integrity of the national airport system, and c. The conduct of aeronautical studies of the protecting air navigation facilities from either electro electromagnetic radiation effect of proposed or exist magnetic or physical encroachments which would ing objects on the operation of air navigation preclude them from performing their operational facilities (see Federal Aviation Act 101(8»; functions. In the case of proposed construction or alteration, first consideration should be given d. The conduct of aeronautical studies of the to altering the proposal. For existing objects, first physical effect of proposed or existing objects consideration should be given to the adjustment on the line-of-sight view of all runways, taxiways, of aviation requirements that would accommodate and traffic pattern areas from the air traffic control the structure. This does not preclude issuing a tower; and determination of hazard to air navigation on an e. The conduct of aeronautical studies of the existing object (see Chapter 6 and Chapter 8) physical effect of proposed or existing objects when the adjustment of aviation requirements that on airport approach lighting systems. would accommodate the structure could not be done without substantial adverse effect on aeronautical 4-3. GEOGRAPHICAL AREA operations. The notice requirements in Part 77 apply only to proposed construction or alteration which would 4-6. NOTICE PROCESSING be located within any state of the United States, 8. The appropriate regional air traffic division the District of Columbia, or any territory or possession is responsible for processing Notices of Proposed of the United States including the territorial waters Construction or Alterations required under the provi (12 NM) surrounding such states, territories, or sions of Part 77 with the coordinated assistance possessions. of Airports, Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards Note.-Determinations on whether a proposal's location is divisions. Notices of Proposed Construction or Alter within 12 NM may be obtained from NOS' Aeronautical Chart ation on obligated airports shall be processed under • Branch (FTS 443-8075). the provisions of Part 152, Airport Aid Program. PARA 4-1 4-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93
b. Each operating division shall review all notices 4-8. SHIELDING - SECTION 77.15(8) of proposed construction or alteration received by Occasionally, a notice may be filed which is not. the FAA. An acknowledgment and/or determination required because of the shielding provision of Part shall be issued only after all operating divisions 77.15(a) of Part 77. Apply the criteria of Section agree that the proposal will not create a hazard 77.15(a) to determine if the shielding provision to air navigation. It is emphasized that this conclusion is applicable. Do not apply the shielding guidelines must be reached even on proposals that do not set forth in Chapter 7, Section 1. They only meet Part 77 notice criteria. With intelligent handling apply to proposals when notice is required and and artful negotiation, more than a narrow, explicit an aeronautical study under Part 77 is necessary application of the "acknowledgment" requirements to determine the adverse effect upon air navigation. of Part 77 can be accomplished (see Appendix 4-9. CONSTRUCTION WITHIN AN ANTENNA 2-1). FARM c. If any element of the organization (Airway A proposed antenna structure, or any other type Facilities, Flight Standards, Air Traffic, or Airports) structure, that would be located entirely within objects to a proposed or existing structure that an antenna farm area established in accordance is identified as an obstruction or that creates electro with Part 77 is, nevertheless, subject to notice magnetic effect, the air traffic unit shall be responsible and requires processing to the extent of determining for writing the determination. If the proposed or whether marking and lighting should be recommended existing structure is not identified as an obstruction and whether a supplemental notice of progress and does not create electromagnetic effect, the of construction or alteration is required. There organizational element that objects to the structure, is no requirement for making an aeronautical study for whatever reason, shall be responsible for writing for the purpose of determining the hazard to air the determination. navigation issue. However, potential electromagnetic interference must be evaluated. The acknowledgment 4-7. FAA FORMS 7460-1 THROUGH 7460-11 is subject to the effective period provisions of Standard FAA forms are established for use in Part 77.39. processing notices received under Part 77. Use 4-10. STRUCTURES EXISTING OR UNDER • the forms according to instructions contained in CONSTRUCTION the action sections involved; Le., acknowledgment, Process a notice received of an existing structure circularization, determination, etc. The standard FAA or for a proposal on which construction has already forms are: started as an existing structure. Construction is Figure 4-7[1]. Notice of Proposed Construction considered to have started if actual structural work, or Alteration, Excerpts from FAR 77 (FAA FORM such as laying of a foundation, but not including 7460-1) excavation, has begun. If an aeronautical study Figure 4-7[2]. Notice of Proposed Construction is appropriate, apply the guidelines set forth in or Alteration, Worksheet (FAA FORM 7460-1) Chapter 6. Figure 4-7[3]. Notice of Proposed Construction 4-11. STRUCTURES EXCEEDING 2,000 FEET or Alteration, (FAA FORM 7460-1) Any proposed structure which would exceed a Figure 4-7[4]. Notice of Actual Construction height of 2,000 feet above ground will be presumed orAlteration, (FAA FORM 7460-2) to have a substantial adverse effect upon the safe Figure 4-7[5]. Obstruction Evaluation Worksheet and efficient use of navigable airspace and will (FAA FORM 7460-6) be determined to be a hazard to air navigation Figure 4-7[6]. Acknowledgment of Notice of unless the construction sponsor, at the time of Proposed Construction or Alteration (FAA FORM filing, makes a clear and compelling showing to 7460-7) the contrary. 8. Process a notice proposing a structure greater Figure 4-7[7]. Aeronautical Study of Proposed than 2,000 feet in height above the ground only Construction or Alteration (FAA FORM 7460-8) if the construction sponsor has submitted the detailed Figure 4-7[8]. Determination of No Hazard showing required in Part 77. toAirNavigation (FAA FORM 7460-9) b. Return notices received without the detailed Figure 4-7[9]. Determination of Hazard to showing to the originator for compliance with • AirNavigation (FAA FORM 7460-10) Part 77. 17(c). The acknowledgment should state Figure 4-7[10]. Project Status Request (FAA that the proposed structure is presumed to be, FORM 7460-11) inherently, a hazard to air navigation and the
4-1-2 PARA 4-11 9/16/93 7400.2D
construction sponsor has the burden of overcoming detailed showing to the Airspace and Obstruction this presumption. Evaluation Branch, ATP-240, for coordination prior • c. Notices submitted in compliance with Part to the issuance of a determination. 77.17(c) shall be processed in the normal manner; except, send one copy each of the notice and 4-12 thru 4-19. RESERVED
•
• PARA 4-12 4-1-3 7~OO,2D
Figure 4-7[1] NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION, EXCERPTS FROM FAR 77 (FAA FORM 7460-1) NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION • 877.13 Conatruc:tIon or .n.mton rwqulrlng nollce, 877.15 ConatructIon or ~emlon nol requlr1ng nollce. lal Except as prOV1ded In 87715, each $pO<1SOI who proposes any cA !he foIioWlng No pe ADDRESSES OF THE REGIONAL OFFICES W.lem PecIftc Region Soulhern Region G_I L8Iree Region New Englend Region HI, CA, NV, AZ, GU KY, TN, NC, SC, GA, AL, ND, WI, MI, so, IL, OH, MN, IN MA, NH, VT, RI, CT, ME Westem·Paclfic Regional Office MS, FL, VI, PR Great Lakes Regional Office New England Regional Office Air Traffic DiviSion. AWP·53O Southem Regooal Office Air Traffic DiVlSlon. AGL·53O A" Tral!lc DIVISion, ANE·53O , 5000 AVlabon Boulevard Air Traffic DiviSion. ASO·53O 2300 East Devon Avenue 12 New England Executive Park Hawthome, CA 90260 3400 Norman Berry Drive Des Plaines. IL 60018 Burtlnglon. MA 01803 Tel 310·297·1365 East POInt, GA 30344 Tel 312-694·7568 Tel 617·273·7143 Mali Address: Tel 404·763-7646 ~IRegIon Eulem Region AWP-53O Mail Address: NM, TX, OK, AR, LA NY, PA, WV, VA, DC, MD, DE, NJ PO Box 92007 Federal Avi8lJon AdministratIOn Southwest Regional Office Eastern Regional Office Worldway Postal Cemer Southem Regional Office Air TraffiC DiVISion, AEA-530 Los Angeles. CA 90009 Air Traffic D,Vision. ASO·53O A" Trallic DIVISion. ASW·53O 4400 Blue Mound Road JFK International Alrpon AI.....nRegIon P.O. Box 20636 Atlanta, GA 30320 Fen Worth. TX 76193 Fitzgerald Federal BUilding AK Tel 817-624·5534 Jamaica. NY 11430 Alaskan Regional Office Nort"-I Moun18ln Region Mati Address: Tel 718·553·1228 Air Traffic DiVISion. AAL·53O WA, OR, Mr, ID, WY, UT, CO Depanmem of Transporabon Fax: 718·553·1384 222 West 7th Avenue Nonhwest Mountain Regional Office Federal Aviation Admimstrabon Anchorage. AK 99513 Air Traffic DiViSIon, ANM-53O Fen Worth. TX 76 I 93-0530 Tel 907·271 ·5893 1601 Lind Avenue. SW CenI..1Region Mailing Address: Remon, WA 98055-4056 HE, lA, MO, KS Federal Aviation Administration Tel 206·227·2530 Fax: 206·227-1530 Central Regional Office Alaskan Regional Office Air Traffic DIVISion. ACE-53O Air Tratlic DiviSion. AAL·53O 60 I East , 2Itl Street ~ 222 West 7th Avenue. Box 1 Kansas City, 1.40 64106 Ainchorage. AK 99513·7587 Tel 816-426·3408 FAA Form 7460·1 (1-931 Supersedes Previous Edition • 4-1-4 9;16/93 7400.20 Figure 4-7[2] NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION, WORKSHEET (FAA FORM 7460-1) • THIS IS YOUR WORkSHEET Please Type or Print on This Form Foon Approved OMB NO 2120-0001 AeronaUbcal Study Number 0 Notice of Proposed IJ5.Deoa\TT'l("f"llc-.~ ~~Al:Si'."'riJtkJfl Construction or Alteration 1. Nature of Proposal 2. ComDlete Description of Structure A. Type BClass C Wori< Sc:!lldJje e- Please describe, on a separaIe SIleeI 01 paper nnecessary, the proposed conslrUC1ion or aIleration. D '- Conslruction Dpennar>ent ~ A. For proposals il1YOMng transmilling stations, include D Temporary (DurOllOl1 monlhs End D AIleralion * eftective radiated power IERP) and assigned frequency 01 * nAIleralion, provide preVIOUS FAA AeronautiCal Sludy NUmbe<, d av_: all proposed or modified transmitlers on the structure. (If 3.... _,-._ ~ num..... of1_•...... ,___1101l, Me. ~1Iw nol knOwn, give frequency band and maximum ERPj...... INClIon .... elterIIlion. (Number, Slreel, CIly, Slate. and Zip Code) B. For proposals invoMng lMlrtlead wire, transmission lines, eIC., include the size and the configuration 01 the wires and their suppofting struclures. C. For all proposals, include site orientation, dimensions, and construction maIBf'ials 01 the proposed or allered struclul'll D. Optianlll- Describe the 1ype at obstruction marking and ( I lighting syslem desired for your structure. The FAA will Alea Code Telephone Number recommend appropriate marking and lighting for the struclure in accordance with the standards 01 MMt:Jt:y 3B Name. address and telephone number of proponent's representative, rt different 1tIan 3A. above. Circular AC 7017460-1. All FAA marking and lighting recommendation will rellect the minimum acceptable Ieval at conspicuity necessary to warn pilols at the presence at an object. However, the FAA, under certain circumslances, will nol object to the use of a system (such as a medium intensity llashing wilde light system or a dual fighting system) than the recommended standard. ( ) CJlher Alea Code Telephone Number 4. Location Of Structure 5. HeIGht and Elevation ~--I A. Coordinates ( ~ =~s of seconds B. Nearest CIly 01 Town C. Near.... publIC 01 mililaty airpoot A. EJevOllOl1 01 !llI8 above meen and State heliport. "ighlpari<, 01 seaplane base sea level. Latdude 01 ,1 " (1). Dislance from Slructure to neatest B. Hetght cd struclute including all Longrtude 01 ,1 I' I Distance to 4B " point of nearesr runway appIJl1enances and lig/1tlng above ground 01 walet'. 40. Source of coordinate Information for rtem 4A. above. (21. Direction 10 4B (2). DlrectlOll from Slructure 10 airpol1 C. Ov8fall hetgl'1t above mean sea level • g~:dSdh;rt D Ott1er Ill. + Bl o DSu",ey Specify l'ld'cate the reference oarum of ttl€ coordinates 1"nown 4E. Describe, on a separate sheet of paper. the location of the sde wrth respect to highways, streets. airports, Other prominent terrain features. existing structures, etc. Attach a copy of a U.S Geological Survey quadrangle map 7.5 n NAD27 D NAD83 D SpeCify mInute series (or equivalent, shOWing the construction srte. navailable, attach a copy of a documented srte survey wdh the surveyor's certification. FAILURE TO PROVIDE ALL REQUESTED INFORMAnON MAY DELAY PROCESSING OF YOUR NOTICE Nm,ce IS IOQUIree by Part 77 01 ttle Feeeral A"atloo ~"9ulah()l1s (14 C.FR Part 17) pursuaot 10 5ec1ioo 1101 01 the Federal AVlabOO Act 0/1958. as ame<'Oed (49 USC app S150\ I Persoos wI10 k.nowmgry ana wllffully .... 'olate the NotIce reqUirements of Part n are sub;ect to 8 eMI penalty of $1 ,Q(X) per day until the nobce IS recerved, pursuant 10 5ec'tIon 9Cl (al of rhe Federal AVlatloo Act of '958 as amended (49 USC app ~ ' (.7 1 1al1 as well as the fine Icnmlnal penaltyl 01 not more !han S500 IOf the first otIense and not more ttlan S2.ooo fOf' subsequenl oftenses, pu~suanl to Secnon 902'a: 01 ttle Feeerat AVla1l0n Act of 1958. as amended [49 USC app § 1472(all I HEREBY CERTIFY that all 01 the above statements made by me are true. complete, and correct to the best 01 my knowledge. In additlon,l agree to obstruction marl! and/or light the structure In accordance with established maridng & lighting standards as necessary. Dale I TypeD 0' p",'e NOnCE TO PREPARER OF FORM 1. Retain thiS Work Sheet as your copy. 4. Print or type all ~ems. The address area will be used to retum a copy of this form. (See AbOve.) 2 CO~lete and return the remaining copies. Do at Remove Carbons. 5. Notification to the FAA does not waive the requirements 01 any other govemment agency. 3 Be sure all copies are legible. 6. FAA will acknowledge this notice within 30 days of its receipt. -- Agency OI8pI8y 01 Estllllllted Burdlln For Notice 01 Propoeed Construction or A1t.-tlon The public report burden for this COIlectlon oIlnfonnIItlon Is eatllllllted to .".... 1 hour and _ minute per reeponM. If you wish to comment on the accuracy of the estimate or make suggestions lor reducing this burden, please direct your comments to OMB and the FM at the following addresses. P..... 00 NOT RETURN your form to either 01 U-edcI-. OtItce of Uenagement and Budget -and- U.S. Depertment 01 TrMsp0rt8t1on Paperwork Reduction Project 2120-0001 Fedenli Av\IItlon Admlnlstnltlon Washington, D.C. 20503 Airspace and 0bstI'\lcti0n Evaluation Bl'anch, ATP·240 800 Independence Avenue, SW Washington, D.C. 20591 • FAA Form 7460-1 (1-931 Thl. I. Your Worlrsheet 4-1-5 7~OO.2D 9/16;93 Figure ~7[3] NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION, (FAA FORM 7460-1) DO NOT REMOVE CARBONS Please Type or Pont on This Form Form Approved OMB NO 2' 2n·0001, • Aeronautical Study ~~ .... mber 0 Notice of Proposed ~ " ~'-.:-cx~ ,_.~~ -"::-'.::'-"":;'0(.""- Construction or Alteration ~ AVlQ'hon Adrntn."rohon 1. Nature of Proposal 2. Complete Description of Structure I -- A Type i B C'ass C Work, Scr-edu,e DaleS Please describe. or. a separate s~ee! oj :;a.pe r ,j recessary I the proposed construct:on or a!teratlon LJ fI.le ..... Corstr;,.;cllOf"l o Permanent BegIMIr'rg i A For prOpOSal,S Involv:r.g trar;srrl!t!'r"1~ s:at O"'S rcuCe Alte,allor * I Temporary (Duration __ mOnthS~ End o I o ------effective radiated power IERP: arC ass ~""ed !reouercy Of * 11 Aifera\lOr, pwvlde preVIOus FAA Aeronautical Study Numoer, II available ali proposed or modified lransm'!!ers Dr '!,"oe 51' ...;cture If JA. Name, Iddress. and telephone number 0' individual. company corporation. etc. proposing the not known, give frequency band arc rra'( ml;rT' ERP, conltruction or altefltion. lNumber. Street. City, Stale, and ZiP Code) B For proposals InvolVing overt1ead ....·'re, ~ransrT' ss,or i,nes etc. Include the size and the corfrguralior. 0/ !~e .... 'res and their supporllng structures C For all proposals, Include site Orientation, dlfT'ErS,Ons and construction materials of the proposed or alterec S1r~CiU!e D Oplional- Descflbe the type of obstruction ,'na"ng and ( ) lighting system desired for you' structure The FAA w,'· Area Code i ejephone Number recommend appropflate marking and "ghf,ng 'or the structure In accordance with the standards of Adv·sory 38 Name, address and telephone number of proponent's representative. If different than 3A above Circular AC 70 7460-1 An FAA marking and :'ghtn.g recommendatlOr"l will reflect the minimum accepta~:e leve' of COnSplCUlty I"'lecessary to warn pilots of the preS€"'-CE o( an Object However. the FAA. under cMa'" circumstances. Will not object to Jhe use of a syste'T' ,suer as a medIum IntenSity flaSt"l',ng white i.gt:t Sister""' or a d'Ja lighting system) other than the recolT':T1erded standa,cl ! Area :X1e Telephone Numoer 4. Location Of Structure 5. Heiaht and Elevation - .. 10 hul'ldre~hs o! seconds B Nearest City or Town ,C Nearest pubi,c or m,,'tary airport A Elevalior of SIr:' above f""ea" A Coordinates I il;P"10w·" I ,1 al'ld State r,el:port II'grrpark or seaplane base sea ,eve' Lalltude 0' n ! ---- \11 Distance to 46 111 D'stance from s:ructure to rearf>sl B Helgnt of structure rc "':: rg a Longitude 0' ,I n po.,.... ; 01 nearest run't'way 'gr~''''g 1 appl.',1ena!"'ces ar:=: a::;:.,e- i i grourc or '..... aler I 4D SOUrCE of coordinate ,nformation I Direction 10 48 121 D,rect;or from slr"Clure Ie a1rpo:'1 for Ilem 4A above 1121 C Overa': r-e 9"'1 aDo"e ''"''''ca'"' see ;0. e Other :A· B! ~~:dS dr.~'rt Survey • o o DI Specify I I -- Indicate l"'€- 'efe'E'''ce Cal .... - ::1 rhe c()O---;-~I'1.ales_;4 k~W'" I 4E Descflbe, on a separate sheel of paper. the location olthe s',le with respect to hlgnways stceets 2. -;JO""S Other promInent terrain features. eXisting structures, etc. Attac/'l a copy of a U 5 Geologica: Surve) Ou20 rar-'g,e "':":3Q "75 [J NAD 27 o NAD 83 D Spec'fy minute series (or equivalent) srow',ng the construction sIte. If availaole. attach a copy of a doc"ro"e;,',~: ~,te s ..... ' .2,- I with the surveyor's certification FAILURE TO PROVIDE ALL REQUESTED INFORMATION MAY DELAY PROCESSING OF YOUR NOTICE Not,co? 'S leqLpred by Pa'1 77 01 the Federal AI/laboo Regulations i1 4 C F R Par1 77) purs,-,ant to Section 1~ 01 at the Federa, A"al,on Act of 1958 as a..... e":o:-: 49 '_ sea::: _ 0 ::-:::·s ~;. t. ~ : k.now ~]~y aM Willfully \iIOlale the Notice requIrements of Par177 are subJecl to a CIVil penalty 0' $1000 per day unllilhe r,Dtlce:s reCE."'oIed. p 902(a l of the Federai AI/!atlon ACl of 1958. as amended (49 U S.C app § 1472/a)) I HEREBY CERTIFY that all of the above statements made by me are true, complete, and correct to the best of my Itnowledge. In addition, I agree to obstruction mark andlor light the structure In accordance with established marking & lighting standards as necessary, Dale I T,ped '" P"nted Name and Tme 01 Po""" F'hng NOlie. I S'goaMe FOR FAA USE ONLY FAA will BIther return this form or Issue a separate acknowlel1gement The Proposal: SuppImen~Nottee of ConIlruetton, FAA Form 7460·2, 15 reQuired any time the prOject IS abanooneO or o Does not require a notice to FAA o /j,J least 48 hOurs before the start 01 construction o 's not ~ 0, '1 n IUselhese tor!llly ,II II 01 nl HAD 83 Coordinates M\Jre correspondence WIIh the FAAI Latitude 'I . Longitude I i I . fSSue(l II'" I SognalUfe I Oare FAA Form 7460·' "·931 00 Not Remove Carbons • 4-1-6 9: 16/93 7~OO.2D Figure 4-7[4] NOTICE OF ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION, • (FAA FORM 7460-2) Form Approved OMB No 2120-0001 SUPPI.EMENTAI. NOTICE Submission Instructions: For Advance Notice of Actual Construction or Alteration Complete Items 1,2, 3A(11. 3A12i, and 6 If applicable, also complete items 4 and 5 Detach Pan 1 Fold and tape at bottom. Marl to the I'''~'"<'' ''""' " FAA Regional Office for your area Part 1A IS provided for your file f~ Notice of Actual Construction or Alteration us Deoortmenl ot TronsponotlOfl (Please Type or Print on this Form) Federal A"krt;on AdmInilh'at1On _. 1. Construction A. Type and Description of Construction B. Owner of Structure o New o A~eralion 2. Construction Location - Height A Coordinates (To hundredths 01 seconds, "known) ! B. Location (City, State, include street Latitude w I address" any) 01 Longitude . 01 'I . wi l C Construcllon Heights ~ (Structure'"" H"9"'& Site) Above Mean Sea Level Site Elevation Ft AMSL I Structure Height Ft. AGL Ft AMSL 0 Srte Elevation Determined By E. Reference datum of coordinates F Name of Nearest Public-Use or Military Airport (Include Distance and DirectIon from the Airport) o Actual Survey o NAD 27 o USGS 7.5' Quad Chart o NAD83 o Other (Specify) o Other (SpeCify) 3. Construction Notifications A. Notification 8. ConstrucltOn Project (Notice is Critical to Flight * Date Date Safety - FAR Part T7 Required) • I 11) Construction Will stan • (Submll at least 48 hIS tn advance) (1) PrOlect Abandoned I * 12) Estimated Compietion I I 131 Slructure Reached Greatest HeIght (21 Construction Dismantled (Submit wrthm 5 days) I * 4. Marking and Lighting A. Marked B. Lighted o Medium Intensity White o High IntenSity White [] Red o Yes C No C Temporary , o Dual (Medium IntenSity [] Dual (Hii:' Intensity C None Whrte & Redl White & ed) 5. Antenna Requiring FCC License A Call Sign B. Frequency C Date Applied for FCC Construction Permit D. Date Construction Permit Issued 6. Preparer's Certification .... A. Proponent's Representative B. Construction Proponent ~~ ! Name: Name: i· Address: Address: !~~ ;t;:ica- -ill :.;"e: Tel. No.: (Include Area Code) I Tel. No.: (Include Area Code) I h.rebv certIfy that the information provided Is true, complet., and correct to the best of my knowledae. i:;h Signature Title i Dale 0:" ::le~8.'" !II Q." I NOTICE IS reqUIred by Pan 77 of the Federal Aviation R~ulations 114 C.FR Pan 771 pursuant fo Section 1101 of the Federal AViation Act of , 958. as amended 149 USC app § 1501). Persons who knOWingly and wlllflJlly vio ate the Notice reqUIrements of Pan 77 are SUbject to a Civil penalty of $1.000 per day until notice IS received, pursuant to Section 901(al 01 the Federal AViation Act of 1958. as amended (49 U.S.C. app § 1471(all as well as a fine ICrlmlnal penaltyl of not more than $500 for the first offense and not more than $2,000 for subsequent offenses. pursuant to Section 9021al of the Federal AViation Act of 1958, as amended 149 U.S.C. app § 14721all FAA Form 7460·2 11·931 SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS EDITION ADVANCE NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION Part 1 • SUBMIT WITHOUT DHA Y 4-1-7 7~OO.2D 9,'16,93 Figure 4-7[5] OBSTRUCTION EVALUATION WORKSHEET (FAA FORM 7460-6) • 0 AeronaullCal StUdy No US ()ppQrtrnl!'ft Of \'o"'PJI....., OBSTRUcnON EVALUATION WORKSHEET Specll"st ...... 11'....' Pert I• Proposed Construction ON 1. TYPE STRUCTVRE 2. ELEVAnON AND HEIGHT (In '''') I. Site Elevat,on .1 b. Structure Hetght .1 c. Structure Elevltlon I AMSL AGL AMSL 3. LOCAnON /Nearesl Clry. lown, anaSta'a} 4. COORDINATES Latitude 0 .. Longl1Ude 0) 1 " 1 'I 'I 'I 5. MAP. CHART. OR SKETCH USED IN PLOTnNG .. COORDINAnON Office Data 7. REMARKS Pert II • Airport ON. Pert III • Appllc:8tlon of Notice Crlter18 o HonCE IS NOT REQUIRED o NOnCE " REQUIRED • Structure Exempt Uncler' StrUC!Uf8 exceedS Notice Criteril Uncler: o 7715(1) Shielding o n13(a)(IIMa..lhln200ItAGL o 77 15(b) Anlenna 0' 20 It or less o 77. 13(11(2) Slope from airpon o 77 .15( c) AIT navogation or Iancling aid (Airport neme) o 77.15(d) NOtice reqUITed by another regulation o 77.13(a)(3) Trlverse way o Structure does nOI exceed cflteria 01 Subpart B o Structure in an instrument approach Ir.. (7713(a)(4)) o Str.ucture on Airport (7713(a)(5») Part IV - Application of O~tructlon S..,dlIrda • Structure Exceeds Obstruction Stanclards as IndIcated o 77 23(1)( 1) A heIght more than 500 It AGL Remarks: o 77 23(11(2) A heIght AGL or Ilrport elevatIon. whIChever IS hIgher. exceedong o 200 It w,thon 3 miles o 300 It. wlthon 4 mIles o 400 It wlthon 5 mIleS o 500 It wllhin 6 mileS o 77.23(1)(3) A heIght that inc~ a minimum instrument lIigl11 altilude WIthin a lermlnal 8AlI (rERPS criteria) o 7723(1)(4) A hetghl that IncnI_ I minimum obstruction clearance Iltltude MOCA (En routa cnteria) o 77.23(a)(5) The surlace of a takeoff ancllancllng area olin airport or any Imaginary surface .tablished under n 25. n 28. or 77 29 01 Surface: 02 Surlace: 03 Surface 04 Surface: o 77 23(b\ A he'ght 0' I tr_ way exceeding FAA Form 7460-6 ,,-&), SUPERSEOES PREVIOUS EDITION • 4-1-8 9/16/93 7-100.2D Figure ~7[5] Continued Structure HMght . .15tructure ~18¥atJon Part V• AppllcaUon 01 Airport Imaginary $urt8C8 AGL AMSL • RemtrU: o n.25(.) A hel9hl tlleeedlng • hortzongj aurf_ 150 fL 8boft .irpor1 ....,.Ilon within. rlldlu8 01 (named aHpOfl) A"pon EI811 .. ISO 0(1) 5.000 h. lor utll,ty or .'su.' runw.ys 0(2) 10.000 II. 'or other runwsys HeIght o n.25(b) A helghl tlleeed1"9 I comc.llUrf8Ct (Ilopee outwn 4000 fL from hortzongj aurf_ II 20:1 ratio) o 77.25(e) A helghttllc:eedlng I prtmery aurf_ (width ahown only) (Lengll> 's 911l>er (I) same as runway 'engll> " rl>e runway does nOll>ave • specially prepared I>ard surlace: or (2) 200 It. longer on eacl> end II Il>e runwey I>as a specially preparacJ I>ard surlace.) o 11) 250 'I. .utility runway With .,sual approach o (2) 500 h. - utility runw.y WIth nonpreciSIon approlCh o (3) Other th.n utility runw.y - o (.) 500 'I. .,sual runw.y w,th .,su.t apprOleh o (II) 500 fl. nonprecision ,nstrument runw.y with more thin 314 mile vlSlbihty minimums 0 ,",) 1.000 ft. preCISion Instrument runway.•nd nonpr8ClSion Instrument runway WIth vlSlblhty minimums as low as 314 mile o n.25(d) A helghttllc:eecllng an Ippro8Ch IUrfae.. Runw-r __ o (1) Width at wide end ,s: (width.t narrOw end same as p'nmary surt_l o (i) 1.2SO fl. - utility runwey with .isu.' apprOleh o (ii) 1.500 fl.• Other lh.n utility runway WIth .'IUII .pprOlCl'l o (iii) 2,000 fl. - utility runw.y with nonprec,sion instrument IpptOIdl o (i.) 3,500 II.• nonpreciSlon Instrument run"';.y other tIIIn utility with more thin 314 mile visibility minimuma o (.) 4,000 fl. - nonprecision instru~ent runway other thin utility with visibility mInimums IS low IS 314 milt o (.,) 16,000 fl, - precIsion instrument runway • (2) Approach Surt.ee Length.nd slope ratio o o (i) 5,000 fl. at 20: 1 - utllitY'nd VI8U81 runw.y o (il) 10,OOOfl.8134:1-nonprec,sloninstrumentrunw.yotherthln utIlity o (iii) 10.000fl.•tSO:l.nd40,OOOfl.8140:t-precisioninstrument runw.y 0 n.25(t) A height txeeecllng • nnllllon aurf_ /s/opea ourw.td Irom side 01 prImary and epproach Sur/ICes •.7: I, .ndlim/red to 5,000 n. eill>er side 01 approach sur/eee tleyo/'id li/ftils·oIcOllic.l sur/ace} o n .28(.) MIII1ary airport aurf_ o (1) Inner Honzontal o (2) Conical o (3) Outer horizontal o n .28(b) MIII1ary runw-r aurf_ 0(1) Pnmary o (2) Clear zone o (3) Approach o (4) TranSItional o n.29 Heliport IUrf_ o (a) PnrTllfy o (b) Approae/l (8:1 Civil; 10:1 Military) o (cl TranSItional • 4-1-9 1.aOO.2D 9/16/93 Figure 4-7[6] ACK.'JOWLEDGME~T OF ~OTICEOF PROPOSED CONSTRUCfION OR ALTERATION (FAA FOR.1\f 7460-7) • LJ S DepOrTmenl IN ~EPl v RE~EQ TO Of TronSP0I1or,or AERONAUTICAL STUDY Feet.ral Avialion NO. Adminislration ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION CONSTRUCTION LOCATION II: PLACE NAME 0 III Z 0 ~ LATITUDE ILONGITUDE DESCRIPTION HEIGHT tlN FEET) CONSTRUCTION .eavE GROUND ABOVE "'SL PROPOSED I The Federal AViation Administration hereby acknowledges receipt of notice dated proposed construction or alteration described above A study has been conducted under the prOViSions of Part 77 of the Federal AViation AegulatlonslOdetermlne whetnerthe proposed construction would be an obstruction to air naVigation. whetner It should bemarked and Ilghled to enhance 5afely In atr naVigation. and wnether supplemental not,ce of start and completion of construction IS requtred to perm,t timely chartmg and notification to atrmen Tne findings of that study are as follows o The proposed construction does n.ot require a notice to FAA o The proposed construction IS not Identified as an obstruction under any standard of FAA. Part 77. Subpart C and would not be a hazard to air naYlgatlon o The proposed construction is Identified as an obstruction under the standards of FAA. Part 77. Subpart C but would not be a hazard 10 • air navIgation o The structure should be obstruction marked and lighted per FAA AdVisory Ctrcular AC 70'7460-'. 'Obstruction Marking and Lighting· Chapters _ o Supplemental notice 's requtred at least 48 hours before the start of construction and Within fiVe days after construction reaches ItS greatest he'ght (use the enclosed FAA form) ThiS determination exptres on unless (a) extended, reVised or terminated by the iSSUing ot1ice: (b) the construction is Subject to the Itcensmg authOrity of the Federal Communications Commission and an application for a construction perm I! is made to the FCC on or before the above exptration date. Ir, Such case the determination exptres on the date prescribed by the FCC lor complelion of construction, or on the date the FCC denies the application. NOTE Any request for extension of tne et1ectlVe pertod of thiS determination must be postmarked or deltvered to the Issuing office at least'5 days prior to tne exptratlon date o The proposed construction would exceed Part 77 obstruction standards and further aeronautical study is necessary to determine whether It would be a hazard 10 atr naVigation Pending completion of any further study, it IS presumed the construction would be a hazard 10 air navigatIOn Further study: o Has been initiated by the FAA o May be requesled by the sponsor within 30 days of dale of this acknowledgement o If the proposed structure were reduced in height 10 nol exceed It. above ground level ( It above sea level), it would no! exeed Part 77 obstruction standards. If the structure IS subject to the Ilcensmg authOrity of the FCC. a copy of thiS acknowledgment Will be sent to that Agency NOTICE IS REOUIRED ANYTIME THE PROJECT IS ABANDONED OR THE PROPOSAL IS MODIFIED. SIGNED _ • TITLE _ ISSUED IN ON _ FAA FOAM 7*,7 "·&31 SUPE~5EDES peEvlOuS EOITION SW OP-l (2/90) • 4-1-10 9/16/93 7~OO.2D Figure 4-7[7] AERO~ACTICAL STUDY OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCfION OR ALTERATION • (FAA FOR.c\1 7460-8) nf US DeponlT'e ~ QEPl' AE'Ei=I ~':: or Tron~D AERONAUTICAL STUDY OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION CONSTRUCTION LOCATION a: PLACE NAME I ~ L.... TITUOE ILONGITuDE CONSTRUCTION OEsCQIP"ION MEIGIolT (IN FEET, PROPOSED ABOVE GFl:OUND /.eOVE "SL A notice has been filed with the Federal AViation Administration that the above descflbed structure IS proposed for construction As proposed the structure would exceed the standards of Subpart C 01 Part 77 of the Federal AViation Regulations and would be identified as an obstruction to a" navigation Accordingly. the FAA IS conducting an aeronautical study of the proposal to determine ItS eNect upon the safe and eNIClent use of the navigable airspace by aircraft and on the operation of a" navigation facilities In the study conSideration will be given to all facts relevant to theeNect of the proposal on eXisting and planned airspace use. a" navigation facilities. airports. aircraft operations. procedures and minimum flight altitudes; and the a" traNlc control system. However. only those plans on file With the FAA. on the date the notice concerning the above descflbed proposed construction • was recell,ed. Will be considered Interested persons are Invited to partiCipate In the aeronautical study by submitting comments to the FAA oN,ce ISSUing thiS notice To be eligible for consideration. comments must be relevant to the eNect the proposed construction would have on aviation. provide suNiclent detail to permit a clear understanding. and be received on or before _ Please refer to tne aeronautical study number printed ,n the upper fight hand corner of thiS notice ThiS notice may be reproduced and recirculated by any Interested person. ATTACHMENT - See Reverse Page Proposal reviewed and comments stated in separate letter. Proposal reviewed and no comments submitted. Signature and Title Date Representing S'G'EC_~__~ ~__~ ' ·.f ~_~ - __ 5>S""E:: ,~ ~ 2" AIRPORT MANAGERS· PLEASE POST COMMENTS INVITED • F..... Form7~e···"',S.~PE·SECESP.E.OL'E~·C~ SW OP-l (2/90) Supersedes previous editi 4-1-11 70400.20 9!l6/93 Figure ~7(8] DETER."n~ATIO~OF NO HAZARD TO AIR NAVIGATION (FAA FOR..\1746~9) • u5 DePorlment ...(~\" 111('1- TO Of Tron~pot'lOliO'1 AEIlONAUTICAL STUDY feoderol Aviation NO. AdmlNltratlon DETERMINATION OF NO HAZARD TO AIR NAVIGATION CONSTRUCTION LOCATION .....a._ ! I ..2 LATITLlDI /"OHGITUOI OESCAI __ TIOf'rf "liGHT I'" 'int CONSTRUCTION AlIOvt GIlOuOoO PROPOSED I-"Sl. An nronaul,cai siudy of Ihe proposed conSlruCl,on described abO... has Deen compleled under llle provISionS 0'Pa" 77 olllle Federal "'v..lIon Regulal,ons eased on Ihe study II,s lound Ihalille conSlruCloOn wOuld have no subslanllaladverse elftcl on tile sala and elf,clent ul,loutoon 0' Ihe na.,gable a,rspac. by a"crafl or on Ihe operallon 01 Air nav'gll,on tac,lohes Tlleretore. pu..uanl to ,"'aulhonly delegaled '0 me, rt is hereby det.rm,ned 11'1" Ihe conSiruCllon would 1'101 De a hazard 10 a" ""v'gal,on prOv'dedlhe 101l0w,,'G condltoonsare mel. COnd,llons • Supp,.m.ntal nOllce 01 conSlr~Cllon 's rlKlu"ed any I,me the prOlect '. abandoned (use the enclosee FAA lorm), or • o At leasI 48 hours belore Ihe sta" 01 construCIlon (use lhe e"Closee FAA lorm). o W,th,n ',ve days afler Ihe construct,on reaches lis gre"esthe,ghl (use .he enclosed FAA lorm) TnlS d~termlnatlon ~xplres on unlesa la) e.!ended.rev'sed or !erm,nlled by Ihe Issu,ng offa: Ib) Ihe construCllon 's sub,eello 'he Iocens"'g authonly olllle Federal Commun'cllions Comm'SSlon and an applicallon tor a construCllon perm,l,S made 10 the FCC on or belorelhe abov. e,p"a1,on dale In such case the delermlnalion e.p"es on tile dale preSc"bed by I". fCC lor complel,on 01 Construehon, or on I". dale '''' FCC den,es IIIe nppliCAtoon, NOTE: ReQueSI lor lI.te"Slon 01 the eftecl,ve period 01 thiS delermlnatoon must be postmarked or delivered 10lhe Issuing oftlce at 'ea1115 deya prior to the ._p,r••lon dale ThiS delerm.nafion II loJb,ecl10 r.....ew If an Interelled party 'Ilel • petition on or before . In lhe e.ent a peilloon for reView IS f,led. II shOuld De subm,lIed '1'1 Ir,ploCa'e 10 tile Manager, Flogi'll Informaloon and Obstruetoons BranCh, AAT- 210, Federal Av,a1,on Adm,""Slral,on. Wasnlnglon, DC 2059', and conla'" a 'ullstalemenl 01 tile basiS upon wI1OC:h IllS made Th,S aetem,nat,on beComes 'Inal on unlass a petlllOtl lor ..._ is timell lilaet, in wI1ie" caM Ihe oet.rmlnat,on Will 1'101 beCome Iinal pending dlsposlllOn Oll/'la petlllOn Interested pa"", Will be nOhloacl 01 llIe grant 01 any review, An accOunt of 'he sfudy f,ndlngs. aero"auhcal ObJections, ifany, ~istered With tile FAA eluring tile study. anelllle bailS lorllle FAA's Clacl.io.... ln th,s matter W,II be ICl I/G"EO T'lLt FAA F_7~' Iz,w,)J 5u'ER5EO[S 'R(VIOUS (OIT,O" Page 1 0' Paget SW OP-l (2/90) Supersedes previous edition • 4-1-12 9;16/93 7~OO.2D Figure 4-7[9] • DETERMINATION OF HAZARD TO AIR NAVIGATION (FAA FORM 7460-10) Depor~menl uS I~ ~EPl y ~HE~ ~o of Tron~porlOllon ...ERO...... UTlC...L STUDY ~deral Aviation NO Admil\l$tration OETERMINATION OF HAZARD TO AIR NAVIGATION CONSTRUCTIO... LOC...TION a: PLACE NAME 0 III Z III2 L.A.TITUOE ILONGITUDE OESCR,Pi lOtio HEiG""T (IN ~EETJ CO"'STRUCTlON "SOvE GFIOUNO ABOvE MSL PROPOSED I An aeronautical study of the proposed construction descrobed above has been completed under the provisions of Pan 77 oflhe Federal AViation Regulations Based on the study 'liS found that the construclion would have a substantial adverse effect on the safe and effiCient utilization of the navigable arrspace by aITcraft or on the operation of aIT navigation facilities Theretore. pursuant to The authoroty delegated 10 me. It IS hereby determined that the construction would be a hazard to aIT navigation ThiS determination IS subject to reView if a petition is filed by the sponsor on Or before In the event a petition tor review IS filed ,t should be submitted ,n triplicate to the Manager. Flight Information and ObstrucliOns Branch AAT·210, Federal AViation Adm,n,stralion. Wash,ngton, DC 20591, and contain a lull statement of the bas,s upon wh,ch It 's made ThIS determination becomes final on unless a petItion for rev'ew IS timely filed. In whiCh case the determination Will not beCome final pending diSPosItion ot the petitIon Inleresl&d partIes Will be notified o11he grant of any reView An account of the study findings. aeronautical obJections. It any. registered With the FAA durong the study, and the baSIS forthe FAA s deCISion In • thiS matter Will be found belOW andlor on Ihe foHowlng pagefs) It the structure IS sUb,ectto the licenSing authoroty of the FCC. a copy 01 this determlnallon Will be sent to that Agency ThIS determinat,on. Issued In accordance With FAR Pan 77, concerns the effecT of thiS proposal on the safe and effiCient use oflhe naVigable aITspace by aITcralT and does nOI relieve the sponsor Of any compliance responsibllitoes reJatlng 10 any law, ordinance, or regulation of any Federal, State, or loeal government DOdy S,GNEO TITLE _ ISSUED IN ~ ON Page 1 of Pages F...... F...... 7~'O (t-Cli SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS EDITION • SW OP-l (2/90) Supersedes previous edition 4-1-13 7~OO,2D 9/1693 Figure 4-7[10] PROJECT STATUS REQUEST (FAA FORM 7460-11) fOR"" APPROvED 0""8 NO 11}O-OOOl • US [)eparlmenT ... A(p\' ... "(f'fATO 01 Tlon5PQrlOhon A!RONAU~STUD' ~~ NO. Admnistration PROJECT STATUS REQUEST CONITRUCTION LOCATION PU'Cfi_ iZ ~ LAnTUDE JLONGITUDE CONSTRUCT1ON DESC"IPTION HEIGHT 'N FE£T/ PROPOSED -~ T-- n"s concems lhe ebove llesC"becl proposed construcllon lor ..t"en you Wed notice ",Ih lhe F~el Ayjat,on Adminlslrellon on A cleltl",,,nellOn oJ no h8Zerd to eor nelll98tlOn ... issued uncler U. -.onMlticlll mJdy rwterwncecl 8boYtl We ha.. no record 01 ne",ng _Yedeltner the requored nOla otllClual eonstructiOn or e noboe 01 prOjeclllb8ndonment PIMM ,ndlC8lelhe , ..tus 01 u. project In the spece below end lWIum ttl's en,"e 1et1... 10 US .. your un_I corwenoence. S'gnalure AlrspKe $peeleltst • Our Ieleptlone number is . II you _ eny q.-tlOns or requIre us.stance PROJECT STATUS o ill not ebllnclonecJ 2 ConsJructlOh stalUi ill • IoIlOwS: o ConstructioG illICheclulllCllo lIeQin on or 8bout ft. AMSL) on _ o Structute rwed>ecl ita ~ heoghl 01 ftAGL( 3 ObstructIOn Mer1led: " Obstructoon LoghtecI: o HogJI InterWty While 0 Reel 0 Duel (Htgh 'nten$lly While end Redl 0 None 0 Temporary 5 The structure' o II not IUll;KlIo FCC liOInIlnll8UttlOrity· o .. sulljeCl to FCC I~authority, an eppliC8lion lor e consttuctlOh permit 0 lies ..... 0 lies not ..... folllCl wiltlthe FCC NOTE: II the structure lies~ 8bIInclonecl. or. ifthe llructu",lies reec:t1ecl j'. greet.,1 heoght and i'_f1leesencllor Ioghled in 8CCOIlIence ",Ih the ClelermmallOh. suIlmIIa'On ol FAA Form 7~2 IS nol requIred d It"s lorm il compleleclend lWIumecl. ______n.fl£ .,.--- _ ,--"'...... ---, (Also Print or Type Name) TITLE TELI_~" N01ICf .. I'IIlIUItN"O,Patt 71Q1r"'''~.A'''0'I...... ,...(r4C'R """'I~IOSKICIfI 'tJr ol,,. '...,....'Ol"cl~ 'M ...... ,...,'..USC ,tOl. "'10"' erlO .no-If'IQIrMflfl-"'..., .....Me,.,c...... ,. oIP." 77 ..IoUCllIK' '0. '..'C'....,.,,.nMf" Q1nor mror. """IXIJ'IJI ,..,•. " 0'''''''.''''1'lOl' mror. "..,UQXJ'or il.oCIMO~n, an.-.""""'IlD$eclIO"IDiPl''''oI'''F''.~Ac'OI'1SI...... f.USC ,.71tAII fM F_ 7~" '4.-31 SUP(AOEDfS "'E.,QUS [0'''0'' SW OP-l (2/90) Obsoletes Previous Edition • 4-1-14 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. RESPONSIBILITIES-SCREENING OF NOTICES • 4-20. DETERMINING NOTICE ACTION 2. If marking and/or lighting is required, check REQUIREMENTS that box and indicate the appropriate specific chapters a. Apply the criteria of Part 77.13 and Part to AC 70/7460-1 on the line provided. 77.15 to determine the action necessary on proposals. 3. Return a signed and dated copy of the This requires application of Part 77.23(a)(3) and form to the originator. (a)(4) criteria to determine if instrument procedures b. When responding by letter or computer format, would be affected. Use of the checklists on FAA address all appropriate items noted in subparagraph Form 7460-6 is recommended to assure all required a1 through a3. areas are considered. In all cases, the effect of electromagnetic or line-of-sight interference to air 4-23. PROCESSING WHEN NOTICE navigation, communications, radar, and control sys- CRITERIA ARE EXCEEDED tems facilities shall be considered. a. If notice criteria are exceeded, determine if and to what extent the proposed construction or b. If notice is required by any other FAA regula- alteration will exceed Part 77, Subpart C. Coordination tion, the appropriate division shall process the is required within regional offices whose functional notice under that regulation. Do not acknowledge under Part 77. responsibilities are as follows: 1. Air Traffic: The appropriate air traffic office 4-21. EQUIPMENT WITH APPROVED SITING applies Part 77.23(a)(1). CRITERIA See Figure 4-23[1]. No notice is required under Part 77. 15(c) for 2. Airports: The appropriate airports office certain equipment installations "of a type approved applies Part 77.23(a)(2) and Part 77.23(a)(5), includ by the Administrator" when the equipment is installed ing Part 77.25, Part 77.28, and Part 77.29 if in accordance with the established FAA siting appropriate, see: criteria. Equipment installed in compliance with Figure 4-23[2], the siting criteria without waivers and which do Figure 4-23[3], not affect other runways do not have to be considered Figure 4-23[4], under Part 77 criteria. Some examples of this Figure 4-23[5], kind of equipment not requiring notice are: wind • Figure 4-23[6], equipment (except supplemental wind cones); transmissometers (RVV and RVR equipment); radars Figure 4-23[7], and (PAR's, ASR's, and ARSR's); instrument landing Figure 4-23[8]. systems (ILS's); visual approach slope indicators 3. Flight Standards: The appropriate flight stand (VASI's); airport lighting installations (runway lights, ards office applies Part 77.23(a)(3) and Part in-runway lights, approach light systems, threshold 77.23(a)(4). lights, runway end identifier lights (REIL's), and 4. Airway Facilities: Regional airway facilities taxiway lights); runway "distance-to-go" markers; personnel evaluate the potential physical or electro aircraft arresting devices; visibility markers (RVO's); magnetic effect of proposals on air navigation FAA airport traffic control towers (ATCT's); radio and communications facilities and line-of-sight prob beacons (RBN's); VHF omnidirectional ranges lems. (VOR's); tactical air navigation (TACAN's) facilities; b. Each office shall forward the results of its VOR'sITACAN's (VORTAC's); and microwave evaluation to the air traffic office for further process landing systems (MLS's). ing. The air traffic office is responsible for issuing the determination. A processing flow chart is dia 4-22. PROCESSING WHEN NOTICE grammed in Figure 4-23[9]. CRITERIA NOT EXCEEDED a. If you determine that notice criteria are not 4-24. PROCESSING NOTICES UNDER exceeded and the proposed structure will not cause SECTION 77.17(d) electromagnetic or line-of-sight interference to an Regional offices shall issue instructions for processing air navigation facility, acknowledgment may be emergency notices submitted under Part 77.17(d) made oq FAA Form 7460-1 as follows: to ensure prompt attention by appropriate offices within their areas ofjurisdiction. 1. Check the appropriate box in the shaded • area on Form 7460-1. 4-25 thru 4-29. RESERVED PARA 4-20 4-2-1 7-l00.2D 9tl6,93 Figure 4-20[1] SUBPART B-NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION • §77 13(aH 1! ~ A notice is reqUired for any proposed construction or alteration thaI would be more than 200 feer In height above tht> ground level at ,ts site §77 13(a)( 1) ~ Notice ReqUirement Anywhere Less than • 200 AGL ~~ ""r"y.f ,j M,)'e :'lac, ~tv- 200 AGL~ ~~ ... \ •. ' -;.;- 1'.; ',~,:J '::'~] ~j • * \-._, '\:;:" , :-- ea • 4-2-2 • Figure 4--20[2] §77.13(a)(2~NOTICE • REQUIREMENT RELATED TO AIRPORTS • * ~( ** ~____ Runway /\ ------~::=_t~==II=~IIE22?~=~':::------ TaXiWay.... " Ramp "" "" "" Imaginary "Notice" Surface "" ~** (100:1 or 50:1' Imaginary "Notice" Surface (100:1 or 50:1) Elevation of neares' point of runway *Notice required **Notice not required Subpart B- Notice of Construction or Alteration ~ Each airport must be available for public use §77.13(aIl2) -A notice is required for any proposed (Note: §77 13(a/l5) requires notice of any proposed and listed in the Airport/Facility Directory construction or alteration that would be of greater height construction or alteration on each airport, including or in either the Alaska or Pacific Chart than an imaginary surface extending outward and heliports) Supplement; under constructIOn and the subject upward at one of the following slopes - of a nollce or proposal on file with FAA, and except (i) 100 to 1 for a hOrIZontal distance of 20,000 for Military airports, it is clearly indicated that ,hat feet from the nearest point of the nearest airport will be avaIlable for public use. or operated runway 01 each airport with at least one by an armed lorce of the United States. (Heliports runway more than 3,200 feet in actual length. and seaplane bases without specified boundaries (ii) 50 to 1 lora horizontal distance of 10,0001eet are excluded.' from the nearest point of the nearest runway of each airport with its longest runway no more than 3.200 feet in actual length t N L. 7~OO.2D 9,' 16,93 Figure 4-20[3] NOTICE REQUIREMENT RELATED TO HELIPORTS • Approach and Departure Paths Safety fBarrler . W,dth 500 teet at 4.000 fee, L - ...... ,-....,,;.----.... ~- from end of prImary surface ..------~--_.I_..II..-~--- -r----- ...... r-- --..,.--- ..&._-J ,,-' T....A" -- ...... I I~ \' Curved Aporoach Departure .-., \ Paths also permisSible -- - I lahd1ng and Takeoff 4rea \Prlfnary SUrfdCt=!! I NOIIC~ Sud.:lct'! 125 11 Eleval10n of nearest pOint of :he Landing and Takeoff Ar~a • Subpart B - Notice of Construction or Alteration §77 13(aH2) -A notice is reqUired for any proposed construction or alteration that would be of greater height than an Imaginary surface eKtendlng outward and upward at the follOWing slope (111125 to , for a hOrIZontal distance of 5,CXXJ feet from the nearest landing and takeoff area of each heliport, available for public use and listed in the Airport/ Facility Directory or in either the Alaska or Pacific Chart Supplement; is under construction and IS the subject of a notice or proposal on file With the FAA and eKcept for military heliports It 's clearly indicated that that heliport will be available for pwbllc use, or opp.ratp.d by a Fp.deral Military agency • 4-2-4 • Figure•4-20[4] §77.13(a)(3)-Notice Requirement Related to Traverse Ways • Runway ~~-/l:=:- Airpo.==~'-,,,,,,,,,-,,-- I "- I I I Highway or «:V'''~~piI(,_--''' Railroad Traverse Way Imaginary "Notice" Surface (Slope as speci'ied in §77.13(al(211 Nearest Point of Nearest Runway 17'.15' or 10' * Notice required Subpart B - Notice 0' Construction or Alteration depending on Notice not required highway type ** §77 1J(aKJI - Notice is required for any proposed construction or alteration of any highway. railroad, or other traverse way 'or mobile objects if of greater height than the standards of §77.1J(al(1 lor (21 after their height has been adjusted upward by one 0' the 'ollowing: 17 feet 'or an Interstate highway that is parI of the National System of Military and Interstate Highways, 15 feet for any other public roadway, 10 feet or the height of the highest mobile object that would normally traverse the road. whichever is greater. for a private road, 23 'eet for a railroad. For a waterway or any other traverse way. an amount equal to the height of the highest mobile oblect that would normally use it. Figure ~23[l] §77.23(a)(l}--ANYWHERE J Less than -..J'..y- 500' AGL ** f~ More than 500' AGL * Ground Level * Obstruction to Air Navigation ** Not an Obstruction to Air Navigation Subpart C- Obstruction Standards §77.23(a)(1) - An object would be an obstruction to air navigation if of greater height than 500 feet above ground level at its site. • • • ••Figure 4-23[2] • §77.23(a)(2)-NEAR AIRPORTS 3 Nautical Miles centered on ARP Subpart C - Obstruction Stenderds §77.23IaH21- An object would be an obstruction to air navigation if of greater height than 200 feet Airport Reference above ground at the site, or above the established Point IARP) airport elevation, whichever is higher - (a) within 3 nautical miles of the established reference point of an airport with its longest Controlling runway more than 3,200 feet in actual length, and Surface (b) that height increases in proportion of 100 feet for each additional nautical mile from the airport reference point up to a maximum of 500 feet. Note: Heliports excluded 1 500' 500' 500' 500' Established Airport ElevatIon Ground Level 6 Nautical Miles 6 Nautical Miles 7400.2D Figure 4-23[3] §77.25-CIVILIAN AIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACES • § :::t J---...... -,,-7"",--7 , dO' - E. --- 7 , Horizontal Surface 150 Fp.et Above ESldbllsned Airport Elp.vatlon g C en 20 1 f~rJnlCrll Sur/ace Dimensional Standards (FeetI on· PreCISion V'sual Runwav Prec:Slon DIM ITEM instrlJment Runwav B Instrument A A Runw3'r C D Wid!" ,)t f.J',rndfy ::,urTdCf' ':Hl<.1 A ,wproac: h Sl"rfi:l';-P wlcJlh al 250 500 500 sao 1 000 I 000 rner pncl Racj'l.s ._,1 '10r'lontal surfac,~ 5000 5000 5 000 100(lIJ VI5licii Pr~c,:jl()n • .'\pprodC" InS[[l,rnPI1! d ;"PP;Udch A ( 0 ,..,n(j , C Approac!l Sl,rf,h:I'VVI(Jlh ," 1 250 500 2000 3500 <1000 16000 0 Approclcn sue/acp !l-'nqt h 5000 5 000 5 000 10000 10000 E ApprOdCI' slopp 201 201 20 I 3d I 3d I A- Utility runways B - Runways larger than Uldily C VISibllqy Jnlnlmums grPdter than 3 4 mile o - VISibility minimums as low CIS 3 4 mile E- PrecIsion InstrumenT approach slope 1$ 50 1 for Inner 10,000 fept and 40 1 lor an addl\!onal 4O.()(X) feet VrSlJdl or Non Pq-"f"'c;'un 4.ppr,Jdl 11 'Siupp EI Isometric View of Section A-A • 4-2-8 9 16,93 7~OO.2D Figure 4-23[4] • §77.2~MILITARY AIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACES l.J-e~-,-- § D - ,ti H G • 500' Above Airfield Elevation A Primary Surface E Inner Horizontal Surface B Clear Zone Surface F Conical Surface C Approach-Departure Clearance G Outer Horizontal Surface Surface (Glide Angle) H Transitional Surface D Approach-Departure Clearance Surface (Horrzontal) • 4-2-9 Figure 4-23[5] §77.28---MlLITARY AIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACES Legend A Primary Surface 8 Clear Zone Surface C Approach-Departure Clearance Surface (Glide Angle) (50: 1) G D Approach-Departure Clearance Surface (Horizontal) E Inner Horizontal Surface F Conical Surface (20: 1) G Outer Horizontal Surface H Transitional Surface (7: 1) • • • 916,93 7400.2D Figure 4-23[6] • §77.2~MILITARY AIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACES 500' Elev D 200' ....-~--25,000'----..r ---25,000'-----1IHI 1,000' B Longitudinal Section ---- .... _- 8 D 0. +------i~ • c.o _--"-O=:::::::::::....----,,L-..,,.... ------G Plan View Legend A Primary Surface B Clear Zone Surface C Approach-Departure Clearance Surface (Glide Anglel D Approach-Departure Clearance Surface (HorIZontal) E Inner Horizontal Surface F Conical Surface G Outer Horizontal Surface H TranSitional Surface • 4-2-11 7400.10 9/16,93 Figure ~23( §77.28(b)(2)-CLEARZON7]E-MILITARY • (~!I"ar100;::O~----Ze-r,!", ...... , 200 ···-ICC~------::: 1-...1_-1- Pian !\jlll!rl Se,ll!"' --- • .... Whereupwardthedo natn ural ground SiD zone below I~~ ~egrade the CI~:~ grades ~ naxlrTlum allowable ----- Profilps !\jor 10 S~ale • 4-2-12 Figure 4-23(8) • §77.29--AIRPORT IMAGINARY• SURFACES FOR HEliPORTS • Approach and Departure Paths Touchdown Area Safety Barrier Width 500 feet ~A/ at 4,000 feet ------...... -- - t- - 1.------from end of primary surface -----"--"1-- ---+- -- --...... , --- .-~~- t ~:_t---__ "\ Peripheral Area A Curved Approach-Departure \\ Paths also Permissible ~ Landing and Approach Takeoff Area Surface (Primary Surface) Transitional Surfaces ~., ~ ~ (2:1) ~~ 10"AJe • I ....".\ Section A-A 1.-250' Extend to 4,000' from Primary Surface ~.HeIiPortApproach Surface 8 ....:8::.;:~1 cS.I::\o.l:l~' •\ Llilll::r:l:I:S:J:/J::0;,;pe;.· • lTIlD·iIliii =. Profile ·Slope 10: 1 for Military Heliports t N I .~ .., 7~OO.2D 9/16(93 Figure 4-23[9] §OBSTRUCTIO~ EVALuATION NOTICE PROCESSING FLOW CHART • Obstruction Evaluation Notice Processing Flowchart Forms Used Notice).. 1. Form 7460-1 Received Secretary 2. Log Form Records;" Receipt 7460-5 Secretary Assigns OE Number • Secretary Attaches 3. DE Worksheet OE WorksheetJ. Form 7460-6 Secretary Routes to Specialist • 4-2-14 7400.2D • Figure 4-23[9] Continued OE Specialist Completes Part One OE Worksheet (Standard Form No Ask Sponsor not reqUIred) for Needed Information OE Specialist Completes Parts Two & Three OE Worksheet "No OE Specialist Completes FAA Box on Form 7460-1 or • Acknowledges on Form 7460- 7 Yes No Send to >--~Sponsor & Mil Reps Cite NO!lce Cite Reason Criteria --Or- -- Notice Was Exceeded Required Send Copy to Sponsor, 1---"0{ Stop Mil Reps and to FCC "Coordinate with Airports, Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards. • 4-2-15 7~OO.2D 9116/93 Figure Figure 4-23[9] Continued • © OE Specialist Completes Parts Four and Five OE Worksheet OE Specialist Completes FAA Box on Form 7460-' or Acknowledges on Form 7460- 7 Issue 77 , 9c(3),..: Acknowledgment Issue 77 19c131 4 Determination Acknowledgment of Hazard Determination Study Initiated of Hazard 4 Acknowledgment ~Form 7460-71 • o 'Coordlnate with Airports, Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards • 4-2-16 9.16/93 7400.2D • Figure Figure 4-23[9] Continued Yes ~---..tE Issue Circular Notice 5. Circular Notice of Aeronautical Study Form 7460-8 No • ~---..{E List/Effects Accommodations if Necessary • 4-2-17 7~OO.2D 9/16,93 Figure Figure 4-23[9] Continued • * Complete Aeronautical Study 6. 7 No Hazard Form 7460-9 No Issue Issue Hazard! No Hazard) Determination Determination Send Copy to No Sponsor, Mil No Reps, and All Aeronautical Interests Yes Yes • Send Copy to Send Copy to Sponsor, FCC, Sponsor, FCC, Mil Reps, and Mil Reps, and All Aeronauti- All Aeronauti- cal Interests cal Interests I 1 I I I Stop I I'- - _. J Send Form 7460-11, Status Request, Prior to EXpiration Period. as Appropriate •Coordinate With Airports, Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards • 4-2-18 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICES 4-30. FORMS AND TYPES OF 4-33. PETITIONING INFORMATION • ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Acknowledgments issued under Part 77.19 are deter The receipt of each notice submitted under Part minations and, except for those. issued under FAR 77 shall be acknowledged in writing. Part 77.19(c) 77.19(c)(1), are petitionable. Include petitioning provides for the following types of acknowledgments: information in acknowledgments issued under FAR a. The structure would not exceed Subpart C 77.19(c)(2). It is presumed that a proponent in standards and would not be a hazard to air navigation receipt of an acknowledgment under FAR 77.19(c)(3) (Part 77.19(c)(1)). Acknowledge by FAA Form would request further study in lieu of filing a 7460-1, FAA Form 7460-7, or letter. petition. b. The structure would exceed Subpart C standards but would not be a hazard to air navigation (Part 4-34. DISTRIBUTION OF 77. 19(c)(2)). Acknowledge by FAA Form 7460-9 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS or letter. Issue this acknowledgment only after Send a copy of the acknowledgement to: determining that circularization of the proposal is a. The sponsor. not necessary. FAA Forms 7460-1 and 7460-7 b. The regional military representative. may only be used in the case when the proposal c. The FCC when appropriate (see address below). deals with temporary construction equipment. d. ATP-200 except when acknowledgment is c. The structure would exceed Subpart C standards issued under Part 77.19(c)(1). and it is presumed to be a hazard to air navigation e. Any interested party when a proposal is acknowl pending further aeronautical study (Part 77.19(c)(3)). edged under Part 77.19(c)(2). Acknowledge by FAA Form 7460-7 or letter. d. A structure for which notice is not required 4-35. FCC ADDRESS under Part 77.13 or Part 77.15. Acknowledge by Send FCC's copies to: FAA Form 7460-1, FAA Form 7460-7, or letter. Federal Communications Commission 4-31. PRELIMINARY STUDY Attention: Chief, Support Services • Issue an acknowledgment only after a preliminary Branch study has been accomplished to determine: 1270 Fairfield Road a. If there is any possibility that the proposal Gettysburg, PA 17325-7245 may affect the operations, availability, or quality of NAS facilities or the air traffic services needed 4-36. FURNISHING FORM 7460-2 for the safe operation of aircraft. This should FAA Form 7460-2, Notice of Actual Construction be accomplished by air traffic and airway facilities or Alteration, is the authorized form for construction personnel. sponsors to use in reporting the start, completion, b. If the proposal would affect an existing airport, abandonment of construction, or dismantlement of future development of an existing airport, or a structures. It is essential that FAA Form 7460-2 plan on file for a proposed airport; or if an be furnished to each construction sponsor whose existing structure scheduled for removal was used proposed construction is determined to be an obstruc for shielding or in the determination of another tion but no hazard to air navigation or will be structure. This should be accomplished by Airports more than 200 feet above ground level. personnel. c. If there is a possibility that the proposed 4-37. NEED FOR SUPPLEMENTAL NOTICE construction may exceed clearance or visibility The information submitted by construction sponsors requirements for instrument and visual approach on the actual construction or alteration of ground systems. This should be accomplished by Airports, structures is used for: Airway Facilities, and Flight Standards personnel. a. Charting obstructions to air navigation on aero d. The effect of the proposed structure on both nautical charts; IFR and VFR aircraft operations. This should be b. Giving notice to airmen of the erection of accomplished by Flight Standards personnel. obstructions; 4-32. EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES c. Changing affected aeronautical procedures and Include effective and expiration dates in acknowledg operations; and • ments issued under Part 77. d. Revising minimum flight altitudes. PARA 4-30 4-3-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 4-38. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS-48 before sending the form to the sponsor. Retain HOURS Part 3 of the form in the requesting office. • Request construction sponsors to complete and mail Part 1 of FAA Form 7460-2 to be received at 4-41. DISTRIBUTION OF EXECUTED FORM least 48 hours prior to the start of construction 7460-2 or alteration when: When a completed Form 7460-2 is received, the a. An aeronautical procedure or minimum flight appropriate air traffic office shall immediately com altitude will be affected (supplemental notice earlier pare the information on the form with the study than 48 hours may be requested to permit adjust file. If minimum flight altitudes require change ments); or or the potential for electronic interference exists, b. The construction will be in progress over notify the appropriate Flight Standards and Airway an extended period of time; or Facilities Offices by the fastest means possible. c. The structure will exceed 500 feet AGL and Additionally, send copies of a completed Form be erected within a relatively short period of time, 7460-2 to ATM-600 for processing and to all as in the case of a TV tower. other interested offices. 4-39. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS-5 4-42. FOLLOWUP ACTION DAYS Request construction sponsor to complete and mail Take appropriate action to determine the construction Part 2 of FAA Form 7460-2 within 5 days after status when the Form 7460-2 has not been received. the construction or alteration reaches its greatest Use Form 7460-11 for this status request. Insert height in each case where: the aeronautical study number and the requesting office's return address before sending the form a. The structure is more than 200 feet above groundleveI. to the sponsor. After the form is returned and indicates construction has started, or is complete, b. The structure exceeds an obstruction standard. ensure that notification is accomplished in accordance c. At any other time determined necessary by with paragraph 4-41; however, Form 7460-11 may the requesting office. be used in this notification process in lieu Of. 4-40. REGIONAL PREPARATION OF FORM Form 7460-2. 7460-2 Insert the aeronautical study number, the city and state, and the requesting office's return address • 4-3-2 PARA 4-42 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 5. AERONAUTICAL STUDIES-PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION Section 1. GENERAL 5-1. STRUCTURES SUBJECT TO STUDY all requested forms concerning the actual construction Conduct aeronautical studies of proposed structures of the structure within the timeframe requested. that exceed Part 77 obstruction standards in accord e. All conditions specified in the FAA acknowledg ance with Subpart D, Part 77, and this order. ment or determination will be complied with by Also, determine the line-of-sight and physical or the surviving applicant. electromagnetic interference effect of the proposal f. If a preliminary study indicates that the proposed on the use of the navigable airspace and the structure would be a hazard to air navigation, operation of air navigation facilities. a proponent may propose a decrease in structure height to minimize or eliminate the objection. Any 5-2. EXTENT OF STUDY such proposal must be made in a prompt and The extent of an aeronautical study depends upon timely manner so that the additional work required the impact of a proposed structure on aeronautical to process the change will not place an undue operations and procedures, airport operations and burden on the affected regional office. efficiency, and/or air navigation facilities. This 5-4. MULTIPLE SITES involves coordination between Air Traffic, Airports, Flight Standards, and Airway Facilities; and, to Normally, study only one site and height for each the extent necessary, with those persons and Govern- notice of proposed construction or alteration. More ment agencies outside the FAA that have a valid than one site or height may be studied simultaneously aeronautical interest. for a sponsor if it appears justified and in the • public interest. A sponsor may modify his proposal 5-3. MULTIPLE APPLICANTS FOR A any time during the aeronautical study; however, SINGLE SITE except as provided for in Chapter 8, Section 4, once a determination has been issued, assign a At times, multiple applicants may be competing new aeronautical study number and process any before the FCC for the same license in the same modification received as a new proposal. market area and may propose the same communica tions band/frequency/channel using the same effective 5-5. MULTIPLE STRUCTURES radiated power at the same location and height. Consider multiple-structure proposals as a single If desired by these applicants and/or their consultant, proposal when the structures would be closely a single FAA Form 7460-1 may be submitted grouped as in an antenna array, windmill clusters, to cover multiple applicants for a common site. housing development, cluster of buildings, or a The following procedures are applicable. utility pole line. Consider multiple-structure propos a. A list must be attached to each submitted als, such as microwave relay system towers, as FAA Form 7460-1 containing the corporate name, separate structures requiring separate notice and address, telephone number, and contact person for study. each applicant covered by the notice. 5--6. CIVIL AIRPORT SURFACES b. The appropriate FAA regional office must Civil airport imaginary surfaces related to runways receive prompt, written notification when the FCC and heliports are defined in Part 77.25 and Part decides which proponent shall be the surviving 77.29. Civil airport imaginary surfaces are based applicant. upon the use of each runway according to the c. The surviving applicant shall expeditiously sub type of approach (visual, nonprecision, or precision) mit an application for an FCC construction permit available or planned for each runway end and and shall forward a copy of that application to the type runway (utility or other than utility). the appropriate FAA regional office. (See Figure 5-6[1].) Heliport imaginary surfaces d. The surviving applicant must properly complete are based upon the size of the takeoff and landing • and return to the appropriate FAA regional office area. (See AC 150/5390-1, Heliport Design Guide.) PARA 5-1 5-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 Note.- Part 77.25 does not make provisions for precision route, or an approved off-airway route (direct route) approaches to utility runways. In these situations, use precision as prescribed in TERPS, Chapter 17. standards for other than utility runways to develop the primary, approach, and transition surfaces. 5-11. STUDY ACTIONS 8. Runway End: The appropriate runway imaginary If the proposed structure exceeds any Part 77, surface shall be applied to the primary surface Subpart C, Obstruction Standards, a study shall • related to the physical end of the specific runway be conducted to identify the effects of the proposal surface usable for either takeoff or landing. If on the use of the navigable airspace by aircraft the runway threshold has been previously relocated and the operation of air navigation facilities. When so that a portion of the runway has been permanently a problem is identified, notify other divisions that closed to all takeoffs and landings, consider the may be affected. Use Form 7460-6, or other means relocated threshold to be the end of the runway necessary to document the effect. surface. 8. Air Traffic: The appropriate Air Traffic person Note.- A "relocated" threshold permanently closes a portion nel shall study the effect on aeronautical operations, of a runway to takeoffs and landings. A "displaced" threshold air traffic control procedures, and airport traffic does not close that portion of the runway for takeoffs. (See AC 150/5300.4, Appendix 9.) patterns plus take the following actions as appropriate: b. Approach Surface Elevation: Use the runway 1. Issue a Determination of No Hazard to centerline elevatiOn at the runway end as the elevation Air Navigation when a proposed structure would from which the approach surface begins (Part 77.25). have no substantial adverse effect. If required, circularize the proposal and evaluate valid aeronauti c. Planned Runway Configuration: Consider the cal comments before issuing the determination. planned runway configuration and use it when there is a plan on file with the FAA or with 2. Negotiate with the construction sponsor to an appropriate military service to extend the runway revise a proposal so as to eliminate the problem and/or upgrade its use. when a proposed structure would have an adverse effect. If the sponsor agrees to revise the proposal 5-7. VFR AIRPORTS so that it does not exceed Part 77 Obstruction For the purpose of applying the standards of Part Standards and would have no adverse effect, then 77, Subpart C, consider runways which were con terminate the aeronautical study and acknowledge structed to the former "VFR Airport" standards the revised proposal. and have not been updated to be either "utility" 3. Issue a Determination of No Hazard to or "other than utility," depending on the type Air Navigation when aviation requirements that • ofexisting or planned aircraft operations. would accommodate the structure can be adjusted without substantial adverse effect on the safe and 5-8. MILITARY AIRPORT SURFACES efficient use of the navigable airspace by aircraft The obstruction standards in Part 77.28, Military or on the operation of air navigation facilities, Airport Imaginary Surfaces, are applicable only or if a revision of the proposal is negotiated to military airports operated by a military service so as to mitigate the substantial adverse effect. of the United States. Apply the Civil Airport Before issuing the determination, take the action Imaginary Surfaces, (Part 77.25) to civil operated set forth in Part 77.35(b)(1). joint-use airports. 4. Issue a Determination of Hazard to Air 5-9. TERMINAL OBSTACLE CLEARANCE Navigation when negotiations with the proponent are not sufficiently successful to eliminate the AREA substantial adverse effect and the affected aeronautical The terminal obstacle clearance area specified in operations and procedures cannot be adjusted to Part 77.23(a)(3) includes the initial, intermediate, accommodate the structure without a substantial final, and missed approach segments of an instrument adverse effect. Before issuing the determination, approach procedure and the circling approach and take the actions set forth in Part 77.35(b)(1). instrument departure areas as prescribed in FAA 5. Specify marking and lighting recommenda Order 8260.3, U.S. Standard Terminal Instrument tions/provisions as appropriate. Procedures (TERPS). b. Flight Standards: Areas to be evaluated by 5-10. EN ROUTE OBSTACLE CLEARANCE the appropriate Flight Standards personnel include, AREA but are not specifically limited to the following: The en route obstacle clearance area specified 1. VFR Traffic: The effect of the construction in Part 77.23(a)(4) is applicable when evaluating or alteration on VFR routes, VFR terminal operations, the effect of an object on an airway, a feeder and other concentrations of VFR traffic. When • 5-1-2 PARA 5-11 9/16/93 7400.2D requested by air traffic, evaluate the mitigation 3. Effect on the availability or quality of air of adverse effect on VFR operations through the traffic services needed for the safe operation of installation and operation of high intensity white aircraft; i.e., ground-based primary and secondary obstruction lights. radar, direction finders, air traffic control tower • 2. IFR-Terminal Area: The effect upon terminal line~f-sight visibility, the effects of sunlight reflec area IFR operations, including transitions, radar tion from glass covered structures, powerlines, or vectoring, holding, STAR's, SID's, any segment buildings near a navigation aid, communications of a SlAP, including proposed instrument procedures, facilities, and on the signal paths between and departure areas. ground-based and airborne equipment. 3. IFR-En Route. The effect of the proposed 4. Recommendations or revisions that may be construction or alteration on MEA's, MOCA's, necessary to minimize or eliminate adverse effect. MCA's, MHA's, and turning and termination areas. 4. Interference. Coordinate with Air Traffic and 5-12. NEGOTIATIONS Airway Facilities personnel to determine whether Whether a study is conducted under Part 77 or there may be interference with navigation facility the Federal Aviation Act, attempt to negotiate a performance, and identify the effect of this inter solution to any adverse effects on aeronautical ference on any terminal or en route procedure. operations or air navigation facilities with the 5. Procedural Adjustments: If the structure will construction sponsor. Do not encourage heights affect an instrument flight procedure, provide a which would exceed those requested by the sponsor statement as to what adjustments can be made or the standards of Subpart C, Part 77, except to the procedure/structure to eliminate the adverse to recommend collocation of the proposal with effects. Some procedural changes may require an other structures of equal or greater heights. Include environmental assessment. in the aeronautical study file and in the determination c. Airports: Action by appropriate Airports person a record of all the negotiations attempted and nel shall include: the results. 1. Evaluating the effect of the proposal on existing and planned airports (plans on file) including 5-13. POLICY ON RELEASE OF potential restrictions/impacts on airport operations, INFORMATION capacity, efficiency, and development. Requests from the public for access to or copies • 2. Making recommendations for procedure/struc of information contained in obstruction evaluation ture revisions that would eliminate adverse effect. study files are occasionally made to the regional d. Airway Facilities: The appropriate Airway offices. Such requests shall be processed in accord Facilities personnel shall evaluate the electromagnetic/ ance with the provisions of the Freedom of Informa physical effect on air navigation facilities including: tion Act (5 U.S.C. 552), as implemented by Part 1. Effect on the availability or quality of naviga 7 of the Department of Transportation Regulations tional or communications signals to or from aircraft, and FAA Order 1200.23. including lighting systems. 2. Effect on ground-based communications and 5-14 thru 5-19. RESERVED navigation aid equipment, and the signal paths between ground-based and airborne equipments. • PARA 5-12 5-1-3 7400.2D 9,16,93 Figure 5-6[1] FAR PART 77, APPROACH SURFACE DATA Rwy Use Runway Avad Planned Approach Surface Dimensions Slopes and Flare Ratios • Type Approach/Opposite length Inner Outer Slope Flare Runway End Combinations l W,dth-W Width-W' Ratio Ratlo-A v 5000 250 1 250 20 1 1 1 V ------f--- 5.000 250 1.250 201 _-'-1_' _ v 5000 500 1 250 20 1 075 1 NP _~QQQ ~ ------__ I____---500-_1--- 2 OOJ 20 1 I--- __ _ NP 5000 500 2.000 20 t 15' NP 5 000 500 2 OOJ 20 1 15 1 v 5 000 500 1 500 20 1 1 1 v ~.2()~ 1-----__ 1 1 1 ------__ 500 500 20 1 V 5000 500 1 500 20 1 , 1 4· '-~'_ ------NP 3 ---- f--- __--'_0 009_ 500 3 500 34 1 _ !fJ >- V 5 000 1 000 1 500 20 1 05 1 \. SUcl! ...... P NonprPl.' 3 4· V s'bll,ty M,nr EXAMPLE Approach End .1 Scl"';.J·'~ US" ;J'U['i~'''- PrUPo,,~(j SirdCi,iCe would be localed by measurement to be 20.000 feet from the end of the primary surface iHl(1 3 40() '-..-' 31 9rJ tr'Jrrl i'le p,terlCled centerline of a preCISion runway (Refer 10 Section 77 21(bi for relation of p"marysurface to t'r,d 01 Cui""d, ' T') delt"-' ne w'lelhpr '1 wDulei fail w,t!lln n-,e approach surface of that runway apply the follOWing formula -d'A+:,;y 2 y d,starlce from runway centerline to edge of the aporoach surface d dlStancp fr~}r"":1 pnd 01 prlfT'.d''r surface at WhiCh, proposed construction IS 90~ from extended runl/vay cenlerllne 20 000' I5 . 1 000 3 000 ~ 500 3500 istructure would be Within approach surlacel 2 • 5-1-4 PARA 5-14 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. CIRCULARIZATION • 5-20. POLICY c. Include with the notice, as appropriate, illustra I The Regional Administrator or his designee shall tions or graphics depicting the location of the determine when it is necessary to distribute a proposed structure: public notice of intent to conduct an aeronautical 1. On-airport proposals: Use airport layout plans study under Part 77, Subpart D. Normally, any or best available graphic. proposed structure that would affect an airport 2. Off-airport proposals: Use the appropriate or require a change in aeronautical operations or aeronautical chart. Additional illustrations may be procedures should always be circularized in accord included, as necessary. ance with nonrulemaking procedures specified in 5-22. COMMENT PERIOD Chapter 2, Section 2. Circularization should not be necessary for the following types of proposals: Always specify the date for comments to be received in the notice of aeronautical study. The date estab a. Reduction in height of an existing structure. lished should normally allow interested persons b. The proposed structure would be located on 30 days in which to submit comments, but a a site in proximity to another previously studied shorter comment period may be established depending proposal, would have no greater effect on aeronautical upon circumstances. operations and procedures, and the basis for the 5-23. STANDARD DISTRIBUTION determination issued under the previous study could be appropriately applied. Circular notices should be given only the distribution determined necessary to obtain information needed c. A proposed structure would replace an existing to assist in evaluating the aeronautical effect of or destroyed structure, would be located on the the proposal under study. Comments of a same site would be at the same or lower height nonaeronautical nature are not considered in conduct as the original structure, and would be marked ing aeronautical studies under Part 77. Therefore, and/or lighted under the same provisions as the care should be taken to ensure that the number original structures. of addressees on standard circularization lists, other Note.-This does not preclude the imposition of additional than FAA offices and facilities involved, are limited markingllighting for added conspicuity. • to only those interested persons such as non-FAA d. The proposed structure would be in proximity Governmental agencies and organizations or individ to, and would have no greater effect than, a uals with valid aeronautical interests. previously studied existing structure, and there is a. Governmental agencies outside of the FAA no plan on file with the FAA to alter or remove include state, city, local aviation authorities, airport the existing structure. authorities, and the various military organizations e. A proposed structure would be temporary, of the Department of Defense. and appropriate temporary actions can be taken b. Organizations or individuals with valid aero to accommodate the structure without an undue nautical interests include airport owners, flying clubs, hardship on aviation. aviation organizations, and other similar groups f. A proposal found to have substantial adverse at the national; state, and local level. This group effect based on an internal FAA study. should also include any interested aircraft operators and the construction proponent and/or his representa 5-21. NOTICE OF AERONAUTICAL STUDY tive. Other organizations or individuals that dem Circularizing a notice of aeronautical study provides onstrate a specific aeronautical interest may be the opportunity for interested persons to participate included in standard distribution lists if authorized by submitting comments for consideration. Use by the Regional Administrator, or his designee. I FAA Form 7460-8, to notify interested persons 5-24. SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION of the study being conducted under Part 77. Supple State and local zoning authorities, CIVIC groups, ment the printed information on the form as follows: organizations, and individuals who do not have a. List the standard of Part 77, Subpart C, exceeded an aeronautical interest but may become involved and the number of feet by which the proposed in specific aeronautical cases shall be included structure would exceed the standard/so in the notice distribution, and also given supplemental b. Explain the probable effects of the proposal notice of actions and proceedings. This shall be in sufficient detail to assist interested persons in on a case-by-case basis. Those involved should formulating comments on how the proposal would also clearly understand that the purpose is to solicit • affect aeronautical operations. aeronautical comments concerning the physical effect PARA 5-20 5-2-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 of the proposal on the safe and efficient use only valid aeronautical objections or comments of airspace by aircraft. in determining the extent of adverse effect Of. the proposal under study. 5-25. DISTRIBUTION RECORDS Record the names of persons or organizations circular 5-27. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGS ized in each aeronautical study file. Reference to a distribution code, mailing list, or evidence Informal airspace meetings may be convened with of circularization is sufficient, provided a printout interested parties as necessary to discuss the effects or list of each coded distribution is maintained of construction proposals and to gather additional for future reference. Also record the time period facts or information relevant to the aeronautical during which each printout or list is used. The study (see Part 1, Chapter 2, Section 3). retention schedule is listed in FAA Order 1350.15. 5-26. EVALUATING COMMENTS Evaluate each response to a notice of aeronautical study in reference to aeronautical effects. Consider • • 5-2-2 PARA 5-27 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 6. AERONAUTICAL STUDIES OF EXISTING OBJECTS 6-1. AUTHORITY by marking and lighting in accordance with current Aeronautical studies of existing objects shall be standards. conducted under the authority of Section 307(a) f. Determining whether the marking and lighting and Section 313(a) of the Federal Aviation Act display on an existing object can be removed of 1958, as amended, and in accordance with or reduced without adversely affecting aviation safety appropriate sections of this order. or should be increased to more effectively make its presence known to airmen. 6-2. PURPOSE g. Determining whether an existing object has Aeronautical studies of existing objects are conducted an electromagnetic effect upon an air navigation when deemed necessary by the FAA to determine or communications facility or obstructs visibility the physical or electromagnetic effect on the use from an airport control tower. of navigable airspace and air navigation facilities. h. Providing recommendations to FCC concerning dismantlement of abandoned antenna structures. 6-3. INITIATION OF STUDIES i. Providing information and assistance to a person Aeronautical studies of existing objects may be or body politic to achieve safe and efficient utilization initiated as a result of: of the navigable airspace in the vicinity of an a. Information received or a situation observed. existing object. b. A request for the study from another FAA 6-5. PRELIMINARY STUDY component, another agency, or person with a valid 14 CFR Part 77, Subpart C, Obstruction Standards, interest in the matter. may be applied independently to an existing object c. A notice received under Part 77 for proposed without conducting further aeronautical study to construction or alteration that has already been determine whether that object is an obstruction • started and, therefore, must be considered an existing to air navigation. The application of these standards structure. (referred to as FAA Obstruction Standards when d. A structure blocking all or portions of runways, dealing with existing structures) could also constitute taxiways, or traffic patterns from being seen from the preliminary step in an extended aeronautical an airport traffic control tower. study to determine whether an object found to e. Other situations for which such an aeronautical be an obstruction is a hazard to aeronautical operations study would be appropriate. and procedures. 6-6. EXTENT OF STUDY 6-4. NEED FOR STUDY The extent to which an aeronautical study of an Situations that may require aeronautical study of existing object should be conducted depends upon existing objects include but are not limited to: the reason for the study and the relative impact a. Determining the effect of a change in aeronauti the object may have upon aeronautical operations, cal procedures; however, analysis of existing obstacles procedures, and air navigation facilities. It may by Flight Standards personnel, relative to establish be necessary to study an object of natural growth, ment of instrument flight procedures, should satisfy a terrain feature, or a manmade structure to determine the aeronautical study requirement. the effect upon a proposed or existing airport, b. Determining the effect of a proposed runway a runway, an air navigation facility, or an air construction, extension, or realignment. traffic control facility. c. Determining the need for providing technical 6-7. COORDINATION assistance in the design and development of airports. Aeronautical studies of existing objects shall be d. Determining whether the FAA should rec conducted by Air Traffic, Airports, Airway Facilities, ommend that an existing object be altered or removed. and Flight Standards personnel, and coordinated e. Determining whether the FAA should rec with other FAA offices and with outside interests • ommend that an existing object be made conspicuous to ensure the development of a true agency position. PARA 6-1 6-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 Coordinate with interested persons or agencies outside object shall be as determined necessary on a FAA if changes in aeronautical operations or proce case-by-ease basis. Give serious consideration to • dures are required because of the object. circularizing the notice to all interested persons when the aeronautical study may result in an 6-8. RELEASE OF INFORMATION FAA recommendation to the owner/ sponsor of The guidelines in paragraph 5-11 apply in responding the object, or to another person, or to a body to requests for access to copies of information politic with a valid interest in the results of the contained in aeronautical study files of existing study. The comment period, distribution records, objects. evaluation of comments, and informal airspace meet- 6-9. AIRPORT IMAGINARY SURFACES ings guidelines for proposed structures shall also When conducting aeronautical studies of existing apply to studies of existing objects. objects, the guidelines in paragraph 5-6 and paragraph 5-7 apply in regard to airport imaginary surfaces. 6-12. NEGOTIATIONS Attempt to resolve any conflict between the existing 6-10. ELECTROMAGNETIC OR object and any adversely affected aeronautical oper LINE-OF-SIGHT INTERFERENCE ations or air navigation facility. The study should Airway Facilities personnel shall determine the poten be terminated and interested persons advised if tial impact of existing objects on the operation the sponsor or owner can be persuaded to alter of NAS facilities. These studies shall take into or remove an existing object to avoid an adverse consideration existing siting clearance criteria as effect. established in agency orders, and advisory circulars. Additionally, the object must be evaluated to deter 6-13. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGS mine the potential for electromagnetic interference. Existing objects may be discussed at an informal This evaluation shall analyze the shape, location, airspace meeting when considered appropriate (see and types of material used in the object, plus Chapter 2, Section 3). the potential of causing deflections, reradiation, or interference to the signals emitted from and/ or received by a NAS facility. 6-14. PETITION PROCESSING • Headquarters discretionary review of obstruction 6-11. CIRCULARIZATION I evaluation determinations issued under the authority The extent of distribution of a notice of intent of the Federal Aviation (FA) Act of 1958. (See to conduct an aeronautical study of an existing Figure 6-14[1]). • ~1-2 PARA ~14 9/16/93 7400.2D Figure 6-14[1] • Petition Processing Memorandum Memorandum us ()Ipa?ti'" ~ 10C>O Uta, Federal ArttatIoft Adrf*Wtratk1n I~ ACTION: H.adquart.r. di.cr.tioaary r••i.v of APR 2 I ob.truction ••aluation d.t.raiaationl i ••u.d und.r the authority of th. P.d.ral A.iation (FA) Act of 1958 I'I~IO From Associat. Adaini.trator for Air Traffic, AAT-l AIIIl 01 To All Regioaal Dir.ctor. For aany year., the Federal A.iation le8ulation. (PAR) hay. contained a provi.ion peraitt1na certain partie. to p.tition Wa.hincton headquarter. for di.cretioaary r.vi.v of ob.truction evaluation d.teraiaation. i ••ued by th. region. und.r Part 77. Durina a typical y.ar, 50 to 75 .uch petition. are filed and ar. proc••••d in accordanc. with S.ction 77.37 of the PAR • !he regionl occalionally il.u. d.terainationl under the authority of the Federal Aviation (FA) Act of 1958, a. a.end.d, in .ituationl vhere, for instance, the .tructure i. not a physical hazard, but will create an unacceptable lev.l of electroaagnetic interfer.nce. FA Act authority i. al.o • used for deterainationl vhere the .tructure already exi.tl or i. under eoaltruction. !hil i. neces.ary •• these lituation. ar. not covered in Part 77. It has not been our practic. to reviev p.tition. filed vith Wa~~in8ton headquarter. on deterainatioa. issued under the FA Act a. a aatter of course. Bovever, r.presentative. fro. our Office of the Chief Coun.el (ACe) have pointed out that the absence of a formal FAA revi.v proc.dure doe. not preclude our conductina .uch r.vievs. Further, th.y .tronaly r.co...ad that we chanle our practic. and belin acceptinl petition. fil.d on d.teralaation. issued under the FA Act to provide a acre .ound 1.lal footina .hould .ny of th••• cas•• be chall.nl.d in th. court.. AGe has prOVided the follovinl reasons to justify this change of practice: 1. The p.tition for r••iev and any sub••qu.nt r••pons. froa h••dquart.r. vill lhov th••xhaustion of adaini.tratl•• reaedies aad fora a r.cord for r ••ie. in the Circuit Court•• 2. ne nw rni" procedore. will clarUy that a nul fA Act d.t.ralutioD i ••ued ~la'relion or the headquart.r. re.ie. of .ucb a detera1aation will .. coaaidered an ·order· aDder 5ectioo 1006 aDd entitl.d to revi•• " the Circuit Court. 3. The nev procedur.s acr. clo.ely follov the direction of the Part 77 Notice of Propo••d luleaakinl (to be pub:ished in the near future) • • PARA 6-14 6-1-3 7400.2D 9/16/93 Figure ~14[l] Petition Processing Memorandum-Continued • 2 •• 'or litll.tloa purpo•••• utlliaina the .... r.~i.¥ proc.dur•• for FA Act d.t.raiaacioa••• for P.rt 77 d.t.ra!aatioo. would .aabl. the court. to r.ly on P.rt 77 c••• pr.c.d.ac. io d.cldi.. tb. proc.dural aatt.r. 10 'A Act-d.t.ralaatloa c..... Ii.torlc.ll,. tb. court. ba~. be.a quit. r.c.ptl.e to our po.itioa ia Part 77 c••••• 5. Provi.ioa. of r••iew undlr P.rt 77 would ••t .peciflc lla1t.tion••nd .t.nd.rd. for rl.l.w undlr 'A Act d.tara!oatioo. ¥bleb .r. f.ir to p.titlon.r•• afford aotic. to the .fflctad parti••• aad pro.ld. ru1d.ac. to FAA per.oaall. Although thi. changl aay Ilnlr.tl ••llght Incrlas. in the worklo.d for the h••dqu.rtlr. oraaniz.tlon. dlrlctly In.ol••d in tb. ob.tructloa •••lu.tlon proar.a. v. do not In.i.ion .ny worLload lapact .t the rillon.l 1••11. Even the h.adquart.r. lap.ct .hould be lia1t.d to the proc•••lnl of oae or tvo .dditional p.tltion. per year. Proponents mu.t be Inforaed that headqu.rter. dl.cretlooary re.l.. 1• • vallabl•• und.r approprl.t. condition•• for PA Act d.t.raloatloo.. to provld. thi. 1aforaatlon In a con.l.tent ..aa.r. pl•••••pply the Part 77 deteraination auldelin•• of 'AA Handbook 7400.2C. P.rt 2. vh.a 1••ulnl 'A Act determination.. Pay particular att.ntion to Ch.pt.r 8. S.ctloa 2. Deteraination D.te.. Bovevlr. cit. the authority refer.ac•••hoYD in paraataph 2300 10 place of Part 77. 10 additloa. If u.inl thl dlterainatlon fora. plea.e be c.rtain to reaov. r.f.r.ac•• to P.rt 77. Subp.rt C. Ob.truction Standards. and .ub.titut. tb. tera -PAA Ob.tructloa Standard.- a. • di.cussed in p.ralraph 2304. We vish to emphasize that the dl.cretionary re~iev proc••• vill be perforaed at headquarters using siailar practic. to that vhich 1. a••ocl.ted with Part 77 deteraiaations. Accordinaly. the pro.l.ioa. of FAA! 7400.2C. p.ragraph 2313. are no longer appropriate aad ar••u.p.nd.d uatil peraanently removed in a future haadbook chana•• < • Even though the workload at the beaequart.r. le••l ..y incre••e .li&htly. the Improved l.gal po.ition outwelah. aay incon••n1.ac. ¥bich .., occur. Du. to the increa.e in th. nuaber of lav.uit. vbich be.e ba.a fll.d a,.la.t the FAA on issue~ rei~ting to -hazard· and -no hazard- d.teraioatlon•• it i. necessary to apply the procedures immediately. If there ar••ay further que.tion. re,ardina thi. i ••u•• ple••• coatact Mr. C.o. 'al••tti. Kanal.r. 'lilht lDforaatioa aDd Ohatruetioo. Iraacb. A1O-2l0. at FTS 267-8790. /5-:J::~' B. Xe Potte • 6-1-4 PARA 6-14 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 7. EVALUATING AERONAUTICAL EFFECT Section 1. GENERAL 7-1. POLICY to the Air Traffic Service as the basis for a a. The Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended, determination. does not provide specific authority for the FAA e. Other Interested FAA Offices or Services: to regulate or control how real estate (land) may May be requested to evaluate the proposal on be used involving structures that may penetrate a case-by-case basis. the navigable airspace. Consequently, Part 77 was 7-3. ADVERSE EFFECT adopted to establish notice standards for proposed construction or alteration to protect aircraft from An object to be considered for adverse aeronautical unannounced objects. effect must first exceed the obstruction standards of Subpart C, Part 77 and/or be found to have b. Subpart C of Part 77 establishes standards physical or electromagnetic radiation effect on the for determining obstructions to air navigation. Objects operation of air navigation facilities. A proposed that exceed these standards are presumed to be structure, if erected, would have, or an existing hazards to air navigation unless an aeronautical object, if not altered or removed, has an adverse study determines otherwise. Once an aeronautical effect if either would: study has been initiated, other standards in addition a. Require a change to an existing or planned to those in Subpart C shall be used to determine IFR minimum flight altitude, a published or special if the object being studied would actually be a instrument procedure, or an IFR departure procedure. hazard to air navigation. The additional standards used are those established by the FAA to satisfy b. Require a VFR operation, excluding operations operational, procedural, and electronic requirements. under Part 137, VFR military training routes (VR routes), and any operation conducted under a waiver 7-2. EVALUATION BY FAA OFFICES or exemption to FAR's, to change from a regular • flight course or altitude. The FAA's obstruction evaluation program transcends all organizational lines. The regional Air Traffic, c. Cause an electromagnetic effect upon the oper Flight Standards, Airways Facilities, and Airport ation of an air navigation facility or the signal Offices have specific responsibilities in the aeronauti used by aircraft. cal study process. Each of these offices shall d. Restrict a clear view of runways, helipads, evaluate the aeronautical effect by applying standards taxiways, or traffic patterns from the airport air pertinent to their functions as follows: traffic control tower. a. Air Traffic Personnel: Pertinent to aeronautical e. Derogate airport capacity/efficiency. operations, air traffic control procedures, and obstruc f. Affect future VFR and/or IFR operations tion marking and lighting recommendations. indicated by plans on file. b. Airports Personnel: Pertinent to existing airports g. Affect the usable length of an existing or and planned or future airport development programs planned runway. on file with the agency. 7-4. SUBSTANTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT c. Flight Standards Personnel: Pertinent to en A proposed structure would have, or an existing route or terminal obstruction clearance altitudes, object has, a substantial adverse effect if there a feeder route or altitude, and approved or planned is a combination of: instrument approach/departure procedures. a. Adverse effect; and d. Airway Facilities Personnel: Pertinent to pos b. A significant volume of aeronautical operations sible restrictions to air traffic control line--Qf-sight would be affected. capability and interference effects upon electronic and visual aids to air navigation as well as on 7-5. SIGNIFICANT VOLUME OF ACTIVITY the aircraft using such aids. The service position The type of activity must be considered in reaching shall contain the results of the electromagnetic a decision on the question of what volume of • interference status when submitting such information aeronautical activity is "significant." For example, PARA 7-1 7-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 if one or more aeronautical operations per day Figure 7-7[3], and would be affected, this would indicate regular and Figure 7-7[4]. • continuing activity, thus a significant volume no a. Not more than 500 feet horizontal distance matter what the type of operation. On the other from the shielding object(s) and in the congested hand, an affected instrument procedure or minimum area of a city, town, or settlement, provided the altitude may need to be used only an average shielded object would not have located closer than of once a week to be considered significant if the shielding objects to any heliport or airport the procedure is one which serves as the primary located within 5 miles of the object(s); procedure under certain conditions. b. Such that there would be at least one such 7-6. SHIELDING shielding object situated on at least three sides a. Consideration: Shielding is one of the many of the shielded structure at a horizontal distance factors that must be considered in determining of not more than 500 feet; and the physical effect an object may have upon aeronauti c. Within the lateral dimensions of any runway cal operations and procedures. Good judgment, plus approach surface but would not exceed an overall the circumstances of location and flight activity, height above the established airport elevation greater will influence the consideration given this factor than that of the outer extremity of the approach in determining whether proposed or existing objects surface, and located within, but would not penetrate, would be physically shielded. the shadow plane/s of the shielding object/so b. Principle: The basic principle in applying the shielding guidelines is whether the location and 7-8. SHADOW PLANE height of proposed or existing objects are such The term "shadow plane" means a surface originating that aircraft, when operating with due regard for at a horizontal line passing through the top of the shielding object, would not collide with the the shielding object at right angles to a straight shielded object. line extending from the top of the shielding object c. Limitations: Application of the shielding effect to the end of the runway. The shadow plane factor to an existing object or proposed construction has a width equal to the projection of the shielding or alteration is limited to: object's width onto a plane normal to the line • extending from the top and center of the shielding 1. The physical protection provided by existing object to the midpoint of the runway end. The natural terrain, topographic features, or surface struc shadow plane extends horizontally outward away tures of equal or greater height than the structure from the shielding object until it intersects or under study; and reaches the end of one of the imaginary approach 2. The objects providing the shielding protection area surfaces, see: are of a permanent nature and there are no plans Figure 7-7[1], for removal or alteration on file with the FAA. Figure 7-7[2], 7-7. SHIELDING GUIDELINES Figure 7-7[3], and Any proposed construction or alteration or existing Figure 7-7[4]. object is normally considered to be physically shielded by an existing permanent structure(s), natural 7-9. MARKING AND LIGHTING terrain, or topographic feature(s) of equal or greater Every aeronautical study shall include an evaluation height if the object under consideration would to determine whether obstruction marking and/or be located as indicated in one of the following, lighting is necessary. see: 7-10 thru 7-19. RESERVED Figure 7-7[1], Figure 7-7[2], • 7-1-2 PARA 7-10 • Figure• 7-7[1] • STANDARDS FOR DETERMINING SHIELDING: CONGESTED PART OF CITY, TOWN, OR SETfLEMENT b * ---1.~ Airport - Within 5 Miles Ground Level + Shielded Object * Shielding Object a Not More Than 500 Feet b Congested Part ot City, Town, or Settlement ...... I ~ Figure 7-7[2] STANDARDS FOR DETERMINING SIllELDING Conical Surface Shadow Plane Horizontal Surface Ground Level Runway + Shielded Object * Shielding Object • • • • Figure• 7-7[3] • STANDARDS FOR DEVELOPING SHIELDING: PERSPECflVE OF A SHADOW PlANE Figure 7-7[4] STANDARDS FOR DETERMINING SHIElDING: EXAMPLES OF SHADOW PIANES Approach Surface _...... Primary Surface .... ------.... -- ..... ------ Runway ------Shadow Pia ne ------ • • • 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATING EFFECT ON VFR OPERATIONS 7-20. PURPOSE is whether they would create a dangerous situation • during a critical phase of flight. Such structures The guidelines in this section are for use in determin ing the effect of proposed construction or alteration, may cause substantial adverse effect if adjustments or existing objects, upon VFR aeronautical operations cannot be made to the affected traffic pattern. in the navigable airspace. The intent of these f. Class B and Class C airspace: Proposed structures I guidelines is to provide a basis for analytic judgments that exceed obstruction standards in areas available in evaluating and determining the effect of proposed for VFR flight below the floor of a Class B or existing surface structures on VFR operations. or Class C areas require careful evaluation. Class I 7-21. NAVIGABLE AIRSPACE B and Class C areas are designed to provide a more regulated environment for IFR and VFR a. Minimum flight altitudes are prescribed by traffic around certain airports. Consequently, the regulation. Generally, speaking, from a VFR stand floors of some Class B and Class C areas compress point, it may be considered that the navigable I airspace includes all airspace 500 feet and more the airspace into geographical areas of limited above the surface and that airspace below 500 size and minimum altitude availability for VFR feet required for: operations. 1. Takeoff and landing, including an airport g. VFR Routes: Pilots operating VFR frequently traffic pattern. fly routes that parallel or follow rivers, coastlines, mountain passes, valleys, and similar types of natural 2. Flight over open water and sparsely populated landmarks or major highways, railroads, powerlines, areas. canals, and other manmade objects. The basic consid 3. Helicopters where the operation may be eration in evaluating the effect of obstructions conducted without hazard to persons and property on operations along these routes is whether pilots on the surface. would be able to visually observe and avoid them b. VFR Weather Minimums: Proposed or existing during marginal VFR weather conditions. At least structures potentially have the greatest impact in 1 mile flight visibility is required for VFR operations those areas where VFR operations are conducted beneath the floor of controlled airspace. This means • when ceiling and/or visibility conditions are at that a surface reference used for VFR low altitude or near VFR weather minimums. Any object that flight must be horizontally visible to pilots for would interfere with significant volume of low a minimum of 1 mile. A VFR route may also altitude flights by actually excluding or restricting follow specific radials of a VOR. These routes VFR operations in a specific area would have may correspond to an established Federal Airway, a substantial adverse effect and may be considered direct radials between navigation facilities, or a a hazard to air navigation. single radial providing transition to a route predicated c. Obstruction Marking and Lighting or Shielded: on visual aids. While there may be established Not every object penetrating into the navigable minimum en route altitudes for segments of these airspace is considered to be a hazard to air navigation. routes and navigation is dependent upon adequate Some can be obstruction marked and lighted in signal reception, the pilot may be expected to a manner so that pilots can visually observe and fly at an altitude below the established minimum avoid the structures. Others may be "shielded" altitude in order to maintain visual contact with by being located in proximity to other permanent the ground. structures or terrain and would not, by themselves, adversely affect aeronautical operations. 7-22. EN ROUTE OPERATIONS d. Height Of Structures: Surface structures are The area considered for en route VFR flight begins of concern to pilots during climb after takeoff, and ends outside the airport traffic pattern airspace during low altitude operations, and when descending areas or Class B, C, and D areas for airports I to land. Any structure more than 500 feet above with airport traffic control towers. ground level, or structures of any height which a. A proposed object would have, or an existing would affect landing and takeoff operations, requires object has, an adverse effect upon VFR air navigation extensive evaluation to determine the extent of if its height is more than 500 feet above the adverse effect on VFR aeronautical operations. surface at its site, and it is within 2 statute e. Airport Traffic Patterns: The primary concern miles of any regularly used VFR route. (See Figure • regarding structures in airport traffic pattern areas 7-22[1].) PARA 7-20 7-2-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 b. Evaluation of obstructions that would be located are no hard-and-fast rules that can be applied, within VFR routes must consider the fact that the airport category and types of aircraft USing. pilots may and sometimes do operate below the the airport normally determine specific airport traffic floor of controlled airspace with low ceilings and pattern airspace requirements. (See paragraph 10-14.) 1 mile flight visibility. When operating within Any obstruction in the traffic pattern area is a these limitations using pilotage navigation, these potential hazard to air navigation if it would tend flights must remain within 1 mile of the identifiable to distract a pilot's attention during a critical phase landmark to maintain visual reference. Even if of flight. The effect of proposed or existing objects made more conspicuous by the installation of high depends upon the altitudes established for the types intensity white obstruction lights, a structure placed of aircraft operating in the traffic patterns. The in this location could be a hazard to air navigation recommended traffic pattern altitude is 1,000 feet because after sighting it, the pilot may not have above the ground; however, turbine-powered air- the opportunity to safely circumnavigate or overfly planes operate at 1,500 feet above the surface the structure. As flight visibility increases and at airports with operating control towers. Not all if ceiling permits, the pilot is able to move farther airports can comply with the recommendation; there- away from the landmark and be at high altitudes fore, it will be necessary to determine the traffic to maintain visual contact. Accordingly, increased pattern altitude established at most airports. A conspicuity by the installation of high intensity structure that penetrates a plane 300 feet beneath white obstruction lights may eliminate the substantial the airport traffic pattern altitude has an adverse adverse effect of structures located on the outer effect. fringes of the area considered for VFR routes. b. Terminal Transition Routes: A proposed struc Additional factors that serve to anticipate pilot ture would have, or an existing structure has, actions include but not limited to the following: an adverse effect upon VFR air navigation if 1. Part 91.119 minimum altitude requirements. it would: 2. Historical weather data (ceiling/visibility). 1. Exceed a height of 500 feet above the 3. Floor of controlled airspace. surface at its site; and 4. Conditions which could make circumnaviga 2. Be located within 2 statute miles of the. tion or overflight of the structure impossible or centerline of any regularly used VFR transition impractical such as other tall structures, terrain, routes between airports or between an airport and special use airspace, large bodies of water, controlled any air navigation aid serving the airport. (See airspace configurations, etc. Figure 7-22[1].) c. In all cases, a full aeronautical study shall c. Approach Surface Slope Ratios. A proposed be conducted to ensure that the structure is not object would have, or an existing object has, an or will not be a hazard to air navigation. If adverse effect upon VFR air navigation if it would an aeronautical study disclosed that the installation penetrate the approach surface slope ratio of any and operation of high intensity white obstruction runway. The slope ratio for: lights would mitigate the substantial adverse effect, 1. A civil visual approach is 20 to 1. the conditions section of the determination of no 2. Military runway approach surfaces are 50 hazard must specify that "the structure is lighted to 1. and monitored in accordance with (the appropriate 3. Helicopter approach surfaces are 8 to 1 chapters) of AC 7017460-1, Obstruction Marking for civil and 10 to 1 for military. and Lighting." Also, provide the sponsors with d. Random structures that exceed basic approach a copy of the advisory circular or advise them slope ratios should be individually studied and, that the circular is available free of charge from except when shielded, resisted even though they the Department of Transportation, Subsequent Dis may not be controlling obstacles. Additionally, steeper tribution Unit, M-494.3, 400 7th Street, SW., approach surfaces are required at some airports Washington, D.C. 20590. because of existing structures. However, any proposed 7-23. AIRPORT AREAS structure that would require a still steeper approach surface at such airports would have an adverse The following requires consideration in determining effect and careful study is necessary to determine the effect of proposed or existing objects on VFR the effect on airport operations. operations in airport airspace areas: a. Traffic Pattern Airspace: There are many vari 7-24. HELICOPTERS ables that influence the establishment of airport The special maneuvering characteristics of helicopters arrival and departure traffic flows. While there are recognized in Part 91.119 and Part 91.155, • 7-2-2 PARA 7-24 9/16/93 7400.2D provided operations are conducted without hazard only when weather conditions equal or exceed to persons or property on the ground; and if 3,000 feet ceiling and 5 miles flight visibility. operating when the visibility is less than 1 mile, A proposed structure's location on a VR is not • be outside of controlled airspace at 1,200 feet a basis for determining it to be a hazard to or less above the surface. Helicopter pilots taking air navigation; however, in recognition of the mili advantage of these exemptions must also operate tary's requirement to conduct low altitude training, at a speed that will allow them to see-and-avoid disseminate Part 77 notices and aeronautical study obstructions. Consequently, proposed or existing information to military representatives. Additionally, structures are not considered to be factors in determin attempt to persuade the sponsor to lower or relocate ing adverse effect upon helicopter VFR operations proposed structures that exceed obstruction standards except as follows: and have been identified by the military as detrimental a. En route: When routes and altitudes are pre to their training requirement. scribed for helicopters by the Administrator, the 7-26. AGRICULTURAL AIRCRAFT helicopter exemptions to Part 91 do not apply. OPERATIONS Thus, any structure would have an adverse effect Rules that apply to agricultural dispensing operations, 1 if it penetrates an imaginary surface 300 feet below an established helicopter minimum flight as prescribed in Part 137, allow deviation from Part 91 altitude restrictions. It is the pilot's respon altitude and is located within 250 feet either side sibility to avoid obstacles because the agricultural of the established route's centerline. operations must be conducted without creating a b. Heliport LandingfTakeoff Area: Any structure hazard to persons or property on the surface. would have an adverse effect if it would exceed Consequently, Part 77 obstruction standards not any of the heliport imaginary surfaces. Helicopter a hazard/no hazard determining factor in relation approach-departure paths may curve within the to agricultural aircraft operations. length of the approach departure surface; however, the surface remains fixed. 7-27. OPERATIONS UNDER WAIVER! EXEMPTION TO FAR'S 7-25. VFR MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES (VR's) Waivers/exemptions to FAR operating rules include provisions to ensure achievement of a level of Operations on VR's provide pilots with training • safety equivalent to that which would be present for low altitude navigation and tactics (see FAA for compliance with the regulation waived or Order 7610.4, Special Military Operations). Surface exempted. Additionally, waivers/ exemptions do not structures have their greatest impact on VFR oper relieve pilots of the responsibility to conduct oper ations when ceiling and visibility conditions are ations without creating a hazard to persons and at or near basic VFR minimums. Accordingly, property on the surface. Accordingly, a determination the guidelines for a finding of substantial adverse of hazard to air navigation shall not be based effect on en route VFR operations are based on upon a proposed structure's effect on aeronautical consideration for those operations conducted under operations conducted under a waiver or exemption Part 91 that permits flight clear of clouds with to FAR operating rules. 1 mile flight visibility outside controlled airspace. In contrast, flight along VR's can be conducted 7-28 thru 7-29. RESERVED • PARA 7-25 7-2-3 7400.2D Figure 7-22[1] VFRROUTES • ~-+--- Bay City RBN Bay City -...... lot----'1toJI. """"l=...... r:;.;..-- Bay City Airport River --4~~\\ t.--1ir---- Railroad , ...... --- Frpetown A.lrport Freetown ---+liot Freetown VOR Boundary 2 S M Either Side of , VFR Route • I I, I, I, \, Edell County Airport ---... VFR Routp Airport 10 Airport Trl City Airport • 7-~ PARA 7-28 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. GUIDELINES FOR EVALUATING EFFECT ON IFR OPERATIONS 7-30. PURPOSE to be a substantial adverse effect. However, the • This section provides general guidelines for determin effect may not be substantial if the aeronautical ing the effect of proposed construction or alteration study discloses that the affected MEA is not normally and existing objects upon IFR aeronautical operations. flown by aircraft, not used for air traffic control Proper application should result in determinations purposes, and there are no FAA plans to increase based upon well documented, properly analyzed the use of the affected MEA. and evaluated aeronautical studies. b. Minimum Obstruction Clearance Altitude 7-31. OPERATIONAL STANDARDS (MOCA): The MOCA assures obstacle clearance over the entire route segment to which it applies Part 77 obstruction standards are not the basis and assures navigational signal coverage within for a determination regarding proposals once an 22 nautical miles of the associated VOR navigational aeronautical study has been initiated. Generally, facility. For that portion of the route segment they are more restrictive than is needed for safe beyond 22 nautical miles from the VOR where flight operations. The standards used in determining the MOCA is lower than the MEA and there the advem affect are those established by the are no plans to reduce the MEA down to the FAA to satisfy operational, procedural, and electro MOCA, a structure that affects only the MOCA magnetic requirements. They are contained in the FAR's, advisory circulars, and other FAA Order's; would not be considered to have substantial adverse i.e., FAA Order 8260.3, FAA Order 8260.19, FAA effect. Other situations require study as ATC may Order 7110.65, etc. Obstruction evaluation personnel assign altitudes down to the MOCA under certain shall apply these standards in judging the extent conditions. of adverse affect to determine if the object being c. IFR Military Training Routes (IR's): Operations studied would actually have a substantial adverse on IR's provide pilots with training for low altitude effect on air navigation. navigation and tactics (see FAA Order 7610.4, Special Military Operations). Flight along these 7-32. IFR MINIMUM FLIGHT ALTITUDES routes can be conducted below the minimum IFR The Aviation Standards National Field Office is altitudes specified in Part 91, and the military the principle FAA staff element responsible for conducts operational flight evaluations of each route • establishing instrument procedures and minimum to ensure compatibility with their obstruction clear altitudes for IFR operations. The appropriate regional ance requirements. A proposed structure's location Flight Standards personnel shall evaluate the effect on an IR is not a basis for determining it to of proposed or existing structures on IFR aeronautical be a hazard to air navigation; however, in recognition operations as outlined in FAA Order 8260.19. of the military's requirement to conduct low altitude The Air Traffic divisions establish, revise, or delete training, disseminate Part 77 notices and aeronautical airways/routes based upon air traffic demand and study information to military representatives. user requirements. Flight Standards personnel partici Additionally, attempt to persuade the sponsor to pate in airway/route planning with respect to naviga lower or relocate proposed structures that exceed tional signal coverage, development of minimum obstruction standards and have been identified by altitudes, and related data. the military. as detrimental to their training require 7-33. EN ROUTE IFR OPERATIONS ment. a. Minimum En Route Altitudes (MEA's): MEA's d. Minimum IFR Altitudes (MIA's): These alti are established for each segment of an airway tudes are established in accordance with FAA Order or an approved route based upon obstacle clearance, 7210.37 to provide the controller with minimum navigational signal reception, and communications. IFR altitude information for off-airway operations. The MEA assures obstruction clearance and accept MIA's provide the minimum obstacle clearance able navigational signal coverage over the entire prescribed by Part 91.177 and are established without airway or route segment flown. Any proposed respect to flight~hecked radar or normal radar structure that will require an MEA to be raised coverage. MIA's are developed by en route facilities, has an adverse effect. Careful analysis by the approved by the associated Flight Inspection Field appropriate Flight Standards and Air Traffic personnel Office (FIFO), and published for controllers on is necessary to determine if there would be a MIA Sector Charts. Any proposed structure that substantial adverse effect on the navigable airspace. would cause an increase in an MIA is an obstruction, • Generally, the loss of a cardinal altitude is considered and a study is required to determine the extent PARA 7-30 7-3-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 of adverse effect. Radar coverage adequate to vector to accommodate the type of aircraft expected to around such a structure is not, of itself, sufficient use the procedures, and the airport must have • to mitigate a finding of substantial adverse effect been found acceptable for IFR operations as a that would otherwise be the basis for a determination result of an airport airspace analysis by the FAA. ofhazard to air navigation. b. Minimum Vectoring Altitudes (MVA's): These e. Radar Bomb Sites (RBS's): These sites are altitudes are based upon obstruction clearance require a vital link in the low level training network ments (see FAA Order 8260.19) only. The area used by the Strategic Air Command to evaluate considered for obstacle clearance is the normal bomber crew proficiency. They provide an accurate operational use of the radar without regard to radar record for aircraft flying at low altitudes the flight-ehecked radar coverage. It is the respon as they attack simulated targets along the RBS sibility of individual controllers to determine that scoring line. An obstruction located within the a target return is adequate for radar control purposes. boundaries may have a substantial adverse effect MVA's are developed by terminal facilities, approved and a serious operational impact on military training by the associated FIFO, and published for controllers capability. on MVA Sector Charts. Any proposed structure 7-34. TERMINAL AREA IFR OPERATIONS that would cause an increase in an MVA is an obstruction and a study is required to determine The obstruction standards in Part 77 are specific the extent of adverse effect. Radar coverage adequate with assigned values for identifying obstructions to vector around such a structure is not, of itself, within terminal obstacle clearance areas. Any structure sufficient to mitigate a finding of substantial adverse identified as an obstruction is considered to have effect that would otherwise be the basis for a an adverse effect; however, there is no clear-cut determination ofhazard to air navigation. formula to determine at what stage the extent of adverse effect is considered substantial. Instrument c. Military Airports: With the exception of the approach/departure procedures are established in U.S. Army, the appropriate military command estab- accordance with published obstacle clearance guide lishes and approves terminal instrument procedures lines and criteria. Yet, there are segments of for airports under their respective jurisdictions. Con instrument approach procedures where the minimum sequently, the Air Traffic Office responsible for • altitudes may be revised without substantially the issuance of a determination shall ensure that effecting or causing landing minimums to be raised. the military are provided the opportunity to evaluate Thus, the determination must represent a decision a proposed structure that may affect their operations. based on the best factual information that can While the military has the responsibility for determin- be obtained during the aeronautical study. ing the effect of a proposal, it is expected that Flight Standards will assist Air Traffic in reconciling a. Standard Instrument Approach Procedures differences in the military's findings. (SlAP's): Appropriate Flight Standards personnel are responsible for evaluating the effect of proposed d. Departure Procedures: Criteria exists in Chapter or existing structures upon any segment of a SlAP, 12 of TERPS for the development of IFR departure any proposed SlAP or any departure restriction. procedures. Generally, any obstacle that penetrates However, all FAA personnel involved in the obstruc the 40:1 obstacle identification surface should be tion evaluation process should be familiar with evaluated on a case-by-case basis to determine all aspects of the terminal area IFR operations the need for a departure restriction. being considered. If Flight Standards personnel deter e. Minimum Safe Altitudes (MSA's): An MSA mine that a structure will affect instrument flight is the minimum obstacle clearance altitude for procedures, their evaluation should include those emergency use within a specified distance from procedural adjustments that can be made without the navigation facility upon which a procedure adversely affecting IFR operations at the airport! is predicated. These are either Minimum Sector s. When the study discloses that the procedural Altitudes established for all procedures within a adjustments to reduce or eliminate any adverse 25 mile (may be increased to 30 miles under effect cannot be accomplished, then the comments certain conditions) radius of the navigational facility to Air Traffic shall include a statement to the or Emergency Safe Altitude established within a significance of this effect on the procedures and 100 mile radius of the navigation facility and aircraft operations. Personnel are reminded that normally used only in military procedures at the airport layout and configuration are also factors option of the approving authority. These altitudes • regarding the establishment of SlAP's and in evaluat are designed for emergency use only and are ing the effect of obstructions on proposed or existing not routinely used by pilots or by air traffic SlAP's. The airport landing surfaces must be adequate control. Consequently, they are not considered a 7-3-2 PARA 7-34 9/16/93 7400.2D factor in determining the extent of adverse effect pattern may require careful study of proposals or used as the basis of a determination and should up to 30 nautical miles from the ILS. not be identified in the notice of intent to conduct (a) ILS Localizer: Large mass objects adjacent • an aeronautical study. to the localizer course and/or antenna array are potential sources of reflections and/or reradiation 7-35. AIR NAVIGATION AND which may affect facility operation. The shape COMMUNICATION AIDS and intensity of such reflections and/or reradiation a. The FAA is authorized to establish, operate, depends upon the size of the reflecting surface and maintain air navigation and communications and distance from the localizer antenna. The angle facilities and to protect such facilities from inter of incidence reflection in the azimuthal plane gen ference. During evaluation of proposed structures, erally follows the rules of basic optical reflection. factors that may adversely affect any portion or Normally, in order to affect the course structure, component of the National Airspace System (NAS) the reflections must come from objects which lie must be considered. Since an electromagnetic inter in parallel, or near parallel to the on-course signal. ference potential may create adverse effects as Large mass objects of any type, including metallic serious as those caused by a physical penetration fences or powerlines, within plus/minus 15° of of the airspace by a structure, those effects shall extended centerline up to 1 NM from the approach be identified and stated. Determinations regarding end of the runway and any obstruction within the potential harmful effect on navigation and commu 500 feet of the localizer antenna array must be nication systems should be issued under Part 77 studied carefUlly. (Refer to FAA Order 6750.16.) when the proposed structure exceeds the obstruction (b) ILS Glide Slope: Vertical surfaces approxi standards, or under the Federal Aviation Act (see mately parallel to and within 1,000 feet of the paragraph 1-2) when the proposed structure does runway centerline and located up to 3,000 feet not exceed the Part 77 obstruction standards. Propos forward of the glide slope antenna can cause harmful als evaluated under the Act will be handled, when reflections. Most interference to the glide slope appropriate, directly with FCC through the FAA is caused by discontinuities in the ground surface, Headquarters Spectrum Engineering Division, described approximately as a rectangular area 1,000 ASM-500. feet wide by 5,000 feet long, extending forward • b. Airway Facilities personnel shall evaluate from the glide slope antenna and centered at about proposals to determine if the proposed construction the runway centerline. Discontinuities are usually or alteration will affect the performance of existing in the form of rough terrain or buildings. (Refer or proposed NAS facilities. The study must also to FAA Order 6750.16.) include any plans for future facilities, proposed 2. MLS: The guidelines stated for ILS systems airports, or improvements to existing airports. above also apply to MLS installations. The established c. The physical presence of a structure and/ MLS service volume defines the area of concern. or the electromagnetic signals emanating or reflecting 3. VOR/TACAN: Usually, there should be no therefrom may have a substantial adverse effect reflecting objects or heavy vegetation (trees, brush, on the availability or quality of navigational and etc.) within a 1,000 foot radius of the VOR or communications signals or on air traffic services the TACAN antenna. Interference may occur from needed for the safe operation of aircraft. The large structures or powerlines up to 2 NM from following general guidelines are provided to assist the antenna. (Refer to FAA Order 6700.11.) in determining the anticipated interference. 4. ARSR/ASR: Normally, there should be no 1. ILS: General structures supporting electro reflecting objects within a 1,500 foot radius of magnetic radiators (antennas) are potential sources the radar antenna. In addition, large reflective struc of electromagnetic interference which may effect tures up to 3 nautical miles from the antenna the operation of aircraft using the ILS facility. can cause interference unless they are in the The structure height, the antenna radiation pattern, "shadow" of topographic features. the operating frequency, the effective radiated power 5. ATC Radar Beacon: The effects encountered (ERP), and its proximity to the runway centerline due to reflections of the secondary radar main are all factors contributing to the possibility of lobe are more serious than those associated with interference. Normally, any structure supporting an primary radar. Therefore, it is necessary to ensure electromagnetic radiator within the established local that no large vertical reflecting surface penetrates izer and/or glide slope service volume must be a 1,500 foot radius horizontal plane located 25 • studied carefully. However, extremes in structure feet below the antenna platform. In addition, inter height, ERP, frequency, and/or antenna radiation ference may occur from large structures up to PARA 7-35 7-3-3 7400.2D 9/16/93 12 miles away from the antenna. This distance signals may already be marginal because of existing will depend on the area of the reflecting surface, interference from other objects. Also the following • the reflection coefficient of the surface, and its characteristics of proposed structures must be consid- elevation with respect to the interrogator antenna ered: (refer to FAA Order 6310.6 for potential problems). 1. The higher the object in relation to the 6. VHF/DF: The DF antenna site should be antenna, the greater is the chance of interfering free of objects which will obstruct line-of-sight reflections. Any structure subtending a vertical angle with aircraft at low altitudes. The vicinity within greater than one degree from the facilities is usually 300 feet of the antenna should be free of metallic cause for concern. Tall structures, such as radio objects which can act as reradiators. towers and grain elevators, can interfere from dis 7. Communication Facilities: The minimum tances greater than those listed in the general desirable distances to prevent interference problems criteria. between communication facilities and other construc 2. The type of construction material on the tion are 1,000 feet from power transmission lines reflecting surface of the proposed structure is a (other than those serving the facility) and other factor, with nonmetallic surfaces being less trouble radio or radar facilities; 300 feet from areas of some than metallic or metallic impregnated glass. high vehicle activity, such as highways, busy roads, and large parking areas; and 1 NM from commercial 3. Aircraft hangars with large doors can be broadcasting stations (FM, TV, etc.). a special problem because the reflecting surfaces of the hangar varies appreciably with changes in 8. Approach Lighting System: No object, except the position of the doors. the localizer antenna, the localizer far field monitor antenna, or the marker antenna, shall protrude 4. Interference is usually caused by mirror above the approach light plane. For approach light reflections from surfaces on the proposed structure. plane clearance purposes, all roads, highways, vehicle Orientation of the structure therefore plays an impor- parking areas, and railroads shall be considered tant part in the extent of the interference. Reflections as vertical solid objects. The clearance required of the largest amplitude will come from signals above interstate highways is 17 feet; above railroads, striking a surface perpendicular to the signals. • 23 feet; and for all other roads, highways, and Signals striking a surface at a shallow angle will vehicle parking areas, 15 feet. The clearance for have a smaller amplitude. roads and highways shall be measured from the e. Air Traffic personnel shall request Airway crown of the road; the clearance for railroads Facilities personnel to assist in discussions with shall be measured from the top of the rails. For construction sponsors to explore alternatives to resolve vehicle parking areas, clearance shall be measured the prospective adverse effects to facilities. These from the average grade in the vicinity of the may involve design revisions, relocations, or highest point. Relative to airport service roads reorientations depending on the character of the substantial adverse effect can be eliminated if all construction and facility involved. vehicular traffic is controlled or managed by the f. Since there are no provisions for petitioning air traffic control facility. A clear line-of-sight determinations issued under the Federal Aviation is required to all lights in the system from any Act, notify the proponent by letter that the proposed point on a surface, one-half degree below the structure may create harmful electromagnetic inter aircraft descent path and extending 250 feet each ference before issuing a determination. Include in side of the runway centerline, up to 1,600 feet the letter the formulae and values applied, the in advance of the outermost light in the system. specific adverse effects expected, and an offer 9. VASI: No objects or obstructions shall be to meet and informally discuss alternatives. Provide placed within the clearance zone for the particular the proponent as well as your office ample time site involved or the projected visual glide path. to exhaust all available avenues for positive resolution. In consideration of siting requirements for the The intent of this process is to allow the proponent ILS glide slope end field antenna, refer to FAA adequate time to consider the problems and alter Order 6750.16. natives before a "final" decision is rendered by 10. REIL: No objects or obstructions shall the issuance of an FAA determination. These guide be placed within the established clearance zone. lines are to be followed in all situations where d. There are factors that modify the evaluation harmful electromagnetic interference is indicated • criteria guidelines that require consideration. Some by our study regardless of whether the determination facility signal areas are more susceptible to inter will be issued under the authority of the Federal ference than others. The operational status of some Aviation Act or the provisions of Part 77. 7-3-4 PARA 7-35 9/16/93 7400.2D 7-36. PLANNED OR FUTURE AIRPORT not present a hazard to air navigation. Therefore, DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS when appropriate, construction sponsors should be The national system of airports consists of those advised that the determination does not include • public, civil, and joint-use airport facilities considered temporary construction equipment which may be necessary to provide airports to adequately meet used during actual construction. (See paragraph the anticipated needs of civil aeronautics. Airport 8-8.) It is not possible to set forth criteria that Planning and Programming Offices are the most is applicable for every situation, but the following accurate source of up-to-date information on airport action examples may help to minimize potential development plans. Consequently, Airports personnel problems: are expected to extensively review proposed structures 1. If use of the temporary construction equipment in reference to the safe and orderly development is on an airport, it may be necessary to negotiate of airport facilities, including what development with airport managers/owners to close a runway, will realistically be accomplished within a reasonable taxiway, relocate a runway threshold, or other time. Areas of considerations in accomplishing this similar action. responsibility are: 2. Negotiate with equipment operators to raise a. Future Development of Existing Airports: A and lower cranes, derricks, or other construction detailed review in this area requires looking at equipment when weather conditions go below pre current planned airport projects, national airport determined minimums as necessary for air traffic plan data, and land-use planning studies in the vicinity of the proposed structure. The results of situations or as appropriate for the airport runways the study forwarded to the Air Traffic Office in use. shall include appropriate comments regarding the 3. Control the movement of construction vehicle extent of Federal aid and sponsor airport investments, traffic on airports. obligations of the airport owner in existing 4. Adjust minimum IFR altitudes or instrument grant-in-aid agreements, and anticipated air activity procedures as necessary to accommodate the construc of the airport and general area. If a proposed tion equipment if such action will not have serious structure would adversely impact an airport's effi- adverse effects on aeronautical operations. ciency, utility, or capacity, the responsible Airports 5. Request that the temporary construction equip • Office should document this impact in its evaluation. ment be appropriately obstruction marked and/or Comments should include recommended new loca lighted as the situation warrants. tion/s for the proposed structure as appropriate. b. Temporary Structures: Notices of proposed b. New Airport Development: When a structure construction or alteration received on temporary requiring notice under Part 77 and any new airport structures are processed in the same manner as development are both proposed in the same vicinity, a permanent structure but require special consideration Airports personnel shall study the interrelationship in determining the extent of adverse effect. This of the structure and the airport. Additionally, supple is especially true of a structures such as cranes mental information on the proposed airport site and derricks that may only be at a particular shall be furnished to the Air Traffic Office. If a major problem is anticipated, Airports personnel site for a short period of time. As a general shall provide detailed comments and specific rec policy, it is considered in the public interest to ommendations regarding the proposed structure. make whatever adjustments are necessary to accommodate the temporary structure of 30 days 7-37. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION or less if there are no substantial adverse affect a. Temporary Construction Equipment: Construc on aeronautical operations or procedures. However, tion of many structures require utilization of tem this policy does not apply if the aeronautical study porary construction equipment of a greater height discloses that existence of the structure would than the proposed structure. While this is not be a hazard to aviation. Reasonable adjustments a consideration in the aeronautical study of the in aeronautical requirements or operations and modi proposal, appropriate action is necessary to ensure fications to the temporary structure should be given that the temporary construction equipment does equal consideration. • PARA 7-36 7-3-5 Figure 7-30[1] OE DETERMINAnON DATES NO NOTICE DOES NOT DETERMINATION REQUIRED EXCEED NO HAZARD HAZARD PREfERRED fORM 7460-1 7460-1 7460-9 7460-10 Issuance Date April April 1 April 1} + 30 days Petition Date None None May 1 Elfective Date Issuance Date Issuance Date May 11 (+ 10 days) May11 (+10days) (Fortieth day allet (Fortieth day after issuance Issuance + 18 mo. from + 18 mo. From Issuance Date Effec/lve Date Expiration Date None +6 mo. From +6 mo. From None Issuance Date Effective Date See FCC Note See FCC Note __--L.. .. Note: If FCC Construction Permit is required, expiration date is 6 months. fCC Construction Permit required for: Commercial Broadcast-TV, Radio Common Carrier-Telephone CATV-Cable TV • • • 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 8. OBSTRUCTION EVALUATION DETERMINATIONS Section 1. GENERAL 8-1. AUTHORITY 1. Brief description of location and obstruction The FAA's authority to promote the safe and standards exceeded; efficient use of the navigable airspace is derived 2. Effect on terminal and/or en route aeronautical from the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended. operations, IFR, VFR, airports and so forth; However, this authority is not intended to be 3. Circularization, associated comments, infor and may not be exercised to regulate the use mal airspace meetings and negotiations; of land (real property) beneath the navigable airspace. The guidelines in this chapter relate to this authority 4. Reasons and basis for determination as to and apply to determinations issued: why the structure will not be a hazard to air navigation and accommodations necessary by aero a. In accordance with Subpart D, Part 77, regarding proposed construction or alteration; or nautics or sponsors; b. Under the authority of Section 307(a) and 5. Any conditions of the determination that Section 313(a) of the Federal Aviation Act of are additional to those listed on the first page 1958, as amended, pertaining to existing structures of the determination. Routinely, the conditions speci under construction and to structures of any type fied pertain to the marking and lighting of a which would not exceed Part 77 obstruction standards, structure. There are, however, other conditions that but would have adverse physical or electromagnetic are not normally stated, such as changes in procedures interference effect upon the navigable airspace or and/or altitudes, that are necessary to accommodate • air navigation facilities. the structure or else the object would be a hazard. Consequently, the "conditions" should include a 8-2. POLICY statement that appropriate action will be taken Determinations shall be based on the findings of to amend the effected procedure/s and/or altitude/ an aeronautical study as to the extent of adverse s upon notification to the FAA by the sponsor physical or electromagnetic interference effect upon prior to the start of construction or alteration; the navigable airspace or air navigation facilities. 6. Limitations, if any; and Evidence of adverse effect, either physical or electro magnetic, is not sufficient justification for a deter 7. Additional information such as supplemental mination of hazard. However, a finding of a substan notice requirements. tial physical or electromagnetic adverse effect nor b. Determination of Hazard. mally requires issuance of a determination of hazard. 1. Include the items in paragraph 8-2a1, 2, The effect of objects studied shall be identified and 3; in each determination issued along with a clear, 2. Changes necessary by aviation and/or by but brief, statement why aviation can or cannot the sponsor to accommodate the proposal; and accommodate the proposal. Additionally, state in the determination the extent of consideration given 3. Reasons and basis for determination as to to any valid aeronautical comments received during why structure will be a hazard; i.e., a clear showing the aeronautical study. The official FAA determina of substantial adverse effect. tion shall be a composite of the comments and findings received from other interested FAA offices. 8-3. STANDARD FORMS Should there be a disagreement in the airspace Determinations issued by the FAA receive widespread findings, the disagreement shall be resolved before public distribution and review. Consequently, it issuance of the official FAA determination. Use is essential that each determination issued be consist the following items, as appropriate, to ensure that ent in form and content to the extent practicable. th~ n~cessary information is included in each deter To facilitate this and to achieve economy in clerical • mmatIon: handling, standard forms are provided for circulars a. Determination of No Hazard. and determinations issued under Part 77. PARA 8-1 8-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 ~. NOISE ISSUES 8-6. AIRCRAFT ROUTE CHANGES Comments on noise issues relating to a specific Include the following statement in all determinations. proposal will not be contained in an acknowledgment of no hazard issued under Part 77 when it is or determination issued under Part 77. Such informa believed that a change in departure and arrival tion may be transmitted to the construction sponsor routes or airport traffic patterns will be necessary: in the form of a letter separate and apart from "Construction of the proposal may require a change the obstruction evaluation acknowledgment or deter in aircraft tracks over the ground near the airport." mination. 8-5. CONFORMANCE TO POLICY 8-7. EXISTING OBJECTS The FAA office responsible for issuing determinations A determination issued as a result of a study shall assure that each determination issued conforms of an existing object may be written in various to established policies, procedures, and guidelines. forms: Exceptional cases may require special handling, a. As a determination of hazard or no hazard but no determination shall be issued which would similar in form to a determination under Part be contrary to agency policy until the matter has 77.35 but without reference to Part 77; • been coordinated with and approved by the Regional b. As a formal letter outlining the effects of IAdministrator and the Director, Air Traffic Rules the structure and perhaps, recommending to the and Procedures Service, ATP-l. sponsor that the structure be marked and/or lighted, a. No Hazard: Use FAA Form 7460-9 when reduced in height, or removed; issuing a determination of no hazard to air navigation c. As an informal letter or staff study making under the provisions of Subpart D of Part 77. an internal FAA recommendation; or The preprinted form is designed to incorporate d. As a formal letter to FCC recommending a maximum amount of the standard language required dismantlement of an abandoned tower. in each determination of no hazard. This reduces the time required to prepare a determination for 8-8. SUPPLEMENTAL DATA issuance and provides a standard of excellence Determinations of No Hazard may require supple desirable to issuances being distributed to the public. mental statements to resolve potential problems. b. Hazard: Use FAA Form 7460-10 when issuing or specify conditions of determination. In addition a determination of hazard to air navigation under to the statements on the current FAA Form 7460-9, the provisions of Subpart D of Part 77. The Determination of No Hazard to Air Navigation, reasons and basis for the decision must include the following examples are provided for standardiza- the adverse effect of the proposal upon the safe tion. and efficient use of the navigable airspace by a. Temporary Construction Equipment. aircraft and upon air navigation facilities. Also, "This determination does not include temporary state the reasons the affected aeronautical operations construction equipment, such as cranes, derricks, or the procedure cannot be adjusted to alleviate or eliminate the conflicting demands for the airspace. etc., which may be used during the actual construction phase of this proposal. Such equip c. Proposed Construction or Alteration: Information ment which has a height greater than the pro of an exact nature to clearly identify the character posed structure. and a height which would of the proposed construction or alteration shall exceed the notice standard of Part 77 of the be stated in the "Description" box of Form 7460-9 Federal Aviation Regulations requires separate (or Form 7460-10). Use wording, such as microwave notice." antenna tower, FM or AM transmitter antenna tower, suspension bridge, TV antenna tower, or b. Laws or Regulations Other Than Part 77. four-stack power plant. When a proposal concerns "This determination, issued in accordance with an array of antennas or other multiple-type structures, Part 77 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, specific information on this should also be stated concerns the effect of the proposal on the safe in the description. and efficient use of the navigable airspace by d. Conditions of Determination: Any conditions aircraft and does not relieve the sponsor of any upon which a determination of no hazard is based compliance responsibilities relating to any law, shall be specified under the "Conditions" portion ordinance, or regulation of any Federal, state, or of Form 7460-9.· If more space is needed, use local governmental body." the reverse side (page 2) of the form and state c. Transmitting Towers/Antennas. • under "Conditions" that these are given on page "This decision is based solely on the foregoing 2. description of the structure/s, which includes 8-1-2 PARA 8-8 9/16/93 7400.2D location, height, ERP, and operating fre b. Determinations On Existing Objects: A deter quency." mination or recommendation resulting from an aero "The FAA hereby requests that notice be given nautical study of an existing object shall be distributed for any future construction or alteration that as considered appropriate by the issuing office. would exceed the above described heights, Send one copy to ATP-240. • include any increase to the ERP, alter the c. Records: A record of the distribution for each transmitting frequency, and/or add other determination issued under Part 77.35(c), each transmitting device/s.' , revised, extended, or affirmed determination issued 8-9. DISTRIBUTION under Part 77.39, or as the result of a study on an existing object shall be entered in the a. Determinations Issued Under Part 77.35. Copies aeronautical study file. Reference to the distribution of determinations issued under FAR 77.35(c) shall code, a mailing list, or any other evidence of be sent to each FAA office that participated in distribution will be sufficient. the study and to all known interested persons. One copy of· each determination shall be sent 8-10 thru 8-19. RESERVED to ATP-240, ATM--600, military representatives, and, if appropriate, the FCC. • • PARA 8-9 8-1-3 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. DETERMINATION DATES • 8-20. ISSUANCE DATE ing facilities coming under the jurisdiction of the The issuance date of a determination is the date licensing authority of the FCC, the expiration date on the determination under "issued in ...... on of a no hazard determination is 6 months from " the effective date unless the sponsor makes application to the FCC for a construction permit. When a 8-21. EFFECTIVE DATE timely application is filed with the FCC, the deter a. Proposed Structures: The effective date of mination continues in force until such time as a determination issued under Part 77.35 is the the FCC denies the application or if granted, until fortieth day after the date of issuance. Thus, if the date specified in the FCC construction permit a determinati.on is issued on January 2, 1993, for completion of construction. Thus, using again the construction sponsor should be advised that the example in paragraph 8-21, the construction the determination is subject to review if a petition sponsor would be advised that the determination is file~ .on or before February 1, 1993; that if expires on August 11, 1993, unless application no petition is filed, the determination becomes is made to the FCC for a construction permit ~inal. on February 11, 1993; and, that if a petition or the determination is otherwise extended, revised, IS fIled, further notice will be given and the or terminated; and that if application is made ~etermination ~i~l not become final pending disposi tion of the petition (see Figure 4-7[8] and Figure to the FCC within the 6-month time period, the 4-7[9]). determination expires on the date prescribed in the FCC construction permit for completion of b. Existing Objects: A determination, statement construction or on the date the FCC denies the of FAA po~ition, or recommendation resulting from an ae~onautIcal study of an existing object is effective application. upon Issuance. c. Petition or Review: If the date of a final determination is changed as a result of a petition 8-22. EXPIRATION DATE or review, the expiration of the determination is a. Non-FCC: For proposed construction not under automatically extended as appropriate. the licensing authority of the FCC, the expiration d. Existing Objects: Determinations issued with date of a no hazard determination is 18 months regard to studies of existing structures shall not from the effective date of the determination. Thus • i~ construc~ contain an expiration date. the example given in paragraph 8-21, the tIon sponsor should be advised that the determination 8-23 thru 8-29. RESERVED expires on August 11, 1993, unless otherwise extended, revised, or terminated. b. FCC: For proposed construction concerning radio, television, microwave relay, or other broadcast- • PARA 8-20 8-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. EXTENSION OF DETERMINATIONS 8-30. AUTHORITY by the proponent. If the structure is subject to The FAA official issuing a determination has the the licensing authority of the FCC, the extension • delegated authority to grant an extension. Where shall be for a period of 6 months. a petition for an extension precipitates a policy determination which is of such controversial nature 8-34. REVIEW PROVISIONS that the matter should be considered by the Adminis Under the provisions of Part 77.37, extensions trator, the petition should be referred through the of the effective periods of determinations are subject I Regional Administrator to the Administrator. to review; therefore, each extension granted shall 8-31. CONDITIONS contain a paragraph similar to that in determinations An extension may be granted provided the request advising of the petition period, the effective date, is timely (postmarked or delivered 15 days before and the new expiration date. the determination expires) and a review of aeronauti cal activity shows that no significant change has 8-35. DISTRIBUTION occurred since the determination was issued. Copies of extensions issued under Part 77.39(b) should be sent to all known interested parties. 8-32. COORDINATION Send one copy of each extension to ATP-240 Coordination shall be effected with ATP-240 prior and, if appropriate, to the FCC. to denying extensions which pertain to structures subject to the licensing authority of the FCC. 8-36 thru 8-39. RESERVED 8-33. EXTENSION PERIOD Normally, an extension should be for a period of 18 months unless a shorter period is requested • • PARA 8-30 8-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 4. REVISION, CORRECTION, AND TERMINATION OF DETERMINATIONS 8-40. REVISIONS, EXTENSIONS, AND effective on issuance, except that in no case will • TERMINATIONS the effective date be prior to the effective date The FAA official responsible for issuing a no of the original determination. hazard determination has the delegated authority 8-42. STANDARD FORMAT under Part 77.39 to revise, extend, or terminate the determination provided the revision is based Forms 7460-9/10 should be used in issuing correc upon new facts that change the basis on which tions or revisions. Indicate the issuance of a revised the determination was made. determination by adding "Revised" at the end of the title. Indicate the issuance of a corrected 8-41. CORRECTION proposal or determination by adding "Corrected" The FAA official issuing a determination may at the end of the title. Include an explanation also correct that determination as required. Editorial of the revision or correction in the determination. changes, such as the change in name of a construction sponsor, should be issued as corrections. Minor 8-43. DISTRIBUTION adjustments to a proposal, usually as a result Copies of revised or corrected determinations shall of a more accurate survey, may be issued as be given the same distribution as the original a corrected determination electromagnetic effect upon determination and, if appropriate, other known air navigation facilities or aeronautical operations interested persons. and procedures than the original proposal. The 8-44 thru 8-49. RESERVED corrected determination shall be issued under the original study number. Corrected determinations are • • PARA 8-,40 8+1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 5. WASHINGTON OFFICE REVIEWS • 8-50. AUTHORITY the fastest means available. In the event a petition The Director, Air Traffic Rules and Procedures concerning a determination of no hazard is received Service, ATP-1, is delegated the authority to decide toward the end of the 3O-day petition filing period, upon a petition initiated under Part 77.37 to: the receiving office shall also promptly notify 8. Determine whether a determination issued under ATP-240 by telephone. Part 77.19 or Part 77.35, or a revision or extension 8-54. JURISDICTION of a determination issued under Part 77.39(c) should Upon receipt of a petition, jurisdiction of the be reviewed or denied; case immediately transfers from the issuing office b. Decide the procedural basis (written materials to the Washington Office. Any further coordination or public hearings) upon which a review will with the petitioner, the sponsor, or their representa be made; and tives will be conducted by the Washington Office. c. Affirm, revise, or reverse a determination as Regional assistance may be requested as required. indicated by the review. 8-55. WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS 8-51. PETITIONS FOR REVIEW Any written communication containing an objection The Airspace and Obstruction Evaluation Branch, to a determination issued under Part 77.19, Part ATP-240, is responsible for processing petitions 77.35, or Part 77.39 which might be considered for discretionary review filed under Part 77.37 to be a petition under Part 77.37 shall be treated and for making recommendations to the Director, as though it were a valid petition and forwarded Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Service, ATP-1, to the Washington Office. through the Manager, Airspace-Rules and Aeronauti 8-56. RECOMMENDATIONS cal Information Division, as to whether the review should be granted, whether the review should be Based upon his examination of the petition and on the basis of written materials, or public hearing. after appropriate coordination, ATP-240 recommends ATP-240 shall coordinate with the Spectrum the grant or denial of the requested review to Engineering Division, Frequency Management the Director, Air Traffic Rules and Procedures • Branch, ASM-51O; Technical Programs Division, Service, ATP-1, through the Manager, IFlight Procedures Standards Branch, AFS-420; Airspace-Rules and Aeronautical Information Divi Design and Operations Criteria Division, Design sion. Standards Group, AAS-llO; and, as appropriate, 8-57. NOTICES OF REVIEW with AGC-230 prior to making recommendations The decision of the Director, Air Traffic Rules toATP-l. and Procedures Service, ATP-1, is distributed as 8-52. PETITION PROCESSING a notice to the petitioner, the sponsor, interested ATP-240 is the focal point within the FAA for parties of record and, if appropriate, the FCC. the processing of petitions to the Administrator The notice shall advise whether the review will under Part 77.37. Upon receiving notification of be based upon written materials or a public hearing. a petition, ATP-240, shall: 8-58. REVIEW BASED ON WRITTEN 8. Docket Number: Assign an OE docket number MATERIALS to the petition composed of the last two digits When a review is granted on the basis of written of the calendar year in which the assignment materials, the notice of review shall also advise is made, the symbol AWA to indicate Washington of the specific issues which are to be considered Headquarters, the symbol OE to indicate obstruction and solicit written comments from interested parties. evaluation, and a serial number. Serial numbers The review normally includes a study of a report run consecutively within each calendar year. by the Regional Administrator of the aeronautical I b. Notification: As appropriate, notify the construc study, briefs, other relevant facts, and related submis tion sponsor, the petitioner, the FAA region con sions by any interested party. cerned, and the FCC that the determination is 8-59. REVIEW BASED ON PUBLIC not and will not be final pending disposition of HEARINGS the petition. Hearings held on proposed construction or alteration 8-53. REGIONAL OFFICES to determine the effect on the safety of aircraft Any FAA office receiving a petition under Part and the efficient use of navigable airspace are • 77.37 shall forward the petition to ATP-240 by factfinding in nature. As a factfinding procedure, PARA 8-50 8-5-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 each hearing is nonadversary, and there are no 4. Checklist for attachments: Include, as formal pleadings or adverse parties. applicable but not limited to: a. Notice: When a review is granted on the (a) FAA Form 7460-1 or other form of basis of a public hearing, the notice of review notice. will advise of the FAA official who is to be (b) Acknowledgment. • the presiding officer at the hearing. (c) Circular notice ofstudy. b. Responsibility: Upon the designation ofa presid (d) Replies to circularization. ing officer, ATP-240 shall serve as technical assistant (e) Notification of informal meetings. and staff to him and shall assist in the preparation, coordination, and issuance of further notices and (f) Summary of informal meetings. orders pertaining to the hearing, arrange for hearing (g) Instrument approach charts. room space, recorders, record keeping, and perform (h) Local airport traffic pattern data. other tasks incidental to the hearing. (i) Standard instrument departure procedures. c. Rules of Practice: Rules of practice for public G) FAA Form 5010-1 FAA Master Airport hearings are set forth in Subpart E of Part 77. Record. 8-60. REGIONAL PARTICIPATION (k) FAA Form 8260 series for instrument When a discretionary review is granted, the Regional approach procedures. IAdministrator concerned will normally be requested (1) Letters of agreement. to submit a written recommendation report in accord- (m) Operations letters. ance with Part 77.37(c)(1). Such written reports (n) Other. shall be forwarded together with the original or certified true copy of the aeronautical study case 8-61. FINAL DECISION file. a. Review Based on Written Materials: Based a. Summary Reports: A summary report of the upon review, analysis and evaluation of the region's aeronautical study may also be requested of the report of the aeronautical study, briefs, and related I Regional Administrator. When a summary report submissions by any interested party, and other is requested, it shall be transmitted together with relevant facts, ATP-240 prepares, coordinates, and the aeronautical study file and Regional Adminis recommends to the Director, Air Traffic Rules Itrator's recommendation report to the Director, Air and Procedures Service, ATP-1, a notice affirming, Traffic Rules and Procedures Service, ATP-1. revising, or reversing the determination issued under • b. Content and Format: Requested summary reports Part 77.19, Part 77.35, or Part 77.39. shall be submitted in a format similar to the b. Review Based on Public Hearings: The Director, following: Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Service, ATP-1, 1. Description ofconstruction proposal. after reviewing the evidence relevant to the question 2. Part 77 obstruction standards exceeded and of fact in a hearing, including the official transcript to what extent. and exhibits, resolves all questions and, based on the weight of the evidence, makes his determina 3. Narrative summary of the aeronautical study: tion stating the basis and reasons for it. He shall Include, as appropriate, information and data of then issue an appropriate order to be served on effect on: each of the parties. (a) Airports. (b) Airport approaches and clear zones. 8-62. DISTRIBUTION OF DECISION (c) Airport traffic patterns. Copies of the final decision shall be distributed (d) Approach slope ratios. to the petitioner/s, the sponsor, the interested parties of record, the regional air traffic division and, (e) Departure slope ratios. if appropriate, the FCC. (f) Instrument approach procedures. (g) Instrument departure routes. 8-63. CASES REFERRED TO WASHINGTON (h) Transition procedures. The responsibility for processing obstruction evalua (i) Radar procedures. tion cases referred to Washington is also delegated to ATP-240, with the coordinated assistance of Q) Airway and approved off-airway routes. ASM-51O, AAS-llO, and AFS-230. Additionally, (k) Visual flight rules (VFR) operations. ASM-51O shall ensure that the Spectrum Engineering (1) Any related airspace actions. Division reviews all obstruction evaluation cases (m) Other. for potential AM/FM/TV broadcast interference. • 8-5-2 PARA 8-63 9/16/93 7400.2D AGC-230 shall review each case for form and the matter together with his recommendation to legality as determined necessary by ATP-240. the Washington Office for action. 8-64. PERIODIC REVIEW b. When a Air Traffic Division Manager refers I a sensitive case to the Washington Office, ATP-240 ATP-240 shall conduct special and periodic reviews shall: • of regional aeronautical studies, processing proce dures, and issuances to ensure agency-wide continuity 1. Review, analyze, and evaluate the construction in the execution of the obstruction evaluation program. proposal, the aeronautical study, and the region's ASM-510, AAS-llO, and AFS-230 shall assist recommendation. in these reviews as requested by ATP-240. 2. Prepare and coordinate a briefing paper for the Director, Air Traffic Rules and Procedures 8-65. SENSITIVE CASES Service, ATP-l, to the Associate Administrator a. Regional Office: The Air Traffic Division for Air Traffic, AAT-l, recommending concurrence IManager, prior to issuing, revising, or extending or nonconcurrence with the region and transmitting a determination concerning a construction proposal a memorandum for the Administrator's signature which precipitates a policy determination, may refer replying to the region. • • PARA 8-64 8-5-3 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 9. OBSTRUCTION MARKING AND LIGHTING Section 1. OBJECTS TO BE MARKED AND LIGHTED 9-1. POLICY 9-4. RECOMMENDATIONS Obstruction marking and lighting shall be made Recommend the obstruction marking and/or lighting a condition of determination of no hazard provided: standard most appropriate for the height and location a. Marking and lighting were specifically evaluated of any temporary or permanent object that: in the aeronautical study or in a separate study; a. Exceeds 200 feet in overall height above and ground level at its site or exceeds any obstruction b. It disclosed that the obstruction will not be standard contained in Part 77, Subpart C, unless a hazard provided it is marked and lighted. an aeronautical study shows the absence of such marking and/or lighting will not impair aviation 9-2. STANDARDS safety; or FAA standards, procedures, and types of equipment b. Is not identified as an obstruction under the specified for marking and lighting obstructions to standards of Part 77, Subpart C, but may indicate air navigation are presented in AC 70/7460-1, by its particular location a need to be marked Obstruction Marking and Lighting. These standards or lighted to promote aviation safety. provide a uniform means to indicate the presence of obstructions and are the basis for recommending 9-5. PARTIAL MARKING AND LIGHTING marking and lighting to the public. These standards Omitting marking and/or lighting on the bottom are the minimum acceptable level of conspicuity section; e.g., the lowest 200 feet, of a tall structure to warn pilots of the presence of objects. They should be discouraged unless that part of the structure is shielded. Marking and lighting standards are • shall also apply when Federal funds are to be expended for marking and lighting obstructions. based on a total system configuration and are only totally effective when used as intended. There 9-3. AERONAUTICAL STUDY fore, the object and its location must be given The aeronautical study shall determine whether careful consideration prior to recommending partial obstruction marking and/or lighting is necessary marking and/or lighting. and to what extent. The entire structure or complex, 9-6. OMISSION/DELETION OF MARKING including closely surrounding terrain and other AND LIGHTING objects, must be considered in recommending marking and lighting. A later study may indicate a need When recommending that the marking and/or lighting for recommending marking and/or lighting where be omitted because the structure is conspicuous no such recommendation was made in the original by its shape, size, and/or color, include a judgment study or, in some cases, after a Determination that the structure would not blend into any physical of No Hazard is issued. or atmospheric background that may reasonably be expected in the vicinity. a. Proposed Objects: A change in runway length or alignment, a new airport development, a change 9-7. EXCESSIVE MARKING AND LIGHTING in aeronautical procedures, or similar reasons may Recommend specific advisory circular chapters, para be cause for additional study of proposed objects graphs, and when appropriate, specific intensities to determine if marking and/or lighting is now that address the minimum marking and/or lighting appropriate when it was not recommended as a standards for safety. Recommendations of specific result of the original study. chapters allow for the use of those chapters only, b. Existing Objects: Marking and lighting rec even though they may contain references to other ommendations may be made at any time. Consider chapters. If the sponsor insists on or the FAA changes occurring in the vicinity of the object finds that high intensity white lights would not since the initial recommendation was made and be objectionable, indicate in the determination that include such factors as increased aircraft activity, the FAA does not object to increased conspicuity the closing of an airport, changes in IFR and provided the lighting is in accordance with guidelines • VFR routes, and shielding by taller structures. of AC 70/7460-1, Obstruction Marking and Lighting. PARA 9-1 9-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 9-8. HIGH AND MEDIUM INTENSITY Marine or surface vessels and other vehicles, espe- WHITE OBSTRUCTION LIGHTING cially on nearby elevated roadways, could also. SYSTEMS experience operational difficulties from strobe lights. a. High intensity lighting systems should not Adverse effects may be minimized by external be recommended for structures less than 300 feet shielding. Examples are: above ground level and, normally, not on structures 1. Locations within the airportlheliport environ 500 feet or less above ground level except when ment in a sparsely lit rural setting. an aeronautical study shows otherwise. This does 2. An offshore installation. not apply to catenary support structures. c. Dual lighting systems should be considered b. Use caution in recommending the use of high when a structure is located in or near residential or medium intensity white obstruction lighting sys areas, especially in hilly terrain where some houses tems. Aircraft operations can be adversely affected are higher than the base of the structure. where strobe-lighted structures are located in an area of limited visual cues. These situations can 9-9 thru 9-19. RESERVED contribute to spatial disorientation when pilots are maneuvering in minimum visibility conditions. • • 9-1-2 PARA 9-9 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. DEVIATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS 9-20. AERONAUTICAL STUDY Examples of modified application may be found When the sponsor or owner of an object requests in AC 70/7460-1, paragraph 5(a). • permission to alter or eliminate the recommended marking and/or lighting, an appropriate aeronautical 9-23. DEVIATION study should be made to determine whether: A deviation refers to a change from the standard a. Marking and/or lighting is necessary; patterns, intensities, flashing rates, etc. A marking b. The owner/sponsor's proposed alteration is and lighting deviation is considered to be: acceptable; or a. Marking patterns or colors other than those c. The recommended marking and/or lighting specified in AC 70/7460-1. should be retained. b. Lighting patterns, intensities, flashing rates, 9-21. MODIFICATIONS or colors other than those specified in AC 70/ A modified application of marking and lighting 7460-1. refers to the amount of standard marking and/ or lighting such as: 9-24. REQUEST FOR DEVIATIONS a. Placing standard marking and/or lighting on Requests for deviations shall be forwarded to the only a portion of an object. Airspace-Rules and Aeronautical Information Divi b. Adding marking and/or lighting in addition sion, ATP-200, only after an aeronautical study to the standard marking and lighting to improve has been conducted on the proposal. The results the conspicuity of the object. of the study and the regional recommendation shall be submitted with the request. c. Reducing the amount of standard marking and/or lighting to the extent of eliminating one 9-25. DEVIATION APPROVAL or the other as may be considered appropriate. d. Adjusting the standard spacing of recommended Deviations require approval by the Director, Air intermediate light levels for ease of installation Traffic Rules and Procedures Service. Any coordina and maintenance as considered appropriate. tion necessary prior to approval shall be effected by the Airspace-Rules and Aeronautical Information • 9-22. APPROVAL OF MODIFICATIONS Division, ATP-200. Examples of deviations may A request for a modified application may be approved be found in AC 70/7460-1. I by the Air Traffic Division Manager or his designee. • PARA 9-20 9-2-1 7~OO.1D 9/16/93 APPE~DIX 2-1. SVPPLEMENTAL POLICY REGARDING OBSTRUCTION EVALUATION (OE) AIRPORT AIRSPACE ANALYSIS (AAA) DETERMINATIONS • Memorandum us DepomnenI (;1~ ~AvIat'on AdmInlstraKon INFOR:iATIO~: Supplemental Policy Regarding Obstruct~~;~;uation (OE) Airport Airspace Olle AUG 2 ~ ~;s~~termAti:ns Reply to R. J. Van Vuren . \ Alln ot Wugal ter: 426-8790 Associate Administrator for Air Traffic, AAT-l To Regional Directors In the spirit of FAA's Vision of Excellence to provide quality of service and maintain our integrity, we would like to address two important matters that have been of concern to the Associate Administrators for Aviation Sta~dards, Development and Logistics, Airports, and Air Traffic. The first of these matters is to highlight the most recent edition of Handbook 7400.2C, Procedures for Handling Airspace Matters; the second is to address, in a forum less public than the handbook, the necessity for consistency in policy, specifically when technical application of our joint OE and AAA procedures have the potential to place two agency elements at odds in the public light. Handbook 7400.2C, with the concurrence and signatures of siz office/service • heads, reflects an eztensive 2-year coordination effort and became effeciive May 1. This document promotes the one-voice philosophy and outlines procedures and each office's responsibilities to obtain and receive the necessary support and coordination of the related operating divisions (Air Traffic, Airports, Airway Facilities, Flight Standards) to the administra tion of fAR Parts 77, 157, and the Federal grant programs (Parts 151, 152, etc.) with their associated compliance requirements. The Dew and clarified procedures call for all operating divisions to review Dotices of proposed construction or alteration received by FAA and not issue aDy acknowledgement and/or determination until all operating divisions agree that the proposal will Dot create a hazard. It ahould be emphasized that this conclusion must be reached even on a proposal that doesn't meet the Part 77 notice criteria. It ia worthy to note that when Congress concluded the FA Act of 1958, the FAA was authorized (Sec. 1101) to obtain ·public notice•••of the construction, of any structure where notice will promote safety in air commerce.· This is the only basis in law for our entire obstruction evaluation program. Therefore, once we receive the notice, we ahould take the opportunity to oppose any structure that creates an unacceptable circumstance, electro &agnetic or physical, for any element of the agency. With intelligent handling and artful negotiation, we can accomplish more than a narrow, explicit application of the -acknowledgment- requirements of Part 77. If, to the language of FAR 77.19, proposals are acknowledged without consid eration of related problems outside the purview of Part 77, two factions 9-2-2 • 9/16/93 7-S00.2D • APPENDIX 2-1. Continued of the agency may end up publicly at odds and leave the impression that our OE program is inconsistently applied, or, in lome casel, that Part 77 and TERPS are contradictory and, lIost unfortunately, that the FAA lpeakl with two voices. A major problem that can lead us into such an untenable position relates to the administration of interrelated FAR Parts. Air Traffic ..y receive notice under Part 77 OD a construction or alteration proposal that i. located just off the property of an airport .ubject to a Federal grant agreement. Technically, Part 77 would apply and the proposal ..y or ..y not be identified as an obstruction under Subpart C. That Itructure'. location, however, may also be in the obstacle free ZODe or in the runway clear zone identified under Federal grant agreements. Without recognizing itl location, we could normally acknowledge the notice under P.rt 77 and check off the bOI stating that while ·the structure'would be an obstruction, it will not be a hazard to air navigation.· At the same time, the obstruction may be an airport hazard by airport .tandard's definition and the airports graDt agreement specifically requires the airport owner to work with the commun1ty in estab11sh1ng zon1ng or other act10n that protects these areas. In other words, if we acknowledge the proposal with1n just the purv1ew of Part 77, our Airports element is placed 1n a precarious pos1t10n because the sponsor now has a "no hazard" determination s1gned by the FAA say1ng the proposal is acceptable, wh1le the airport owner 1s placed 1nto noncomp11ance with the grant agreement for failure to conta1n structures 1n these areas • This 1s a very real and, unfortunately, too frequent problem beeaule the A1r Traff1c spec1a11st fells compelled to acknowledge the notice as prescr1bed by Part 77, while the Airports Ipecialist needs to enforce the grant agreement. Here is an opportunity that must be .erved by a ·one FAA • vo1ce." It 1s obv10usly to our advantage, as well as to the advantage of the publiC, not to acknowledge notice under Part 77 and to address it w1th1n the purview or-the grant agreement. The decis10n to handle the proposal this way 1s much eas1er to defend and far less potentially damaging to the agency than a public confrontation over such 1ssues as objects 1n a clear zone that are not obstruct1ons under Part 77. S1milarly, when ODe element of the agency does not receive lupport from the other, any case 1. weakened. Of equal concern is when a proposed structure might derogate airport capacity/eff1c1ency, Qr increa.e land1ng/ dep~ture m1nimums at an a1rport lubject to Federal grant agreementCI). The potent1al persuas1ve power of rrant agreement noncomp11ance can be effectively uled to prevent the creatiOD of an aeronautical hazard. This is elpec1ally important when the propoled construct1on project il lubject to the concurrence or influence of the a1rport Iponsor, and that Iponlor 1s aware that lubsequent rrant requests can be approved only if be 11 1n comp11ance with the esilting grant aireement. We Ihould be conf1dent that ODce aware of a propo.ed .tTucture by not1ce or other lDeill', we are not 11l1l1te~ in our study. We lDust Dot abdicate the agency" overall re,ponlib111ty to lafety 1n adm1n1.tering the a1rspace by fa1ling to provide mutual support for each eIelDent's ind1v1dual reapoU51b1l1ty • • 9-2-3 7400.2D 9/16/93 APPENDIX 2-1. Continued • Another problem of inter-agency contradiction involves field office/facility managers and specialists. These viewed experts from all facets of the agency including ATCT's, FSDO's. GADa's, etc•• are ambassadors of good will and keep safety and good intentions i~ mind when conducting their activities; however, not enough have a working knowledge of the obstruction evaluation standards and, in Many Cdses, believe that these standards are not their responsibility to apply. When approached about an ~opinion~ regarding decisions based on these standards, they are unconsciously free with their independent thoughts that May be in conflict with the agency's collective expert judgments. In the focus of the programs' administration, the compelling concerns are more than a one voice philosophy. We are concerned about total program awareness; a need to exercise caution whee approached by the public for our expert advice; and a qeed to be consistent in applying our joint standards. Part 77 does not conflict with TEP.PS, nor does Part 77 conflict with the terms of grant agreements. They complement each other and we should, too. _e are a unified organization staffed with an exceptional union of experts who work close as a team - and hope that the outside, as well ao the inside, can say we speak with one voice. Towards the goal of presenting a unified front to the aeronautical public, we request your assistance in disseminating this philosophy to your staff and field offices. This letter has been coordinated with and has the support of the Associate Administrators for Aviation Standards, AVS-l. Development and Logistics, ADL-l, and Airports, ARP-l. • • 9-2-4 9/16/93 7400.2D • PART 3. AIRPORT AIRSPACE ANALYSIS Chapter 10. POLICY 10-1. INTRODUCTION 10-3. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY This part provides guidance and procedures for The authority for conducting the airport program processing notices of landing area proposals submitted is delegated to regional offices. Airport personnel in accordance with Part 157, Airport Improvement shall administer the Airports Program with the Program (AIP), Military Construction Program coordinated assistance of Air Traffic, Airway Facili (MCP), or as otherwise received for consideration ties, and Flight Standards personnel. by the FAA. The provisions of this part are based upon the authority and responsibility of the 10-4. AIRPORTS OFFICE RESPONSIBILITY Administrator under Section 307(a), Section 308(b), Appropriate Airports Offices are responsible for Section 309, Section 312(a), and Section 313(a) the overall Airports Program, initiating studies of of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended. airport proposals, developing and forwarding the In part, Section 312(a) directs the FAA to make FAA determination to the airport sponsor/proponent, long range plans for, and formulate policy with and, where applicable, forwarding comments regard respect to, the orderly development and location ing potential noise problems to the airport proponent/ of landing areas. The airport airspace analysis derived sponsor for resolution. from an aeronautical study is an important step 10-5. AIR TRAFFIC OFFICE in achieving this goal. The results of this study RESPONSIBILITY are used to advise an airport proponent, in the The appropriate air traffic office is responsible form of a determination, as to the effect the for evaluating the proposal from the standpoint construction, alteration, activation, or deactivation of safe and efficient use of airspace by aircraft. of an airport will have on the safe and efficient In addition, based on existing and/or contemplated • use of the navigable airspace by aircraft. Such traffic patterns and procedures, the air traffic office advice must be developed through the aeronautical shall be responsible for identifying potential noise study process during which specific attention shall problems and advising the Airports Office accord be given matters concerning the proposal's effect ingly. on the airspace structure and projected programs of the FAA. There are many factors which influence 10-6. FLIGHT STANDARDS OFFICE airport studies, and each proposal must be individually RESPONSIBILITY studied on its own merits. For the purpose of The appropriate Flight Standards Office is responsible this part, the term airport is used as defined for evaluating whether aircraft operations can be in Part 1. conducted safely and in accordance with applicable criteria or standards. 10-2. PURPOSE 10-7. AIRWAY FACILITIES OFFICE The purpose of an aeronautical study is to determine RESPONSIBILITY what effect the proposal may have on compliance with the overall Airports Program and on the The appropriate Airway Facilities Office will be safe and efficient utilization of the navigable airspace responsible for conducting the following engineering by aircraft. A complete study consists of an airspace studies: analysis, a flight safety review, and a review of a. Conducting engineering studies on airport the potential effect of the proposal on air traffic proposals to evaluate their effects upon commissioned control and air navigation facilities. Each of these and/or proposed air navigation aids. phases of the airport aeronautical study requires b. Electromagnetic studies to evaluate the effects complete and accurate data to enable the FAA existing and/or proposed objects will have upon to provide the best possible advice regarding the air navigation and communications facilities. merits of the proposal on the National Airspace c. Line-of-site (shadow) studies on existing and/ • System. or proposed objects for control tower visibility. PARA 10-1 10-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 10-8. LOCAL OFFICE NOTIFICATION and procedures for administering the Airport Develop Each of the above offices shall be responsible ment Aid Program (ADAP). Airport projects eligible for keeping their respective local field offices and for Federal aid must be submitted in accordance facilities advised of proposed and completed airport with the current provisions of Part 152. AlP projects, proposals as appropriate. including airport layout plans, are processed similar • to non-AlP projects, except that the airport study 10-9. STUDY NUMBER ASSIGNMENT results in either an agency approval or disapproval The appropriate Airports Office is responsible to of the project. assign an NRA aeronautical study number to each c. Federal Aid Airport Program (FAAP) and Air airport case in accordance with paragraph 2-21. port Development Aid Program (ADAP): Federal 10-lO. PROPOSALS SUBJECT TO Aviation Regulations, Part 151, projects are processed AERONAUTICAL STUDY in the same manner as Part 152 proposals. Applicable To the extent required, conduct an aeronautical regulations will remain in effect until all grants study of the following types of airport proposals: and agreements issued for projects under the FAAP or ADAP have been completed and the obligations a. Airport proposals submitted pursuant to the have expired. provisions ofPart 157. d. Military Construction Program: Federal Aviation b. Airport Improvement Program requests for aid. Act, Section 308(b) provides that the Department c. Notices of existing airports where prior notice of Defense (DOD) and/or the National Aeronautics of the airport construction or alteration was not and Space Administration (NASA) shall not acquire, provided as required by Part 157. establish, or construct any military airport, missile d. Disposal of Federal surplus real property for or rocket site, or substantially alter any runway public airport purposes. layout unless reasonable prior notice is given to e. Airport layout plans, including consideration the FAA. This permits the FAA to advise other of the effect of structures which may restrict control interested persons as to the effects of such projects tower line~f-sight capability and effects upon elec upon the use of airspace by aircraft. tronic and visual aids to air navigation. e. Disposal of Federal Surplus Real Property f. Military proposals for military airports used for Public Airport Purposes. The FAA is required only by the armed forces. to officially endorse the site before property interest g. Proposals on joint-use (civil/military) airports. in land owned and controlled by the United States is conveyed to a public agency for public airport • h. Proposed designation of precision instrument landing runways. purposes. Federal surplus property cases are handled in the same manner as ADAP proposals. i. Airport site selection feasibility studies. j. Any other airport case when deemed necessary 10-12. AIRPORT DESIGN STANDARDS to assess the safe and efficient use of the navigable For Federally obligated airports, it is the responsibility airspace by aircraft and/or the safety of persons of, and for non-Federally obligated airports, it and property on the ground. should be encouraged for the airport proponent! sponsor/planner to comply with FAA airport design 10-11. AIRPORT PROGRAMS standards. This action, combined with airport hazard a. Part 157. Pursuant to appropriate sections of removal standards, should provide hazard-free air the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended, space for airport aeronautical operations. When Part 157 was adopted to require notice to the airport design standards are combined with appro Administrator by persons proposing to constru~t, priate state and local zoning ordinances, the resultant alter, activate, or deactivate a civil or joint-use effect will: (civil/military) airport for which Federal funds have a. Assure the lowest possible operational altitudes not been requested. Such notice is required so for aircraft; that a study can be made and the proponent b. Protect the economic investment in the airport; can be advised as to the proposal's effect on and the use of the navigable airspace by aircraft (see Figure 10-11[1], Figure 10-11[2], and Figure c. Promote safety in the areas affected by the 10-11[3]). airport by assuring, through proper development, land use most beneficial to the community. b. Airport Improvement Program (AlP): Federal Aviation Regulations, Part 152, initially was promul 10-13. FUNDING RESPONSIBILITIES gated under the authority of the Airport and Airway Each participating office shall be particularly sensitive Development Act of 1970 to prescribe the policies to airport projects or airport layout plan changes • 10-1-2 PARA 10-13 9/16/93 7400.2D which would, if accomplished, lead to the relocation, of new airports and the designation of instrument rePlacement, or modification of air traffic control runways when IFR radar control procedures are • or air navigation and communications facilities. contemplated or programmed for a single airport Such conditions shall be identified in the review operation or under certain conditions multiple airport process and appropriate recommendations made operations. No provisions are made for holding regarding funding responsibilities as related to current or for procedure turns within the airspace areas. FAA policy on facility relocations occasioned by (a) Airports which are regularly used by airport improvements or changes. (See FAA Order Category C aircraft or larger, 10 miles in the 6030.1 and AC 150/5300-7.) departure direction, 15 miles in the direction from 10-14. AIRPORT SPACING GUIDELINES AND which approaches will be made, and 5 miles either , TRAFFIC PATTERN AIRSPACE AREAS side of the extended runway centerline. The following general IFR and VFR airspace require (b) Airports which are regularly used by ment guidelines are to be used as an aid in Category B and smaller aircraft, 5 miles in the evaluating airport proposals. They may also be departure direction, 10 miles in the direction from used in determining the airspace requirements to which approaches will be made, and 4 miles either accommodate a given operation under a given side of the extended runway centerline. condition, areas of potential air traffic conflict (c) In metropolitan areas requiring more than for aircraft having certain operational and performance one airport, the primary instrument runways for characteristics, and the degree of aircraft operational all airports should be aligned in the same general flight compatibility with other airports in a given direction to allow maximum spacing between airspace area. These guidelines are not to be construed areas. as authorization for aircraft operations contrary to (d) At airports having parallel approaches, any Federal Aviation Regulations, nor are the dimen the rectangular airspace areas should be applied sions to be construed as air traffic separation to each runway. Should the instrument runways standards. at an airport have bidirectional instrument approach a. Aircraft Approach Categories: The factor used capabilities, the total length of the larger airspace to categorize the following aircraft was taken from areas should be increased to 30 miles for Category • Part 97. This factor is based on 1.3 times the C and D aircraft, and to 20 miles for Category stall speed with aircraft in landing configuration A and B aircraft in the smaller airspace areas. at maximum certificated landing weight. 2. These airspace dimensions will not, nor are 1. Category A: Speed less than 91 knots. This they intended to, contain sufficient airspace to category includes civil single-engine aircraft, light provide for completely independent IFR operations, twins, and some of the heavier twins. although normally, these areas will provide for 2. Category B: Speed 91 knots or greater but reasonable operational efficiency if the traffic pattern less than 121 knots. airspace areas of adjacent airports do not overlap. 3. Category C: Speed 121 knots or greater However, in large metropolitan areas where there but less than 141 knots. is an extremely heavy mix of en route and terminal 4. Category D: Speed 141 knots or greater traffic, reasonable operational efficiency may not but less than 166 knots. result even though the airspace areas do not overlap. Such situations require a thorough review of the 5. Category E: Speed 166 knots or greater. procedural potential of the area as well as alternate This category includes, for the most part, those site considerations. In conducting such studies where military, experimental, and some civil aircraft having a complete radar environment calls for the larger extremely high speeds and critical performance airspace areas and such areas abut each other characteristics. but do not overlap, there is adequate space for: Note.-For more exam~les, review AC 150/5300-4, Appendix 11. (a) Approach and departure on the runway b. IFR Radar Airspace. centerline. 1. Air traffic control airspace requirements for (b) Two additional tracks offset from and a given runway or airport are generally dictated parallel to the runway centerline. A minimum of by the approach category of the aircraft that will 4 miles is provided between adjacent tracks of use the airport and the direction of the instrument different areas. (See Figure 10-14[1].) approaches and departures. Based on these factors, 3. There two smaller areas are adjacent, an • the following rectangular airspace areas were devel· additional I-mile spacing is required on two of oped as a general guide for the planning or siting the longitudinal sides when the areas are adjacent PARA 10-14 10-1-3 7400.2D 9/16/93 to each other but do not overlap. (See Figure the category of aircraft which will normally use 10-14[2].) the airport and the anticipated traffic volume before. 4. If the anticipated traffic volume at an existing applying these guidelines. The aircraft categories or proposed airport dictates the need for additional are used to determine the airspace area required airspace to provide for more efficient use of the to accommodate four aircraft of the same category airspace and operational flexibility, this may be in a given airspace. The traffic volume is used achieved in the larger airspace areas where space for determining the necessity for traffic pattern is available by providing a 5-mile buffer area extensions. These airspace requirements will ade between the adjacent airports involved. This additional quately accommodate four aircraft of the same airspace will provide two additional tracks offset category within a given airspace area plus a buffer from and parallel to the runway centerlines within area. For each additional aircraft over four, the the airspace areas of the adjacent airports and length of the pattern should be increased by one-half one additional track for each airport within the the length of the final and the departure dimensions. 5-mile buffer area. A minimum of 3 miles is 10-15. DESIGNATION OF INSTRUMENT provided between each track paralleling the runway RUNWAYS/CHANGES OF AIRPORT centerline and each additional track in the buffer STATUS VFR TO IFR area. A 3-mile no transgression area is also provided Requests for designation of instrument runways, between the adjacent airport. (See Figure 10-14[3].) which relate to installation or qualification for 5. If additional airspace is required in the a precision landing aid, and proposals for change smaller areas for a more efficient and flexible in airport status from VFR to IFR usually take operation, the procedures for determining the addi one of the following forms: tional airspace are identical to those used for a. A request to the appropriate Flight Standards the larger areas, except that the smaller airspace Office for an instrument procedure. should be used in lieu of the larger airspace b. A request for the installation of a navigational areas. The I-mile additional spacing should also aid (NAVAID). be applied as outlined in subparagraph b3, plus the 5-mile buffer area as outlined in subparagraph c. A proposal submitted under Part 157 (FOrm. b4. (See Figure 10-14[4].) 7480-1). d. A change to the Airport Layout Plan (ALP). c. IFR Nonradar Airspace: The airspace require ments for instrument approach procedures at airports Flight Standards shall be responsible for coordination without a radar environment cover a wide range of requests for instrument procedures. Coordination of procedures and no attempt has been made to of requests for installation of NAVAID's shall describe these requirements in detail. However, be in accordance with Part 4 of this order. Airports should it become necessary to determine the airspace shall be responsible for coordination of submittals requirements at a nonradar IFR airport, the appropriate under Part 157 and changes to approved ALP's. primary airspace areas and "aircraft approach cat Designation of instrument runways on all Federally egories" discussed in subparagraph a should be obligated airports shall be the responsibility of applied. the Airports Division and will be treated in the same manner as a revision to the ALP. Regardless d. VFR Airspace: A primary objective of an of where the coordination begins, Air Traffic, Airway airport/airspace study is to determine whether compat Facilities, Airports, and Flight Standards must have ible traffic patterns can be developed when establish an opportunity to review and comment on the ing a new airport or altering a runway layout proposal. No division shall require dual reporting at an existing airport when in the proximity of of such a proposal. The responsible coordinating other airports. As no precise airspace dimensions division shall correspond directly with the proponent can be applied to traffic patterns, the following and formulate the official determination. general guidelines are offered for use in these studies. Normally, optimum VFR traffic pattern 10-16. AIRSPACE FEASIBILITY STUDY airspace compatibility can be expected at an airport Feasibility studies or preliminary airport site analyses if the airspace area guidelines described in this are encouraged. Normally, preliminary airport site section do not overlap the airspace requirements analyses are made on all Federal agreement projects for another airport. Should the VFR traffic pattern involving airport site selections. Analyses of this airspace area for an airport overlap that of an nature allow the agency to evaluate the proposal. adjacent airport, the degree of operational compatibil and advise the proponent as to its feasibility from ity with adjacent airports can be determined by a safety and airspace use standpoint, in addition applying the guidelines in Figure 10-14[5]. Determine to other related matters, before money is expended 10-1-4 PARA 10-16 9/16/93 7400.2D for acquisition of real property or for elaborate an indication of unsafe conditions. Such an evaluation engineering plans. Guidance for conducting these may be especially necessary if the proposal would airport studies is contained in AC 150/507~, be located in a congested area or if the study • Airport Master Plans, Chapter 6, Site Selection. indicates the presence of obstructions that may The advisory circular sets forth recommended proce- affect the safe and efficient use of the airspace. dures for Federal agreement and non-Federal agree An onsite evaluation may also be necessary if ment airport site selections. Airport studies of this information pertaining to the proposal is insufficient nature are coordinated in the same manner as for arriving at a determination. Airports, Air Traffic, Federal agreement or non-Federal agreement propos Flight Standards, and Airway Facilities personnel als depending upon the category they fall into, shall assist in the evaluation as determined necessary except that the proposals are not circularized to by the situation requiring evaluation. the public unless specifically requested by the proponent. 10-18. FORMULATION OF OFFICIAL FAA DETERMINAnON 10-17. ONSITE EVALUATION The official FAA determination shall be a composite The intent of the FAA is to achieve safe airport of the airspace review and the comments and operations and to simultaneously fulfill our respon findings received from other interested FAA offices. sibilities of assuring that unsafe conditions will Should there be a disagreement in the airspace not exist. Consequently, an onsite evaluation of findings or between other comments received, the the proposal normally shall be accomplished prior disagreement shall be resolved before formulation to issuing a determination at anytime there is of the official FAA determination. • • PARA 10-17 10-1-5 7400.2D 9/16/93 Figure 10-11[1] NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL: INSTRUCTIONS (FAA FORM 7480-1) Agency Display Of Estimated Burden For Notice of Landing Area Proposal The public report burden for this collection of informalion IS estimated to average 45 minutes per response. • If you wish to comment on the accuracy of the estimate or make suggestions for reducing this burden. please direct your comments to OMB and the FAA at the following addresses: Ollice 01 Management and Budget - and - U.S. Dep.rtment 01 Tr.naport.lion, Federal Aviation Administration Paperwork Reduction Project 2120-0036 A"",pace and Obstruction Evaluation Branch. ATP-240 Washington, DC 20503 800 Independence Avenue, SW. Washington, DC 20591 INSTRUCTIONS NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL (Use Back 01 Th,s Sheet as Worksheet) __Ildi,.nhullGl .... Ueed Herein, The Tenn "Airport" Mun. Any L8ndlng or Telceoff Are. such • AlrpOI1. HelIport, Hellalop, VerUport, GlIcIe Figure 10-11[2] NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL: WORKSHEET (FAA FORM 7480-1) UUH ~UH... ~,..,C:t: I Ht: I ""11'4 ""~ ! VUM ...... , J • NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL Aaaress ~i ~roponeri( ,i,c;:VIC,..dl Or OrganIZ3!IOr, I No .. Street. City. Stare. Z,O Codel _- Ct1ecK 1 the prCD€rTy owner s name dna aCCress are dlHe!"8m than above. ~_d list property Qwners Marne and aadress 01'" me reverse =Estaol,shmert or ActivatiOn r::::: Oeact,vatlor or Abanaonmert } OF [! Airport C Ultralight Fllghtpar~ C Vertlport ~ Alterallon 0 Change of Status 0 Heliport 0 Seaplane Base o Other (Specify) .. A. Location 0' Landing Area 1 ASSOCiated C,ty;State 2 County/State jPhys/cal LocatIOn 01 Alfporr) 3. Distance ana Direction From Associated City or Town 4 Name of Larding Area 5. Latitude s. Longitude Elevation 0, I "l °1 'I B. Purpose Type Use I If Change of Status or Alteration. Describe Change '0 Construction Dates o Public I Establishment at I To Begin/Began I Est. Completion o Private I Change to traffic I panem IDescnbe o Prrvate Use of Public Land/Waters I i i on reverse) i , ReI. AS Above D. Landing Area Dale Existing (If any) l Proposed C. Other Landing Areas Direction Dlslance Rwy #1 Rwy #2iRwy #31 Rwy I Rwy I Rwy From From Magnetic Bearing of Runway(s) or Landing Landing ~ 1 r Area Area I Sealane(s) Iti3 Lengtn of Runway(s) or 5ealane(s) 'I & inFeM I If---W-j-dl-h-O-f-R-u-n-W-a-y(-S-)-or-sea--la-n-e-(s-)---I---+--+---+----1----+--1 in Feet n~\5I-- --+_---+-_-l----+----+_t--I ~ Type of Runway Surface I' I :.( (Concrete. Asphalt. Turl, Etc.) DimensKlnS of Final Approach and 2. Take off Area (FATO) in Feet Dimensions of Touchdown and • Lift-otf Area (TLOF) in Feet ~--I ~-M-ag-netic-·-D'-·rect-ion-o_f-ln-g-ressl-E_9_,..--+_------+-----_t """"-:-,....--.,.....------I'-:---E. Obstruction. DITec110n ...... I Dislln:e II Routes From From I ~~~ I Type i c,.(',~;g! LaA~;g i La~:g T~/):~~=, rooltop, etc.) 3. D8scripiion of Lighting (1/ any) Direction of PIlMIiling Wind All F. Operetlon8l Dalll 1. Estimated or Ac:tuaJ Number Basad AII'Craft p...." AntICipated Preset11 • AnIIC1P8(Bd (If .st. mC/c.'. 5Yeal'5 Hellpon (If est. Inl1lcaf. Hence 1 by lett.r "E'~ I;.: by 18M' "E'1 1M< :ooll"~ >lG...::::w+- --+__---I I G. Other Considerations I DITec110n I Distance 2. AvenIge Number Monthly Landings 1-'::...:==..:::=====------1 From From ~I MbClPtt*i Prl!l5el'1t AnttC1DltBd 5 v..,. Identification , La':9 Landing (If Nt. mC/cal. 5 Years \If est. InC/cal. A Area Oy I.n., "e " l-1enCe by lena, "E" Hence Ghaor 3. Are IFR Procedures For lne Airport Anticipated o No 0 Yes Within Years Type Nava,d: o Has Been Made 0 Not ReqUIred 0 County C Will Be Made 0 State 0 Municipal Authonty I. CERTIFICATION: , hereby cerMy that al/ of the above statements made by me are true and complete to the best 01 my knowledge. Name. title (and address" dillerenr than above) of person tiling I Signature (in Ink) thiS notice-type or pnn1 f-~-~~---- __--=-----:-:-----=--:---:-----:--I I Dale of Signature I • FAA Form 7480-1 "-9:J1 Supersedes PreviOUS Edition 10-1-7 7400.2D 9/16/93 Figure 10-11[3] NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL Form A\DDrOVed OMS No. 2120-0036 0 us DeoolTrTl£"'11 01rfan~lo'on NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL ~ IIlrncmon AdrN'WIrn:rnon • Name of Proponent. Individual or Organization Address of Proponent. Individual or Organization (No., Street. City, Sfale, ZiP Code) o Check It the property owners name and address are different than above, and list property owners name and address on the reverse Establishment or Activation 0 Deactivation or Abandonment Airport Ultralight FIIghtpark Vertlporl o OF 0 0 0 o Alteration o Change of Status } 0 Heliport 0 Seaplane Base 0 Other (Specify) A. Location of Landing Area ,. Associated City/State 2. County/State (PhysIcal Locallon of Alfport) 3 Distance and Dlfection From .. Associated City or Town 4. Name of Landing Area 5. Latitude 6. Longitude Elevation Miles DlrecllQr " °1 ' 1 °1 'I "I 7 B. Purpose Type Use If Change of Status or Alteration. Describe Change 0 Construction Dates o Public Establishment or To Beg,n/Began I Est Completion o Private change to traffic pattem (Describe o Private Use of Public LandlWaters 1 on reverse) I I Ref. AS Above O. lending Ar.. Data Existing (/f any) I Proposed C. Other Landing Ar..s Otrectlon 0isIance Rwy #1 IRwy #2 Rwy #3 Rwy i Rwy , Rwy From From Magnetic Bearing of Runway(s) or landing ." I landing ' Sealane(s) i Area Area I I I 1~1! Length of Runway(s) or Sealane(s) I In Feet I I I I I jj Wiclth of Runway(s) or Sealane(s) in Feet ~o Ttpe of Runway Surface < ( oncre/e. Asphalt, Turf, Etc.) I I Dimensions of Final Approach and 2. Take off Ansa (FATO) in Feet i Dimensions of Touchdown and Lifl-Qlf Ansa (TLOF) ,n Feet Magnetic Direction of IngresslEgress • E. Obatrucllons Direction 0isIance Routes From From i ~~ landing Landing Type of Surface Type l..8n(hng MOB Area Ares (Turf. concrete, rooftop. e/c.) 3- Description of Lighting (If any) D,rectlOrl of Prewillng Wind All F. ()peqIIoNI ON ,. Estimated or Actual Number Based Aircrafl Alrpot1 AnttcIPBted AntICIpated A~. (lfe.tt. IndJcars 5Y_ fiel'_ (" est-,mOlcate 5 Yeal'"3 SoopIone ... b~ -lene, "£') """"" by lener "f', Hence MuIb-engone UrdIrl5lXlb MGW ~ o...MltaMGW GI.- G. Oltter Conslderallons Direction 0isIance 2. Awerage Number Monthly Landings From From -., -., _1OllOI8d Identification Landing Landing (If at. md/care 5Y_ (II est mdIC." SVaro; ~E·j ...... ,. by letter "E'j 'WlCE Area Area by lens' - JoI fiel""""" T~ U_, Pro!> ~ 3. Are IFR Procedures For The Airport AntICIpated ONo DYes Wlth,n Years Type Navald H. AppIatton for Airport LIcensil18 I o Has Been Made o Not ReqUlnad C County 1 I o Will Be Made eState o MunICipal Authonty I. CERTIFICATION: I hereby certify that all ol/he above s/atemenrs made by me are true ana complete to the beSI of my knowledge Name. title Iand address if differenr than aoove I 01 person filing I SlQnature lin Ink) notl~type i thIS or pnnt , -~ Date Of Signature ~ etePnone No oreceae With area code • 10-1-8 7~OO.2D 9/16/93 Figure 1~14[1] IFR-RADAR AIRPORT AIRSPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR CATEGORY C AND D AIRCRAFT • (ADJACENT LARGER AREAS) ,. 30 Miles 15 Miles 10 Miles 5 Miles ... -I- -I------,-I E til N Additional ~ Track - 1 ~ 5-mile Lt'l til E longitudinal I1l (\") Primary ~ Apch Dptr extension 0 -.- - .- Rnwy - for bi- til ILS OM - ~ E (\") di rectiona I ~ Track - 2 Lt'l approaches E N .- E ------1 • o:t 'E til Additional ~ N Track - 2 ~ 5-mile Lt'l .- til E longitudinal ~ (\") Primary :.:= Apch Dptr extension L - 0 • - for bi- ILS OM Rnwy- til E ~ directional (\") ~ Track - 1 approaches Lt'l E N ------' • 10-1-9 7400.2D 9:16,93 Figure IG-14[2] IFR-RADARAIRPORT AIRSPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR CATEGORY A AND BAIRCRAFT (ADJACENT SMALLER AREAS) • I. 20 miles _I ------...~10 mi I~ 5 mi ..~I_o-I.. --.--.I~5 mi I 1f4.. ..---.... ------, E Track - 1 - Additional : ,- 5-mile I E C"') Longitudinal I Primary Apch Dptr I Extension I - I ~. ~ ,- ILS Rnwy for I E OM C"') Bi-directional : E Track - 2 Approaches I Lt'l 'E I ------1 1 mi Additional Lateral Spacing ------tI ----~------i mi Additional Lateral Spacing • - I ------1 'E Track - 1 I E - Additional I Lt'l 5-mile I 'E I C"') Longitudinal I Primary Apch Dptr . ~ Extension I • I ,- ILS Rnwy• for E OM I C"') Bi-directional I Track - 2 Approaches : 'E .... _____ ..J 10-1-10 • 9/16/93 7400.1D Figure 10-14[3] IFR-RADAR AIRPORT AIRSPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR CATERGORY C AND D AIRCR.uT • (HIGH VOLUME ADDITIONAL AIRSPACE, LARGER AREAS) 30 miles ,-- ·1 15 mi 10 mi 5 mi I- ·1- -I- ·1 -----~ Additional I E Track - 1 • 1~1-1l 7.;lOO.2D 916/93 Figure 10-14[4] IFR-RADAR AIRPORT AIRSPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR CATEGORY A AND B AIRCRAFT (HIGH VOLUME ADDITIONAL AIRSPACE, SMALLER AREAS) • 20 miles 4 1 -, 10 mi 5 mi I- .. \- 5 mi .. ,- ·1 E Track - 1 ------, Additional E 'l:t E 5-mile C") Longitudinal Primary Apch Dptr Extension ILS Rnwy - E OM for E C") Bi-directional E 'l:t Track - 2 Lt'l Approaches ------1 mi Additional Lateral Spacing ------1 Track - 3 1 ml I ... :::<1> I :l I .!:l E ~ I C") E I Lt'l • 1 mi I ml Additional Lateral Spacing ------1I ------Track - 2 E Additional Lt'l E 5-mile 'l:t E C") Longitudinal Primary Apch Dptr .. Extension ILS Rnwy for E OM E C") BI-directional 'l:t Track - 1 Approaches !t ______.a • 10-1-12 9/16/93 7~OO.2D Figure 10-14[5] • TRAFFIC PATTERN AIRSPACE Distance In Nautical Miles Aircraft Category Types a b c d e A .75 .75 .5 .5 .25 B 100 1.00 .5 .5 .25 • C 175 175 .5 .5 .5 D 3.00 2.00 1.0 1.0 .5 Note. The above traffic pattern airspace should be increased by one-half the length of "b" (final and departure dimensions)for each aircraft overfour of the same category anticipated operating in the traffic pattern at any one time. \\.e<.. COV c \\.e<.. COV \\.e<.. COV • a a d b b d \\.e<.. COV e Legend a. Base leg and crosswind. b. Final and departure. (Measure from end of runway) c. Downwind buffer area d. Base leg and crosswind buffer area. e. Final and departure buffer area . • 10-1-13 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 11. PROCESSING AIRPORT STUDIES Section 1. PROCESSING BY AIRPORTS OFFICES 11-1. PART 157 PROPOSALS 1. Part 157 airport owners/sponsors are required Airport proposals received by any FAA office to notify the FAA concerning the deactivation, shall be forwarded to the appropriate Airports Office discontinued use, or abandonment of an airport, for initial processing and study. runway, landing strip, or associated taxiway. On Note.-Notification under Part 157 is not required for Federal partial or specific runway deactivation proposals, aid projects. a description with a sketch or layout plan and a. General: The Airports Office, after receipt the anticipated operational changes should be for of a proposal, will check the information submitted warded together with any othr pertinent information for correctness, clarity, completeness, and proper needed to update agency records. detail. The proponent may need to be contacted 2. Abandoned or unreported airports. When if insufficient information is submitted or if significant an airport is believed to be abandoned or unreported errors were made in the submission. The Airports and appropriate notification has not been received, Office shall maintain a record by list, map, or the Airports Office, after making a reasonable other convenient method so that the status of effort to obtain such notification, shall advise the new proposals may be easily correlated with existing Air Traffic Office by letter. The letter should airports, airports under construction, or other airport contain a statement that the airport is considered proposals. either abandoned or unreported. Forward a copy to the airport owner or sponsor, to the National b. New Airport Proposals: Initial processing review Flight Data Center, ATM-600, and to AAS-330. concerning the proposed construction of new airports shall include but is not limited to the following: e. Other Airport Notices: Occasionally, an airport • owner/sponsor will make alterations or changes 1. Conformance of the proposal with agency to the airport without filling notice in accordance design criteria; with Part 157. Generally, this information will 2. Anticipated operational use of the airport, be obtained through the airport safety data program including the number and type of aeronautical (Form 5010) and after-the fact. From a legal operations and the number ofbased aircraft; standpoint, this constitutes notice to the FAA and 3. Whether the airport is for personal, private appropriate action is necessary. The airports office or public use; shall initiate a study of such information received 4. Runway and taxiway layout in relation to in the same manner as if the notice had been wind rose data and existing or proposed obstructions; received under Part 157 requirements. 5. Known or anticipated controversial aspects of the proposal; 11-2. AIRPORT LAYOUT PLANS Airport layout plans (ALP) generally show the 6. Potential noise aspects; and location, character, dimensions, details of the airport, 7. Possible conflict with airport/improvement and the work to be done. The extent of information development or other agency plans. needed for any specific airport development will c. Alteration of Existing Airports: The nature vary depending on the scope and character of and magnitude of an existing airport alteration the project, plus the anticipated role and category will determine the extent of processing necessary of the airport. Detailed information on the develop and analysis required. Alteration, such as new ment of airport layout plans is contained in AC runway construction, runway realignment projects, 150/5070-6, Airport Master Plans. runway extension; runway upgrading, change in a. Non-Federal Agreement Airports. Airports status, such as VFR to IFR use, and widening personnel should encourage the development and of runways or taxiway/ramp areas normally require submission of airport layout plans with Part 157 the same type of processing and study as that airport proposals. Such information will assist in • required for new airport construction proposals. developing a determination with reference to the d. Deactivation and Abandonment of Airports. safe and efficient use of airspace. PARA 11-1 11-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 b. Federal Agreement Airports. Airport projects or proposed man-made objects (on file with the involving grant-in-aid requests require review based FAA), plus the effect of natural growth and terrain.• on considerations relating to the safe and efficient Direct particular attention to and comment on objects utilization of airspace, factors affecting the control that would exceed the obstruction standards of of air traffic, conformance with FAA design criteria, Part 77, as they relate to the proposal. Also, and Federal grant agreements. The product of this comment in the letter if the review indicated a review is derived from analysis of information potential noise problem and, if applicable, on the supplied in the airport layout plan or portions effect of the proposal on the safety of persons thereof. Either a formal or tentative determination and property on the ground. Also, enclose, as may be given depending on the complexity of appropriate, sketches and other data required for the proposal or the timing of the request. The the aeronautical study and determination. Include review and subsequent determination shall be made a plot of the proposed runway alignments, associated as expeditiously as possible to facilitate processing taxiways or sealane alignments, and any obstructions of the project request. However, a project shall on a U.S. Geological Survey quadrangle map or not be placed under grant until a favorable determina equivalent. tion is made and the airport layout plan approved. b. Airport Layout Plans. Forward a copy of c. Extent of Review. At locations having control the ALP and include, when appropriate, an analysis tower service, a review is normally required for of and rationale for the plan, plus various stages all projects involving new construction or relocation of construction, if applicable. Include information of runways, taxiways, ramp areas, holding or run-up on the location of structures which may adversely apron projects, airport and runway lighting and affect the flight or movement of aircraft, may marking, fire and rescue building locations, and cause electromagnetic interference to air navigation other eligible category of project affecting, or poten aids, or may derogate the line-of-sight visibility tially affecting, the movement of aircraft. In addition, from a control tower. Should review of the plan projects involving marking, lighting or removal reveal a potential noise problem, comment to this of obstructions must also be reviewed. At noncontrol effect. Comment, as applicable, on the proximity tower locations, review is required only on projects of urban congestion and any potential problem involving new construction or relocation of runways, related to the safety of persons and property on • taxiways, ramp areas, and holding or run-up aprons. the ground. If the layout plan is a revision of At control tower and noncontrol tower locations, one previously approved, summarize the changes projects which conform to a previously approved for which an airspace determination is required. non-objectionable airport layout plan for the construc Also, include in the letter any Airport's comments tion or resurfacing of existing airport paving, site that may be appropriate. preparation work, or paving to overlie existing c. Federal Agreement Airport Proposals. Transmit unpaved landing strips may be omitted from the by letter a description of the work to be done review process. The omission from review does in the proposed project. If the project is in conform not include temporary equipment used to construct ance with an approved airport layout plan, comment the project. to this effect. If the project is at variance with 11-3. FAA COORDINATION the ALP, comment accordingly and forward a pro posed revision to the ALP or an appropriate program Upon receipt of a Part 157 proposal or a change ming sketch which depicts the location and nature to an ALP, the appropriate Airports Office shall of the work proposed. Also, in the latter event, assign an aeronautical study number, insure that or if it is a new proposal, forward information the proposal is complete and correct, review the on the appropriate items set forth in subparagraph proposal from an airport's planning viewpoint, and b. the effect on airport programs, and forward a letter with comments to the Air Traffic, Flight d. Disposal of Federal Surplus Property. Process Standards, and Airway Facilities Offices for further proposals by public agencies to acquire property processing. The letter shall include a statement interest in land owned and controlled by the United whether or not circularization of the proposal will States for public airport purposes as set forth compromise the sponsors position in land acquisition. in subparagraph c. Additional internal coordination shall be accom 11-4. NEGOTIATION WITH SPONSOR plished, as appropriate, by the responsible division During the course of a study, the Airports Office • offices. may find it necessary to negotiate with the sponsor 8. Part 157. Include a copy of the FAA Form to change a proposal. This may be due to a 7480-1 and comments on the effect of existing safety problem, efficient use of the airport, etc. 11-1-2 PARA 11-4 9/16/93 7400.2D Upon coordination by and agreement with the with Federal Agreement Airports proposals or those Air Traffic, Flight Standards, and Airway Facilities associated with the disposal of Federal surplus Offices, negotiate with the sponsor for changes property for airport purposes, coordinate with and • to the proposal as necessary. Advise interested negotiate with the sponsors to resolve the problems. FAA offices of the results of the negotiation. a. Part 157. When an airport proposal poses 11-5. ISSUE DETERMINATION a problem with respect to the safe and efficient The Airports Office shall develop and issue the use of airspace by aircraft or with respect to official FAA determination by letter to the airport the safety of persons and property on the ground, sponsor in accordance with the guidelines in Chapter negotiate with the sponsor to revise the proposal, 13 upon completion of the study. However, notifica if feasible, so as to resolve the problem. Should tion to ADAP sponsors of the determination may a case involve a proposal for a new airport which be delayed by the Airports Office until official would create problems not resolved by revisions notification that Federal funds are approved. to the proposal, negotiate with the sponsor for a relocation of the proposal to a new site to 11-6 thru 11-19. RESERVED resolve the problem. b. Federal Agreement AirportslDisposal of Federal Surplus Property. Where problems are encountered • • PARA 11-5 11-1-3 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. PROCESSING BY FLIGHT STANDARDS OFFICES • 11-20. EFFECT ON SAFETY OF FLIGHT b. Establishment of Air Navigational Aid: When The appropriate Flight Standards Office shall perform an airport status is to be changed from VFR a flight safety review of airport proposals to determine to IFR, the public is notified by means of the whether aircraft operations can be conducted safely. nonrulemaking circular associated with the establish Upon completion of the review, the appropriate ment of the navigational aid being installed to regional Flight Standards Office shall forward a support the procedure. consolidated service position, in letter form, to c. Existing Navigational Aid: Ifthe flight procedure the Air Traffic Office. The Flight Standards position is to be based upon an existing navigational aid, should state whether safe operations can/cannot notice to the public may be accomplished in the be conducted and state the conditions under which notice of proposed rulemaking associated with safe operations can be achieved. changes to controlled airspace. If no change in 11-21. EFFECT ON SAFETY OF PERSONS airspace is required, it is recommended that AND PROPERTY ON THE GROUND nonrulemaking circularization be accomplished. FAA Order 1000.1, Policy Statement of the FAA, d. Circularization associated with this paragraph states that the agency will pursue a regulatory shall be accomplished by the responsible Air Traffic policy which recognizes the primary right of the Office. individual to accept personal risk but balances this right against society's interest in the safety 11-23. EVALUATION OF INSTRUMENT of the individual, and limits the individual's right RUNWAY DESIGNATIONS to incur risk when the exercise of that right creates The appropriate Flight Standards Office shall carefully a risk for others. Therefore, airport aeronautical evaluate the runway or runways to be used in studies must include consideration for such things the proposed instrument procedure. Consideration as the proximity to cities or towns, and the runway should be given to items such as IFR wind rose alignment with reference to heavily populated areas, data, runway dimensions and weight bearing capacity, schools, hospitals, sports stadiums, and shopping expected users, conflicts with IFR traffic, location centers. • of existing and proposed NAVAID's, availability 11-22. CHANGE OF AIRPORT STATUS of weather information, and probable minimums. FROM VFR TO IFR a. Establishment of Instrument Procedures: 11-24. ONSITE EVALUATIONS Requests for instrument approach procedures may a. Heliports: All proposals for the establishment .. originate from a state, a city, an airport tower of heliports must be given an onsite operational or manager, or an individual. They may also come evaluation by operations specialists or inspectors, from an air carrier, air taxi, or commercial operator preferably those who are qualified on helicopters. or from an Air Traffic or Flight Standards Office. Proposed heliports to be located in congested areas, Requests must be forwarded to the appropriate or any roof-top heliport, should be evaluated by Flight Standards Offices for processing. These propos helicopter-qualified operations inspectors. Included als are processed in the same way as airport in the process is the development of recommendations proposals under Part 157, except that the Flight for assignment of ingress and egress routes, where Standards Office must effect coordination with the necessary. appropriate Air Traffic, Airports, and Airway Facili ties Offices, as well as other offices of interest. b. Non-Federal Agreement Airport Proposal: The The request for instrument approach procedures Flight Standards Office performing a flight safety should normally be disapproved if the change in review will use information submitted with the airport status study indicates a safety problem. FAA Form 7480-1 plus any other information Also, disapprove the request if a previous airport as may be available, such as charts, aerial photo study determination was objectionable and remains graphs, etc. A flight check or an onsite inspection uncorrected or if the determination listed provisions may be advantageous if the proposal is controversial that have not been complied with by the airport or more information is needed. • owner or sponsor. PARA 11-20 11-2-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 c. Federal Agreement Airport Proposal: The Flight be identified which provide a significant safety Standards Regional Office shall review the proposal problem, advise the Air Traffic Office of the from the standpoint of safety of flight operations. safety problem. An onsite survey should be accomplished, accom panied by a flight check of the areas beneath 11-25 thru 11-29. RESERVED • I any proposed surface area and proposed instrument procedure area. Should obstructions and/or terrain • • 11-2-2 Para 11-25 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. PROCESSING BY AIRWAY FACILITIES OFFICES 11-30. ELECTROMAGNETIC OR gram approval be received for the installation of LINE-OF-SIGHT INTERFERENCE an instrument landing system to serve a runway • The Airway Facilities Office shall study airport which has not been designated as an instrument proposals to determine if there is a possibility landing runway, send a letter to the Airports Office of electromagnetic or line-of-sight interference. Use requesting a study for the runway to be so designated. the guidance in paragraph 7-33 to determine the Include data in the letter concerning the siting extent, if any, of adverse effect. At locations with of the various components, their heights, and any an airport traffic control tower, a shadow study other comments that may be appropriate. is required to determine the possibility that a part of the aircraft operating area would be shielded 11-32. CHANGE IN AIRPORT STATUS FROM from view of the control tower. In either case, VFR TO IFR when a potential problem exists, request the Airports The Airway Facilities Office shall review all proposed Office, through the Air Traffic Office, to negotiate airport status changes to ensure that there is no a resolution with the sponsor. If this is not possible, effect on their functional responsibilities. Forward then proceed with the study and submit findings the study results to the Air Traffic Office. to the Air Traffic Office. 11-33. AIRPORT PROPOSALS 11-31. EVALUATION OF INSTRUMENT RUNWAY DESIGNATION Proposals vary in complexity from a single utility runway airport to a major regional jetport. When The designation of an instrument landing runway air navigation aid facilities are a part of the ALP, is normally associated with the planning, qualification, the Airway Facilities Office shall conduct a study and installation of a precision type landing aid. to evaluate the feasibility of siting and installing Conduct a study of a proposal to designate an the proposed facilities as well as to evaluate the instrument landing runway to determine the feasibility effect of the proposal on existing navigational of siting various components of the instrument aids. Conduct a shadow study to ensure that existing landing system. The criteria and guidelines in FAA or proposed structures, or natural objects, do not Order 6750.4, Runway Assignment Changes for derogate airport traffic control tower line-of-sight Category II, ILS/ALS, VASI, REIL and RVR Projects, visibility of a runway or taxiway proposed. Forward and FAA Order 6750.16, Siting Criteria for • the study results to the Air Traffic Office. . Instrument Landing Systems, should be used as appropriate. Forward comments and recommendations 11-34 thru 11-39. RESERVED to the Air Traffic Office, with copies to the Airports and Flight Standards Offices. Should pro- • PARA 11-30 11-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 4. PROCESSING BY AIR TRAFFIC OFFICES 11-40. EFFECT ON AIR TRAFFIC must be coordinated with the facility manager OPERATIONS or his representative prior to arriving at a finding. • The air traffic office shall conduct an airspace Such coordination may be effected by any appropriate review to evaluate the effect on the safe and means in reference to the timing or complexity efficient utilization of airspace and the effect that of the project. Suitable documentation of the coordina such proposals may have on the movement and tion shall be entered in the case file. control of air traffic, associated resources (personnel, b. Military Airport Proposals which are not part facilities and equipment) and ATC program planning. of the Military Construction Program (MCP) are 8. The depth of the review shall be commensurate normally submitted to regional air traffic offices with the location, complexity, and timing of the through the regional military representatives. Those proposed development. The measure of study nec proposals shall be processed in the same manner essary may vary from the need for no review as civil proposals except that the air traffic office for the closing of an airport reported for record is responsible for coordinating the proposals with purposes to the extent of effort required to process the Airports, Flight Standards, and Airway Facilities and study a proposal for a new major regional Offices. The air traffic office is also responsible airport to serve a high density terminal area. for any coordination necessary with the military b. An airspace review shall be conducted for regarding the proposal and issuance of the regional airport projects reported in compliance with Part determination. 157, for Federal agreement airport plans, for military c. Request the Airports Office to coordinate and construction projects, and at any other time deemed negotiate with the sponsor of all civil airport proposals necessary for assessing the utilization of airspace. to resolve any problems. The Airports Office may Include studies associated with existing airports request the air traffic office to assist in the negotiation and with disposal of Federal surplus real property if the problem relates to the safe and efficient for public airport purposes, as appropriate. utilization of the airspace. c. Upon completion of the airspace review, forward a consolidated regional airspace finding in letter 11-42. CIRCULARIZATION form to the Airports Office. The airspace finding The air traffic office shall circularize airport proposals • shall be either an approval or disapproval of the as necessary, in accordance with nonrulemaking use of the airspace associated with airport layout procedures, for the purpose of obtaining comments plans and Federal agreement airport projects, and from aeronautical interests, municipal, county and in the form of no objection without conditions, state groups, civic groups, military representatives, no objection provided certain conditions are met, and FAA facilities and offices if the proposal or objectionable for other type airport projects. is within their areas of responsibility. All controversial Clearly state in the finding the reasons why the proposals or those that have a potential adverse proposed use of the associated airspace is disapproved effect on the users of the airspace should be or objectionable. If the finding is conditional, also circularized. However, do not circularize a proposal clearly state the conditions. Care must be exercised without prior coordination with the Airport Office when issuing conditional findings. When the condi to assure that circularization will not compromise tions are such that a substantial adverse effect the sponsor's position in land acquisition negotiations. would result if not corrected (such as the blocked view to a portion of the movement area from 11-43. EVALUATE COMMENTS AND the air traffic control tower), then an objectionable AERONAUTICAL EFFECT or disapproval finding should be issued. Include The air traffic office shall examine comments received a statement in the finding that the FAA will in response to coordination and evaluate their validity reconsider the proposal after provisions are made as related to the safe and efficient use of airspace to resolve the objectionable conditions. and to the safety of persons or property on the ground. If appropriate, request the Airports, Flight 11-41. COORDINATION Standards, and Airway Facilities Offices to assist The air traffic office shall coordinate airport proposals in evaluating the validity of these comments as with other affected air traffic offices and facilities well as the comments received from other FAA as appropriate. facilities and offices. The guidelines in Chapter 8. Projects contemplated at airports served by 12 will assist in evaluating the aeronautical effect • an air traffic control tower or flight service station of airport proposals. PARA 11-40 11-4-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 11-44. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGS 11-46. FAR, PART 77 REVIEW The appropriate air traffic office may convene Review proposed structures and existing terrain. an informal airspace meeting with interested parties or objects that exceed Part 77 obstruction standards as set forth in Part 1. Such meetings provide to determine the extent of adverse effect and obstruc- the opportunity to gather additional facts relevant tion marking/lighting requirements. If the review to the aeronautical effect of the proposal, provides indicates any obstructions that are potential hazards interested persons an opportunity to discuss aeronauti to the airport proposal, then coordinate and attempt cal objections to the proposal, and provides the resolution with the Airports, Flight Standards, and FAA with the opportunity to negotiate a resolution Airway Facilities Offices prior to forwarding the to objectionable aspects of the proposal. airspace finding to the Airports Office. The airspace 11-45. AIRPORT TRAFFIC PATTERNS use associated with a new airport or airport alteration proposal should normally be considered as objection- If the appropriate VFR or IFR traffic pattern airspace able (or disapproved for AlP) if the study discloses area requirements overlap or if airspace requirements a hazardous condition, except when the airport cannot be developed to accommodate the category sponsor/owner does affect action that removes the and volume of aircraft anticipated at an existing or planned airport, the airport, in all cases, need hazardous effect. not be found objectionable from an airspace utilization standpoint. Adjustments to traffic patterns can be 11-47. DESIGNATION OF INSTRUMENT made, such as establishing non-standard traffic pat RUNWAY/CHANGE IN AIRPORT STATUS terns, assigning specific traffic pattern altitudes, VFR TO IFR and/or developing special operational procedures. The processing required by air traffic offices depends Should such action be necessary, in all probability, upon the action necessary for establishment of the capacity, operational flexibility, and compatibility the instrument approach procedure. This can involve of the airports involved will be reduced. The the establishment of air navigation aids, nonrule air traffic office is responsible for determining or rulemaking circularization and associated actions, the degree of incompatibility based largely upon need for communications, weather reporting and the amount of airspace area overlap for a given capability of providing air traffic control service. • condition. If the airport proposal would cause a In conducting the airspace review, determine the traffic pattern conflict with an adjacent airport practicability of establishing a reasonable instrument which could be eliminated by adjusting the traffic approach procedure and the acceptability of the pattern of the airport proposal only (change of airport environment for the proposed procedure. pattern direction), the air traffic office will specify Also, evaluate the effect of the proposed procedure the traffic pattern to be used as a condition of on existing or proposed IFR or VFR aeronautical the determination. When adjustment to an adjacent operations at the airport in question and/or adjacent traffic pattern is necessary to resolve the conflict airports. Be particularly alert to previously issued and such adjustment can be made without resulting no objection determinations which included a provi- in an undesirable pattern, the air traffic office sion for VFR-only operations. Forward the finding shall be requested to assist the Airports office to the responsible office. (See paragraph 10-15.) in negotiating with the adjacent airport owner/ manager for agreement in writing to the traffic 11-48. ONSITE EVALUATION pattern adjustment. If a non-standard traffic pattern The need for onsite evaluations will be determined adjustment is made at a public-use airport with by the airspace review results. Onsite evaluations other than a full-time control tower, then visual may especially be necessary when the review indicates indicators are required at the airport in accordance the presence of unsafe conditions. The air traffic with AC 150/5340-5, Segmented Circle Airport office should assist the Airports and Flight Standards Marker System. If night operations are conducted Offices in the onsite evaluation as appropriate or planned at the airport, then floodlighting of for arriving at a finding. the segmented circle is necessary. • 11-4-2 PARA 11-48 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 12. EVALUATING AERONAUTICAL EFFECT 12-1. EXISTING AND PROPOSED OBJECTS 12-4. AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL Use the guidelines in Chapter 7 to evaluate the PROCEDURES effects ofobjects on the airport proposal. The extent that an airport proposal or proposed instrument approach procedure may adversely affect 12-2. AIRPORT TRAFFIC PATTERNS air traffic control (ATC) procedures in the area Traffic patterns shall be established only at those can possibly cause rejection of the proposal. The airports where the provisions of Part 91 do not traffic pattern airspace associated with an airport meet aircraft airspace requirements. When the airspace proposal may not overlap the traffic pattern of review indicates the need, traffic patterns may an adjacent airport. However, the proposal must be established by special rule in Part 93, or as be thoroughly examined to determine if it would outlined in this order, when necessary to ensure adversely affect ATC procedures by requiring a compatibility of aircraft operations with adjacent restriction on the air traffic flow, or the proposal airports, or for reasons of obstructions, terrain, may limit the flexibility of entry or exit to or traffic separation, or noise abatement. Use the from affected traffic patterns or airport areas. The guidelines in paragraph 10-14 to evaluate whether need for establishment of, or existing noise abatement the traffic pattern associated with an airport proposal procedures may amplify such problems. When a would conflict with operations at any other airport. proposed instrument approach procedure would be Also, evaluate the traffic pattern effect on instrument adjacent to the area of an instrument approach approach procedures and the need for establishment procedure to another airport, determine whether of traffic pattern altitudes for aircraft separation. simultaneous approaches would have an adverse effect on new SlAP or ATC procedures and on 12-3. INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PROCEDURES the requirement for instrument approaches to the a. Existing and proposed structures or objects adjacent airport. Should a proposed instrument must be evaluated for their effect on the airport approach procedure be located in a radar environment, • determine the radar coverage and ATC capability proposal in reference to instrument procedures. This is normally conducted by regional flight standards to provide radar air traffic control service. offices by applying the standards and criteria con 12-5. SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY tained in FAA Order 8260.3 and FAA Order ON THE GROUND 8260.19 to ascertain if the airport proposal would Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended, Section adversely affect existing or planned instrument 307(c), makes it essential that FAA personnel evaluate approach procedures. Use the same guidelines to the effect of a proposal on the safety of persons evaluate the compatibility of any existing or proposed and property on the ground. Consideration must instrument approach procedure with the airport pro be given to the proximity of cities and towns, posal. as well as flight patterns over heavily populated b. Air Traffic and Flight Standards personnel areas, schools, homes, hospitals, sports stadiums, shall be especially alert to ensure aircraft separation outdoor theaters, and shopping centers. The evaluation when the traffic pattern associated with an airport must also include the effect of changes in flight proposal would overlap the airspace encompassed operations required by the proposal and the need by a standard instrument approach procedure (SlAP) for special air traffic rules. In evaluating the compat for an adjacent airport. When this occurs, take ibility of proposed airports and the surrounding action to establish at least 500 feet vertical separation terrain, consider the type of aircraft anticipated between the traffic pattern altitude and the altitude to use the airport, their operational performance associated with the affected portion of the adjacent capability, the effective runway lengths, and whether instrument approach procedure. If heavy jets are a reasonable level of safety of persons and property involved, ensure at least 1,000 feet vertical separation. on the ground can be expected. These same vertical separation guidelines must be applied when evaluating a proposed SlAP when 12~. NOISE CONSIDERATION the airspace required would overlap the traffic Although Part 157 does not specify that noise • pattern airspace at an adjacent airport. factors be considered in airport analysis studies, PARA 12-1 12-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 the Office of Environment and Energy believes by wind, particularly crosswind components. There that the ability of the FAA to evaluate noise fore, when studying a runway proposal, evaluate factors in airport airspace analysis studies should the consistency between the proposed runway align be preserved where necessary in the public interest ment and the wind rose data to determine whether as part of the overall FAA noise abatement program. operations can normally be conducted safely. Accordingly, the following shall apply: • b. Instrument Flight Rules: When evaluating a a. The air traffic office shall identify potential proposal to designate a single instrument landing noise problem areas based on existing and/or con runway at an airport, give major consideration templated traffic patterns and procedures. When to the consistency between this designation and a noise problem is anticipated, advise the airports the low visibility wind rose. office accordingly with recommendations and/or alter natives, such as nonstandard traffic patterns or 12-9. HELICOPTER INGRESS-EGRESS special departure and arrival procedures, etc. ROUTES b. When an airport proposal is circularized, the Proposed heliports require onsite evaluation by Flight air traffic office may receive comments concerning Standards operations specialists. The evaluation must potential noise, environmental, or ecological prob determine whether specific ingress-egress routes lems. Include a copy of the comments and a to and from heliports and helipads may be necessary statement to this effect in the air traffic letter to assure an adequate level of safety with respect to the airports office. to obstructions and/or congested areas. Additionally, consider existing air traffic operations in proximity 12-7. AERONAUTICAL ACTIVITY to a proposed heliport site and the need for specific The type of aeronautical activity expected to be ingress-egress routes. associated with an airport is an important consider ation in the airport analysis process. The following 12-10. DISPLACED/RELOCATED types of activity should be considered: THRESHOLDS a. Will the proposed operations be conducted Consideration can be given to displacing or relocating in accordance with visual or instrument flight rules? a proposed runway threshold when proposed struc b. What is the expected volume of operations? tures, existing objects, or terrain obstruct the airspace c. How many and what type aircraft will be necessary for landing on or taking off from the based on the proposed airport? You should be runway. (See AC 150/5300.4, Appendix 9.) aware that a large number of aircraft may be 12-11. EXISTING AIRPORTS • based at a private-use airport that could generate Evaluation on the effect of existing airports shall a significant amount of traffic. be made in the same manner as for other non-AlP d. What is the most critical aircraft the airport proposals pursuant to the provisions of Section will accommodate? 307(a) and Section 313 of the Federal Aviation 12-8. WIND ROSE DATA Act of 1958, as amended. Such studies may be a. Visual Flight Rules: Wind conditions affect conducted on those airports for which there is aircraft in varying degrees. Generally, in landing no record of a previous aeronautical study, or and takeoff, the smaller aircraft are more affected on any airport when deemed necessary or appropriate. • 12-1-2 PARA 12-11 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 13. AIRPORT DETERMINATIONS 13-1. GENERAL ments, motels, storage hangers, and other nonaviation The airports office is responsible for formulating development inside the airport boundary are also and issuing the official determination. That determina appropriate items for inclusion in airport layout tion shall incorporate the consolidated airspace finding plan studies. Approval of an ALP does not constitute and other pertinent issues. If the official determination approval of structures and their construction materials, will contain additional items and/or alterations of methods, dimensions, and orientation unless so shown the consolidated airspace finding submitted by air on the ALP. All items within the airport boundary traffic, the airports office shall obtain a concurrence require notice under Part 152, and airport sponsors from the regional air traffic, airway facilities, and should be advised accordingly. The guiding criteria flight standards divisions. The airports office shall is that all construction involving obligated airports also assure that each determination issued conforms must be in accordance with an approved ALP. to established policy, procedures, and guidelines. Each ALP, and any change in it, is subject to Controversial proposals may require special handling, study and FAA approval and is a document which but no determination shall be issued which would reflects sponsor/FAA agreed upon development. be contrary to agency policy until the matter has Construction proposals on Federal agreement airports been coordinated with and approved by the Regional shall be processed and studied as possible ALP IAdministrator, the Associate Administrator for Air modifications. Consequently, any proposal mistakenly ports, and the Associate Administrator for Air submitted by a construction sponsor in accordance Traffic. with Part 77 shall be forwarded to the appropriate regional Airport Office for study. 13-2. TERMINOLOGY The following terminology shall be used in FAA 13-3. CONDITIONAL DETERMINATIONS determinations: When the airport study results in "no objection" a. Part 157 Airports. if certain conditions are met, then clearly set forth • 1. No objection to the proposal (it will not the conditions in the determinations to avoid any adversely affect the safe and efficient use of airspace misunderstanding. by aircraft). a. IFRNFR Status: If the intent of a conditional 2. No objection to the proposal if certain condi determination is to restrict or defer the establishment tions are met (it will not adversely affect the of an instrument approach procedure because of safe and efficient use of airspace by aircraft provided conflict with other IFR procedures in a particular (give conditions)). area or to restrict aircraft operations to VFR weather 3. Objectionable (it will adversely affect the conditions, then these conditions should be clearly safe and efficient use of airspace by aircraft (give defined in the determination to avoid possible mis reasons)). understanding. For example, the phrase "VFR oper b. Federal Agreement Related Airport Layout ations only" should not be used when the intent Plans: The regional determination resulting from is to restrict the establishment of an instrument an analysis study of an airport layout plan or approach procedure but not necessarily restrict IFR a revision thereto shall relate to approval or dis departures. If the intent is to restrict all IFR approval, as appropriate, rather than to objectionable operations, the determination should identify specific or not objectionable. An FAA-approved ALP is weather conditions rather than relate to VFR oper a determination considering all known obstructions ations, or it should be written to specifically prohibit to air navigation and all proposed construction IFR operations. whose exact location, type, and dimensions, including b. Traffic Patterns: If there is a need to establish height, are identified on the airport layout plan. specific airport traffic patterns to ensure compatibility Agency personnel are reminded that approval of of aircraft operations with adjacent airports, or a Federal agreement ALP includes items shown for other reasons, set forth the specific traffic on the plan, such as terminal buildings, NAVAID's, pattern requirement as a condition. lighting, fences, cargo facilities and maintenance c. Runway Thresholds: When the determination • or service areas. Structures in industrial area develop- concerns a proposed runway construction and existing PARA 13-1 13-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 objects will obstruct the airspace needed for arrivals "This determination does not mean FAA or departures and if the obstructions cannot be approval or disapproval of the physical develop- • removed due to lack of control by the airport ment involved in the proposal. It is a determina- sponsor or other compelling reasons, the conditions tion with respect to the safe and efficient use of can stipulate displacement or relocation of a runway airspace by aircraft and with respect to the threshold to provide clearance over the obstructions. safety of persons and property on the ground." If you use this condition, ensure that the remaining "In making this determination, the FAA has length is sufficient to safely accommodate the considered matters such as the effect the pro- most critical aircraft expected to use the runway. posal would have on existing or planned traffic Perhaps it may be feasible, or more desirable, patterns of neighboring airports, the effects it for the obstructions to be removed rather than would have on the existing airspace structure shorten the runway. If so, you may give the and projected programs of the FAA, the effects airport sponsor this option. However, use the follow it would have on the safety of persons and ing wording in the determination conditions when property on the ground, and the effects that the study indicates the runway threshold can safely existing or proposed manmade objects (on file be displaced or relocated. with the FAA) and known natural objects within "The runway threshold is displaced and, if the affected area would have on the airport pro- appropriate, properly marked and lighted so as posal." to provide obstacle clearance in accordance with "The FAA cannot prevent the construction of appropriate airport design standards." structures near an airport. The airport environs "The runway threshold is relocated and prop can only be protected through such means as erly marked and lighted so as to clearly indicate local zoning ordinances or acquisitions of prop that portion of runway which is closed to pilots erty rights." for takeoff and landing." b. Objectionable: Include the following statement d. Ingress-Egress Routes: When the determination in the determination forwarded to the proponent: concerns a heliport, it may be necessary to specify "This is a determination with respect to the safe ingress-egress routes in the conditions placed on and efficient use of airspace by aircraft and with • the determination. (See paragraph 12-9.) respect to the safety of persons and property on e. Other Conditions: Specify any other items the ground. In making this determination, the in the determination conditions which are feasible FAA has considered matters such as the effect and necessary to assure the safe and efficient the proposal would have on existing or planned use of the airspace by aircraft and the safety traffic patterns of neighboring airports, the ofpersons and property on the ground. effects it would have on the existing airspace structure and projected programs of the FAA, 13-4. VOID DATES the effects it would have on the safety of per- The establishment of a void date should be in sons and property on the ground, and the effects determinations as appropriate. Void dates (normally that existing or proposed manmade objects (on 18 months) allow for the orderly planning of file with the FAA) and natural objects within airports by providing realistic time limitations for the affected area would have on the airport pro- the completion of airport projects. However, give posal." every consideration to extending the void date c. Notice of Completion: Include a reminder that if a proponent's reasons for not completing the the sponsor is required to notify the nearest ADO project by the specified time are valid. When or regional office within 30 days after completion establishing void dates on determinations issued of the project (Part 157.9). under Part 157, include the following statements: "In order to avoid placing any unfair restric 13-6. AIRPORT MASTER RECORD tions on users of the navigable airspace, this When appropriate, enclose within the determination determination is valid until (date). Should the an FAA Form 5010, Airport Master Record, and airport not be established by this date, an exten include a statement in the determination letter provid sion of our determination should be requested." ing guidance to the sponsorn for its use. 13-5. STATEMENT IN DETERMINATIONS 13-7. ADVISE FEDERAL AGREEMENT a. No Objections or Conditional: Include the AIRPORT SPONSORS • following statement in the determination forwarded When a determination is sent to the sponsor, include to the proponent: the following additional statement: 13-1-2 PARA 13-7 9/16/93 7400.2D "This determination is not a commitment of is based on the safe and efficient use of airspace Federal funds and does not indicate that the pro by aircraft and the safety of persons and property posed development is environmentally accept on the ground. (See Paragraph 13-5.) able in accordance with Public Law 91-190, b. Reevaluate: If any new factors regarding the Public Law 91-258, and/or Public Law 90-495. safe and efficient use of the airspace become • An environmental finding is a prerequisite to known as a result of the informal meeting, then any major airport development project when reevaluate the airport proposal. Mfirm or revise Federal aid will be granted for the project." the original determination as appropriate. 13-8. DISSEMINATION OF STUDY RESULTS c. Public Hearing: The regulations provide no The airports office shall provide FAA offices that right to, or procedures for, a public hearing regarding participated in the study a copy of each determination airport matters. An airport airspace determination issued. Include a copy to AAS-330. Additionally, is only advisory, and basically for FAA's own the results of an airport study which has been use. Circularization and, where required, informal coordinated or discussed in an informal airspace airspace meetings should be sufficient to provide meeting should be disseminated by the air traffic interested persons a forum to present their views. office to those persons/ offices on the coordination When Federal funds are, or will be, involved distribution list, attendees at the informal airspace in the airport or its development, there is a right meeting, and any other interested person as soon to a public hearing on site location, but no similar as feasible after the sponsor has been notified. right exists to a hearing on airspace matters. If Outside of agency distribution shall be in the a party is emphatic in his demand for a public form of a notice "To All Concerned." Include hearing, the Director, Air Traffic Rules and Proce in the notice the aeronautical study number together dures Service, ATR-1, should be notified and there with a brief resume of the factors on which the shall be no inference made that a hearing may determination was based and a recital of any statement be granted. It is general policy not to grant such included in the determination. In addition, if a hearings; however, should circumstances dictate conditional statement concerning environmental otherwise, ATR-1 would direct the conduct of acceptability has been included in the determination the hearing to be informal in nature, not within to the proponent, include a similar statement in the scope of the Administrative Procedures Act, the notice. and the subject matter would be limited to the scope of the airspace analysis; i.e., the safe and • 13-9. REVIEW OF SENSITIVE OR efficient use of airspace by aircraft. CONTROVERSIAL CASES There is no right of petition for review of airport 13-10. DISPOSAL OF FEDERAL SURPLUS determinations. However, a proponent of an airport REAL PROPERTY FOR PUBLIC AIRPORT proposal, or other interested party, may desire PURPOSES to contest or appeal an FAA determination considered a. Site Endorsement: The FAA shall study and to be unjust. In that event, the appropriate regional officially endorse the site before property interest office should attempt to resolve the problem in in land owned and controlled by the United States the following manner: is conveyed to a public agency for public airport a. Informal Airspace Meeting: The air traffic purposes. office should hold a special informal airspace meeting b. Processing Procedures: Surplus Federal property with all interested parties as set forth in Part cases shall be processed in the same manner as 1. Emphasize that the scope of an airport study Federal grant airport proposals. analysis is limited, and that the FAA's determination • PARA 13-8 13·4-3 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 14. MILITARY, NASA, AND OTHER AGENCY AIRPORT PROPOSALS 14-1. REQUIREMENT FOR PRIOR NOTICE same manner as civil airport proposals, except Section 308(b) of the Federal Aviation Act of that regional air traffic divisions are responsible 1958, as amended, provides, in part, that the Depart for the study. The determination and recommendation ment of Defense (DOD), the National Aeronautics on the proposal, plus all pertinent comments and and Space Administration (NASA), or other agencies related material, shall be forwarded to ATP-200 shall not acquire, establish, or construct any military by the regional air traffic division. The official airport, missile, or rocket site; or substantially FAA determination shall be formulated by ATP-200 alter any runway layout unless reasonable prior after review and any required interservices coordina notice is given to the FAA Administrator so that tion and forwarded to DOD, NASA, or other he may advise with the appropriate committees agencies as appropriate. A copy of the determination of Congress and other interested agencies as to shall be forwarded to the affected regional office. the effects of such projects upon the use of airspace by aircraft. 14-5. MILITARY PROPOSALS OTHER THAN 14-2. FORM OF NOTICE MCP DOD forwards military airport or missile site projects Other military airport proposals may be submitted to FAA Washington Headquarters in the form by individual services through the appropriate regional of an annual Military Construction Program (MCP). military representatives to the regional office. These Military projects not involved in the annual program proposals shall be processed in the same manner are submitted to the FAA regional office by the as civil airport proposals except as indicated below. individual services or commands through the regional This exception does not apply to notices on joint-use military representatives. (See paragraph 14-5.) NASA airports received under Part 157 or AlP projects. • and other agencies submit their projects directly a. The regional air traffic division shall coordinate to FAA Washington Headquarters. with the airports, flight standards, airway facilities 14-3. FAA HEADQUARTERS REVIEW divisions, and other offices as required for formulation Annual MCP's and proposals submitted by NASA of the official FAA determination. The determination or other agencies are forwarded to Airspace-Rules shall be issued to the appropriate regional military and Aeronautical Information Division, ATP-200, representative with a copy to ATP-240. for review and processing. ATP-200 shall coordinate b. When a controversial proposal is referred to with appropriate Headquarters Air Traffic, Airports, Washington Headquarters for resolution, the airspace Flight Operations, and Systems Engineering Offices finding and official agency determination shall be prior to forwarding the proposal to the regional formulated by ATP-200 in coordination with the office for study. Any problems with the proposal Office of Airports Standards and other offices, at the Headquarters level should be resolved prior as required, and forwarded to the appropriate regional to requesting regional input. military representatives through the regional office. 14-4. REGIONAL OFFICE REVIEW ATP-200 will then forward the projects to the appropriate regional office for processing in the • PARA 14-1 14-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 15. AIRPORT CHARTING AND PUBLICATION OF AIRPORT DATA 15-1. POLICY accordance with the policy set forth in paragraph All landing facilities which have received airspace 15-1. determinations, or those not analyzed, must be 1. Airports (including ultralight flight parks) properly documented and processed in accordance available for public use. with procedures contained in FAA Order 5010.4, 2. Military airports without charting restrictions. Airport Safety Data Program. Landing facilities that have received objectionable airspace determina 3. Abandoned airports having landmark value. tions will not be published in the National Flight 4. Personal-use or private-use airports having Data Digest (NFDD), will not be depicted on emergency landing or landmark values. aeronautical charts, and will not be published in 5. Heliports available for public use and not the Airport Facility Directory (NFD). associated with an existing fixed-wing airport. 15-2. NFDC RESPONSIBILITY 6. Gliderports. As part of the Air Traffic System Management 7. Airports of lesser aeronautical importance Service, the National Flight Data Center (NFDC) may be omitted in congested areas where other ATM--600, plans, establishes, and directs the FAA's airports with adequate and better facilities are avail system and programs to provide a single source able nearby. for serving the flight information requirements of 8. Seaplane bases. the aviation industry producers of aeronautical charts b. Airports will be plotted to true geographic and publications and other government agencies positions on charts unless they are in conflict and users. NFDC also conducts the agency program with a navigation aid at the same location. In and serves as the central source for the collection, storage, validation, and dissemination of the physical such cases, the airport will be displaced from, • or superimposed upon the navigation aid. However, and operational description of airports (all categories), national and international. A list of all additions, in displacing, for cartographic purposes, the relation modifications, and deletions of the airport data ship between the airport and navigation aid is base is published daily in the NFDD. NFDC will retained. maintain complete information on airports of record, c. Airports will be charted on aeronautical charts and the NFDD will contain pertinent factual informa by using the symbols shown in Figure 15-3[1]. tion concerning an airport, including whether the Airports where Class D areas have been established I airport is available for public use. are shown in blue. All other airports are shown 15-3. AIRPORT CHARTING in magenta. Airport names and associated data are shown in the same color as the airport symbol. 8. Airports meeting the criteria below may be charted, provided the data has been processed in • PARA 15-1 15-1-1 VI Figure 1>'-3[1] I AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION-CNIL FORMAT I N AIRPORTS AIRPORTS LANDPLANE ~- SEAPLANE ~- JOINT MILITARY PAPAGO AAF CIVIL AND MILITARY PORT ARBOUR RcllH'llfl!j and repdif Refueting an,1 r!'pair 0 l:nO "LJO 0 05- S 150 facilities for normal traffIC. facihlles fo, normal lfafl,c .. All recognizable runways, including some which mav be closed, arc shown for WAC visual idt~ntlfication_ HMA NAS MOFFETT LANDPLANE EM[RGENCY 20 I 21 Airports having Air Traffic CT 118.3 PURL Ie USE hmlled m ...... &.nc. (. no .. ~ No filcdrtips or cornplpff~ vw. Control Towers (en are A 4OL92 ev..1ebM shown in blue, all others Iflioflnatlon is not available o o in magenta. OMH IPvtJ I Ad,1 dl'propllate notes as 200 17 requilp(1: "dosed, RfSTRICTEO OR PRIVATE UN onty If\ ...... yency UI b'f' \lP8Clhc eu'thorl,a,1OO WAC ap~)f()xtrnafe P( ISltlon, ® eXlst('nce unconfirmed" SEAPLANE - AIRPORT UNVERlflEO • _M1wlg _. w..aebte fo, publIC .... but w.'8fl'lnU tftOl8 1""1 orrtw." p1ec_mon due 10 MILITARY NASAU\MEDA 111 a.ck 01 C~'Ml' "'bmelClfI Of} tl8kJ ConOloon., Refuelrng and repair 00 "L S 100 .nd/ol @ facilities for normal traffic. • ® I2l eved.tlle tnb'''''-'I()l'l ndIcat.. pecu'- operating • lImtta.... WAC SCOTT VALLEY LANDPLANE - CIVIL (> WAC Refueling and repair <> 2718 "L 37 1228 facllrties for normal traffic. FSS SEAPLANE - EMERGENCY SISKIYOU CO +) COMMAND 2648L 75 1230 No IdClh11cs or cOlnplnte ,f. +> mfolilldtlO" IS not aViJllahlp. 00 100 ~ SAN FRANCISCO .. ~ INTL CT - 1205 ~ ATIS 1158113.7 WAC 12L 106 123.0 WAC HELIPORT SEAPLANE - CIVIL ISeI.'cledl PENTAGON Refuelrng and repair IARMYI HARTUNG LODGE ® 0 faCIlities for normal tratfic. ~ 995 4> OOlSI50 WAC WAC LANDPLANE - JOINT SIOUX CfTY CIVIL AND MILITARY 0- 1097l 90 123.0 ~ Refueling and repair facilrties for normal traffic. SANTA MONICA ~ CT - 118.3 ~ ATfS 110.8 175 l 82 113.0 WAC L..- .L- ---J • • • 9/16/93 7400.2D • PART 4. AIR NAVIGATION AIDS Chapter 16. ESTABLISHING AIR NAVIGATION AIDS Section 1. GENERAL 16-1. PURPOSE of the frequency selected after the FCC/IRAC This part provides guidelines and procedures for action is completed. nonrulemaking actions related to requests for the 16-4. GOVERNING CRITERIA establishment, relocation, modification, and dis continuance of air navigation aids. Various types Criteria governing the establishment of air navigation of air navigation aids are in use today, each aids are contained in Airway Planning Standards serving a special purpose in the National Airspace 1 and 2 (FAA Order 7031.2 and FAA Order System (NAS). These aids have varied owners 7031.3), Federal Aviation Regulations, Part 171, and operators, but FAA has statutory authority and other pertinent agency orders. to prescribe standards for the operation of any 16-5. LONG-RANGE PLANNING of these aids which are used for instrument flight Regional air traffic, airway facilities, and flight rules operations. standards divisions shall, in conjunction, maintain 16-2. COMPATIBILITY WITH CHARTING a long-range plan for the provision of air navigation DATES aids and associated air traffic control service. To minimize impact on the NOTAM system, the 16-6. PROPOSED CHANGES dates for commissioning, discontinuance, or conver sion of FAA navigation aids that are part of Regional air traffic divisions shall submit to Air • the NAS shall be compatible with charting dates Traffic Plans and Requirements Service, System to the maximum extent possible. Plans and Programs Division, ATR-100, proposed changes to the air navigation aids that are of 16-3. RESPONSIBILITY FOR FREQUENCY sufficient magnitude to require advance budgetary SELECTION planning and/or user coordination at the national The Interdepartmental Radio Advisory Committee level. (IRAC), which is composed of representatives of various Federal agencies, has delegated to the FAA 16-7. PROCEDURES INVOLVING WAIVERS the responsibility to engineer frequency selections Forward proposals involving a waiver of for all air navigational aids. The frequency is nonrulemaking policy or procedures which affect selected by the regional Frequency Management the establishment, relocation, modification, or dis Office as set forth in the FAA's 6050 series continuance of air navigation aids to ATP-200, of orders. Military and other government proponents for coordination and approval. apply for authorization to the FAA through their 16-8 thru 16-19. RESERVED respective headquarters. Non-Federal proponents must file with the FCC and shall only be notified • PARA 16-1 16-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. FAA AIR NAVIGATION AIDS • 16-20. GENERAL 16-23. APPROVAL AUTHORITY Site locations for the establishment or relocation Regional Air Traffic Divisions are responsible for of air navigation aids require approval by the final approval or disapproval of sites selected for appropriate regional Airway Facilities, Air Traffic, installation of air navigation aids. The approval Flight Standards, and Airports Offices. The Regional or disapproval determination shall be issued by Airway Facilities' airspace focal point shall request memorandum to the appropriate Airway Facilities the appropriate regional Air Traffic Office to initiate Office. Any disapproval issued shall include the a nonrulemaking study of the selected site. The reasons why a site is not acceptable. Agency Airway Facility Division must concur with the personnel are reminded that site approval does site location before the request for study is made. not constitute approval of instrument approach proce dures or controlled airspace planning to be processed 16-21. COORDINATION under rulemaking action. , The Air Traffic Office shall coordinate the proposed site with the Regional Flight Standards and Airports 16-24. DISTRIBUTION Offices, as well as affected air traffic control The appropriate Air Traffic Office shall distribute facilities. The purpose of the air navigation aid a copy of the approval or disapproval determination must be considered and, as appropriate, a preliminary to all FAA offices that participated in the site decision made regarding the establishment of study and to ATR-lOO. instrument procedures, airways/routes, designation of controlled airspace, ability to provide essential 16-25. COMMISSIONING DATE air traffic services, the effect of the site on facility The appropriate Airway Facilities Office is authorized performance, and the effect on the location or to proceed with installation of the navigational configuration of an airport. If all offices agree aid upon receipt of the site approval. As soon with the selected site, then the Air Traffic Office as possible thereafter, an estimated date of commis should circularize the proposal, as determined nec sioning shall be agreed upon by the offices concerned. essary, for comment from the aviation community. To the maximum extent possible, the date of • 16-22. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETINGS commissioning shall be compatible with the associated Convene an informal airspace meeting in accordance aeronautical charting dates. (See FAA Order 8260.26 with the procedures in Part 1 when considered and FAA Order 7031.20.) necessary. Informal airspace meetings may not be 16-26. PROCESSING REGULATORY practical for proposals that are time critical or ACTIONS in those cases where delay will adversely affect aviation safety. At such meetings, agency representa The appropriate Flight Standards and Air Traffic tives should explain the proposed use of the navigation Offices shall process the necessary instrument proce aid, including instrument approaches or other terminal dures and airspace rulemaking actions to be effective procedures or airspace planning, that will be subse coincident with the commissioning date. quently handled by airspace rulemaking procedures. 16-27 thru 16-29. RESERVED Do not commit the agency regarding the actual designation ofairspace based on these aids. • PARA 16-20 16-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. MILITARY AIR NAVIGATION AIDS • 16-30. GENERAL ments received indicate further discussion is war The primary concerns regarding military air naviga ranted, then the proposal should be added to the tion aid proposals are the potential effect on airspace agenda of an informal airspace meeting. or airport utilization and the availability of interference-protected frequencies. Consequently, 16-34. DETERMINATION RESPONSIBILITY military proposals involving the establishment or The responsibility to determine the acceptability relocation of military navigational aids are forwarded of the military proposal is delegated to Regional to Regional Air Traffic Divisions for nonrulemaking Air Traffic Divisions after coordination with the study. Such proposals received should contain the Airway Facilities, Flight Standards, and Airports following information: Divisions. Any problems with or objections to a. Site of the navigational aid using geographical the proposal shall be resolved at the regional coordinates to the nearest second; level prior to issuance of the decision. The determina b. Equipment type; tion shall be issued in memorandum form stating that the FAA has "no objections" or "objects" c. Power output; and to the installation of the navigational aid. Airports d. Frequency range. Offices are cautioned to ensure that site locations 16-31. COORDINATION WITH MILITARY for the establishment or relocation of air navigation The Air Traffic office is authorized to coordinate aids on obligated airports are in accordance with with the originating military organization to obtain FAA approved Airport Layout Plans. Any restriction any omitted or additional information needed for or reasons why the proposal is objectionable shall the nonrulemaking study. be clearly set forth in the memorandum. 16-32. EVALUATION BY AIRWAY 16-35. NOTIFICATION AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES OFFICE The appropriate Air Traffic Office shall normally The Regional Frequency Management Office shall address the determination to the military organization be requested to evaluate the military proposal to that originated the proposal. When the request determine frequency availability and the frequency for the study originated from FAA Headquarters, protection provided. This evaluation shall be provided then the determination should be directed to the • to the responsible Air Traffic Office. office requesting the study or relayed to the Military 16-33. CIRCUlARIZATION Command through FAA/DOD coordination proce dures. Forward one copy of the memorandum to If the frequency evaluation report is favorable, ATR-lOO, ASM-500, and those regional offices the Air Traffic Office shall complete coordination that participated in the study. with the appropriate Airports, Flight Standards, and other Airway Facilities Offices. If appropriate, 16-36 thru 16-39. RESERVED the proposal may be circularized to user groups and other interested persons for comment. If com- • PARA 16-30 16-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 4. NON-FEDERAL AIR NAVIGATION AIDS • 16-40. GENERAL 3. Examine the proposal regarding utilization Assist the sponsors of proposed non-Federal naviga of the airspace, aeronautical operations and air tional aids in the technical planning and to provide traffic control procedures. advice on minimum equipment and operational c. Airports Programs: The appropriate Airports performance standards. The operation of non-Federal Office shall evaluate the proposal in reference navigation facilities involving the approval of IFR to existing airports and planned airport development and air traffic control procedures shall be in accord on file with the agency. ance with minimum requirements set forth in Part d. Flight Standards: Regional Flight Standards 171 and the FAA's 6700 series ofOrders. Offices are the focal point for Flight Standards 16-41. REQUEST FOR ESTABLISHMENT studies of the effect of the proposed non-Federal The proponent requesting the establishment or reloca air navigation aid on existing or proposed IFR tion of a non-Federal air navigational aid as defined and VFR flight operations. In developing IFR proce in Part 171 should provide the following information: dures, Flight Standards personnel are responsible a. The site of the navigational aid using geographi- for: cal coordinates to the nearest second; 1. Determining whether their respective require b. Equipment type; ments outlined in Part 171 and FAA Order 8260.3 have been satisfied; c. Frequency range; and 2. Advising the appropriate Air Traffic Office d. Power output. through the Regional Flight Standards Office of 16-42. PROCESSING RESPONSIBILITY the results of their study; and Requests received for establishment of a non-Federal 3. Initiating development of required IFR proce air navigation aid shall be forwarded to the appropriate dures. Regional Airway Facilities Division for initial processing. 16-43. EXTERNAL COORDINATION a. Airway Facilities: Regional Airway Facilities The appropriate Air Traffic Office shall circularize • Offices are responsible for the overall regional the proposal to all interested persons for comment coordination with the sponsor. Advise should be if the Airway facilities, Airports, and Flight Standards provided to sponsors on the minimum equipment response is favorable. Any internal FAA problem and operational performance standards, siting require with the proposal shall be resolved prior to the ments, and the conditions prerequisite to use of circularization. the navigational facility for any IFR procedure. Additionally: 16-44. INFORMAL AIRSPACE MEETING 1. Evaluate the proposal to determine frequency Add the proposal to the agenda of an informal availability, the potential interference effects on airspace meeting when the comments indicate that existing/planned electronic and visual aids to naviga further discussion is warranted. tion, and possible electromagnetic interference to radio communications frequencies; 16-45. APPROVAL AND NOTIFICATION 2. Forward the proposal to the Regional Air PROCESS Traffic Division for appropriate nonrulemaking action; The appropriate Air Traffic Office shall, based 3. Request the sponsor to submit any additional upon the results of the study, determine whether information needed for the study; and or not the agency has any objections to the installation 4. Coordinate with FIFO/Flight Standards as or relocation of the navigational aid and so advise necessary to complete appropriate flight inspection. the originating Airway Facilities Office. The Airway b. Air Traffic: If the sponsor has requested Facilities Office shall then forward the determination establishment and approval of an IFR procedure approval or disapproval to the sponsor. If the predicated on the proposed facility, the Air Traffic determination is favorable and after successful ground Office shall: and flight inspection of the facility has been accom 1. Ensure that the necessary ATC communica plished, the Air Traffic office shall: tions can be satisfied; a. Request Flight Standards to complete the nec 2. Request the appropriate Airports, Airway essary processing of the proposed IFR procedure; Facilities, and Flight Standards Offices to study b. Initiate the airspace regulatory action necessary • the proposal; and for the IFR procedure. PARA 16-40 16-4-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 16-46. DISTRIBUTION A copy of the determination issued to the sponsor shall be forwarded to ATR-lOO, ASM-500, and to the FCC, Attention: Antenna Survey Branch (for address see paragraph 4-35.). • • • 16-4-2 PARA 16-46 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 17. DISCONTINUANCE OF AIR NAVIGATION AIDS Section 1. FAA AIR NAVIGATION AIDS 17-1. RESPONSIBILITY Note.-Advanced coordination should be accomplished with Transport Canada regarding facilities that would effect trans Operational requirements, air traffic demand, and border operations. This coordination can be handled through budgetary limitations are normally the basis for headquarters, regional offices, or directly-facility to facility. the retention or decommissioning of FAA air naviga tion aids. Since economics are a necessary consider • 17-3. OBTAINING APPROVAL ation, an air navigation aid becomes a candidate In accordance with FAA Order 1100.1, FAA for decommissioning when the activity level or Organization-Policies and Standards, paragraph 15, factors other than activity level on which it may certain closings, consolidation, and decommissionings have been justified are eliminated or changed signifi may require approval of the Administrator. Upon cantly. Discontinuance criteria are contained in the completion of the nonrulemaking study, if applicable, appropriate Airway Planning Standards (FAA Order the appropriate regional office shall forward the 7031.2 and FAA Order 7031.3). study with a summary of comments and a rec a. Air traffic service shall ensure that FAA funded ommendation to the Administrator through the con air navigation aids are allocated so as to benefit cerned office or service. the greatest number of users consistent with safety and operational efficiency. Regional air traffic divi 17-4. DISCONTINUANCE ACTION sions shall also evaluate the need for the retention Delay initiating steps for discontinuance of a naviga of air navigation aids and recommend candidates tional facility that requires approval from the Office • for decommissioning when their need can no longer of the Administrator until 10 working days after be justified. receipt ofsuch approval. b. NAS Program Management Service (APM) shall recommend navigational facilities to Air Traffic 17-5. CANCELLATION OF CONTROLLED Rules and Procedures Service as candidates for AIRSPACE AND INSTRUMENT decommissioning when their function can be equally PROCEDURES or better provided by more economical alternative The appropriate air traffic office shall ensure that facilities. all designated airspace based on the air navigation 17-2. COORDINATION OF PROPOSALS aid is revoked or modified and that instrument procedures predicated on that navigation aid will A navigational facility selected for decommissioning be canceled by the appropriate flight standards shall be the subject of a nonrulemaking study. office prior to the effective date of decommissioning. The appropriate air traffic office shall coordinate the proposed action with Regional Airway Facilities, 17-6. DECOMMISSIONING DATE Flight Standards, Airports personnel, and the regional To the extent possible, the date of decommissioning military representative. If all concur, the air traffic should be compatible with the associated aeronautical office shall circularize the proposed decommissioning charting dates. to all interested persons for comment. Include a brief description of the decommissioning effect 17-7 thru 17-19. RESERVED on airspace and instrument procedures in the cir cularization. • PARA 17-1 17-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. MILITARY AND NON-FEDERAL AIR NAVIGATION AIDS 17-20. RESPONSIBILITIES on the navigational aid is revoked or modified • When notice of discontinuance of a military, other and that instrument procedures predicated on that government, or non-Federal air navigation aid is navigational aid will be canceled prior to effective received, it shall be forwarded to the appropriate date of discontinuance. Regional Air Traffic Division for processing. Upon receipt of the notice, the responsible Air Traffic 17-22. DISCONTINUANCE OF NAVAID'S Office shall, in conjunction with Airway Facilities, INCLUDED IN ICAO PLANS Airports, and Flight Standards, determine if: To meet the operational requirements of United 8. The air navigation aid forms part of the States and foreign international aircraft, certain United Federal airway/route system; States air navigation aids are included in the Carib b. An airspace designation if predicated upon bean, North Atlantic and Pacific Regional Air Naviga the navigation aid, or tion Plans of the International Civil Aviation c. The air navigation aid is used for a published Organization (ICAO). Amendments to these plans civil instrument procedure. cannot be made until the necessary coordination is effected through ICAO with all interested contract 17-21. ACTION PRIOR TO ing states and international organizations. DISCONTINUANCE a. If none of the conditions in paragraph 17-20 17-23. NOTIFICATION TO INTERNATIONAL exist, Air Traffic shall notify user groups and STAFF other interested persons of the name of the facility, its location, and date of discontinuance without The International Research Program Staff, ARD-4, resorting to the nonrulemaking process. is designated as the office of primary responsibility for initial handling of proposed amendments to b. If any of the conditions in paragraph 17-20 xist, the appropriate Air Traffic Office shall: the ICAO Regional Plans. Therefore, before nonrulemaking action is initiated to discontinue • 1. Initiate nonrulemaking process by circulariz any navigational aid included in one of the Regional ing a proposal to user groups and other interested Air Navigation Plans, the appropriate Air Traffic persons for comment. Office shall notify ARD-4 of the proposed action. 2. Coordinate with Airway Facilities to deter Notification shall be made at least 90 days before mine feasibility of FAA takeover. the effective date to permit sufficient coordination 3. If discontinuance of the NAVAID is to time. be pursued, ensure that all airspace designated • PARA 17-20 17-2--1 9/16/93 7400.2D • PART 5. AIRWAYS AND ROUTES Chapter 18. GENERAL Section 1. POLICY 18-1. PURPOSE 18-3. PROTECTED AIRSPACE FOR COURSE This part contains policy, procedures, and criteria CHANGES for the designation/establishment of the airway and Where necessary, regions shall initiate action to route structure for the National Airspace System. designate controlled airspace of sufficient dimension to encompass the airspace to be protected for 18-2. CONTROLLED AIRSPACE course changes. DESIGNATION Controlled airspace for en route purposes is designated 18-4 thru 18-19. RESERVED where a user or an air traffic control requirement exists and air traffic control service can be provided. • • PARA 18-1 18-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 2. VOR AIRWAY STRUCTURE 18-20. NAVAID SPACING portion may be defined differently. A reduced VOR airways are based on navigational aids which width is permissible to obtain additional traffic normally are spaced no farther apart than 80 nautical capacity and flexibility through use of multiple miles. They may be based on more widely spaced routes or to avoid encroachment on special use navigational aids if a usable signal can be provided airspace or other essential maneuvering areas. Width and frequency protection afforded for the distance reductions are considered the exception rather than required (see FAA Order 9840.1). Each airway the rule and are approved only where adequate will be assigned a number which does not exceed air navigation guidance and justification exist. , three digits. 18-23. WHEN TO DESIGNATE AIRWAYS 18-21. VERTICAL AND LATERAL EXTENT Airways should be designated in lieu of other The standard vertical and lateral extent of these airspace to serve en route operations when the airways is specified in Part 71.5 of the Federal route is predicated upon navigational aids which Aviation Regulations (FAR's). Nonstandard dimen are suitable for inclusion in the airway system, sions may be specified as required except as limited the benefits of the airway designation outweigh by paragraph 18-22. any adverse effects to other airspace users, and: 18-22. WIDTH REDUCTIONS a. The route is a normal extension of an existing A reduced airway width of 3 nautical miles on airway; or one or both sides of the centerline may be established b. Users will benefit from charted information from the navigational aid to the point where the pertaining to navigational guidance, minimum en 4.50 intersecting lines equal 3 nautical miles (Part route altitudes, and changeover points. 71.5). Normally, the ends of the reduced portion 18-24 thru 18-29. RESERVED • are determined by lines perpendicular to the airway centerline. If required, the ends of the reduced • PARA 18-20 18-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 3. JET ROUTES 18-30. DESIGNATION 18-32. VSE OF WIDTHS Jet routes extend from 18,000 feet MSL to FL Jet routes have no width; however, alignment should 450, inclusive, and are designated to indicate fre be planned using protected airspace specified for quently used routings. Jet routes may also be VOR airways in Part 71.5 or paragraph 18-22 designated for route continuity where such designation to prevent overlapping special use airspace or the would clearly facilitate description of the intended airspace to be protected for other jet routes. route of flight. "T" category aids shall not be used to designate jet routes. 18-33. V.S./CANADA TRANSBORDER , CONNECTIONS 18-31. NAVAID SPACING U.S./Canadian transborder connections are assigned Jet routes are normally based on H class navigational a jet route number and/or high level airway number aids spaced no farther apart than 260 nautical to the first fix or NAVAID within each country miles. They may be based on more widely spaced navigational aids if a usable signal can be provided for ease of flight planning. and frequency protection afforded for the distance 18-34 thru 18-39. RESERVED required. Each jet route will be assigned a number which does not exceed three digits. • • PARA 18-30 18-3--1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 4. LOW/MEDIUM.FREQUENCY AIRWAYS 18-40. BASIS dimensions may be specified in unusual cases. These airways are based on low frequency naviga NAVAID spacing for LIMF airway has no standard, tional aids. but is determined on an individual basis. 18-41. DIMENSIONS 18-42 thru 18-49. RESERVED The standard vertical and lateral dimensions of LIMF airways are specified in Part 71.5. Nonstandard • • PARA 18-40 18-4-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 5. ADDITIONAL CONTROL AREAS I 18-50. OFFSHORE AIRSPACE AREAS diverging lines shall terminate at their intersection I Offshore Airspace Areas may be designated to with the domestic/oceanic boundary. serve aircraft operations between the U.S. territorial limits and the oceanic CTAlFIR boundary and/ 18-51. EN ROUTE DOMESTIC AIRSPACE or domestic point-to-point flights which operate AREAS I in part over the high seas. These areas are established Domestic Class E airspaces may be designated I to permit the application of domestic procedures to serve en route operations when a requirement in the provision of air traffic control services. exists to provide air traffic control service but the desired routing does not qualify for airway B. Navigational aid spacing for routes within offshore areas has no standard but is determined designation. Consideration may also be given to on an individual basis. designation of domestic Class E airspaces when: I I b. Examples of offshore airspace areas configura B. The NAVAID's are not suitable for inclusion tions which also serve as route designations are in the airway system, but are approved under Part 171, are placed in continuous operation, and depicted in Figure 18-50[1] and may be used as guidelines. Other configurations may be used are available for public use; or if required. In determining which configuration to b. Navigation is by means of radar vectoring. use, consideration should be given to user require ments, navigational quality and dependability of 18-52. DESIGNATION the NAVAID, radar vectoring capabilities, transition Class E offshore airspace areas are designated I I to/from the offshore airspace areas, requirements in FAR 71.71. Regions may process those domestic of other users for adjacent airspace, and possible cases which are ancillary to a terminal airspace action with approval of ATP-200. • future requirements for controlled airspace. Offshore I areas which require use of one NAVAID for an 18-53. PROCESSING extended distance should be based on LlMF facilities so that lower MEA's can be established. Care Regions may process those domestic cases which should be exercised in relocating NAVAID'S on are ancillary to a terminal airspace action with I which Class E airspaces are based so that the approvalofATP-200. I desired offshore airspace configuration can be 18-54 tbru 18-59. RESERVED I retained. Where an offshore Class E airspace is extended to the domestic/oceanic boundary, the • PARA 18-50 18-5-1 7400.2D 9;16;93 Figure 18-50[1] EXAl\,IPLE OF CONTROL AREA CONFIGURATION Solid Lines Represent Control Area Boundary. • a ------~~;-R.!'~~- .!:'~O:£e~':!line_----- ~~ -- C , 0900 ------095 0 ...... --- ...... --085° 5 NM Radius -09~ ---- ~=t=------\ ------Centerline - _ T-- I -- .... - ...... ~ "" .. ------__ °950 .... ------ 0900 5 NM Radius 085 0 _ _ -- -- ,_------0900 ~~-- ..... -~ ------/ - -0950 ---- - ...... - • 0900 " 0900 5 NM Radius 0900 Centerline --~------I ------/ 0 ~ 090 ". 0900 4 NM Radius 0900 Centerline --..,------I ,~ 0900 Example c. would be used when navigation within approximately 50 miles or less in length. Example and entering the control area is based on the a. provides the greatest width of controlled airspace use of VORNORTAC facilities. Examples a. thru if needed for radar vectoring or because of oceanic d. would be used if navigation is based on LMF route alignments or navigational capabilities. facilities. Example d. would be selected if the distance of the control area to be designated is • 18-5-2 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 6. TRANSITION AREAS 18-60. USE f. When the route under consideration is almost These areas may be designated to serve en route all within existing Class E airspace and small I operations such as: additions would complete the coverage. a. Holding. g. En route training operations. b. Radar vectoring. 18-61 thru 18-69. RESERVED c. Transition between airways/routes. d. En route climbs or descents. e. Providing for course changes. • • PARA 18-60 18-6-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 7. CHANGEOVER POINTS 18-70. SUBMIT LOCATION IN REGIONAL an airway, or other Class E Airspace, or the I PROPOSAL airspace to be protected for a jet route, that location When it is anticipated that the location of the shall be submitted in the regional proposal. changeover point will affect the lateral extent of • • PARA 18-70 18-7-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 19. AREA NAVIGATION Section 1. GENERAL 19-1. POLICY in a relative manner and are primarily affected The FAA endorses the concept of area navigation longitudinally since flightpaths are normally directly (RNAV) and recognizes the benefits that RNAV to or from ground stations. RNAV aircraft may offers to both the airspace user and the National be affected laterally as well as longitudinally since Airspace System (NAS). they do not have the disadvantage of having to operate directly to or from ground stations. Some 19-2. DISCUSSION RNAV systems automatically correct for slant range a. RNAV systems permit navigation via a selected error and others do not, while still others are course to a predefined point without having to not subject to the error because DME information fly directly toward or away from a navigational is not used. It is not considered feasible to require aid. Several different types of airborne systems all systems to be slant range corrected initially; are capable of accurate navigation on an area therefore, the route design and aircraft separation basis. RNAV systems may employ sensor inputs criteria contained in this order take into account other than VOR/DME without VOR/DME updating the maximum slant range effect. if equivalent accuracies can be demonstrated by e. The need to determine ground station service means suitable to such systems. limitations, slant range error, reception altitudes, b. Guidelines for the implementation of area and obstruction clearance altitudes in an operational navigation within the NAS are contained in AC environment preclude impromptu development of 90-45, Approval of Area Navigation Systems for RNAV routes and associated protected airspace. Use in the U.S. National Airspace System. Therefore, RNAV operations will use established c. RNAV aircraft are required to have the capability and designated routes, up to and including FL of operating along and within the lateral confines 450, unless air traffic control radar is used to • of VOR routes and airways. Therefore, current monitor navigation accuracy and aircraft separation. procedures and separation criteria remain the same f. Route design criteria contained herein are for an RNAV aircraft cleared to operate along based on airborne system accuracies. A user must the conventional VOR route structure. demonstrate that the equipment complies with d. One item to be considered between area accuracy criteria and must receive approval before navigation and the present VOR/DME system is the equipment can be used in the ATC system. the effect of slant range error on aircraft position. 19-3 thru 19-19. RESERVED Aircraft operating along the conventional VOR route structure are affected by DME slant range error • PARA 19-1 19-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 2. ROUTE IDENTIFICATION 19-20. ROUTE NUMBERING (1) Low altitude routes (below FL 180) will Route numbering shall be as follows: be prefixed by the letter "V." A route number a. Series 700 (low) and 800 (high) routes are of one to three digits will be assigned, followed designated in Part 71 and Part 75. They are by the suffix''R." , expected to be in frequent use by more than (2) High altitude routes (FL 180 through FL one user and published on appropriate U.S. Govern 450) will be prefixed by the letter "J." A route ment charts. Minimum En Route Altitudes (MEA's) number of one to three digits will be assigned, will be published in Part 95. followed by the suffix "R." I - b. Series 500 (low) and 600 (high) routes are b. Dual designation of RNAV routes and VOR published in appropriate flight information publica routes and airways shall be avoided when the tions. They are planned for more than one user, lateral protected airspace of the RNAV route exceeds but their expected usage does not justify Government the lateral protected airspace to be protected of charting. MEA's will be published in Part 95 the VOR route/airway. and in appropriate flight information publication. c. Series 300 (low) and 400 (high) routes are 19-22 tbru 19-29. RESERVED established primarily for one user and not carried on Government charts. MEA's will be periodically published in the listing of non-Part 95 routes. 19-21. ROUTE IDENTIFICATION CRITERIA a. RNAV routes (both established and designated) • shall be numbered as follows: • PARA 19-20 19-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 3. ROUTE PROCESSING 19-30. PROCEDURES d. After Flight Operations concurrence is obtained, The Regional Air Traffic Division is the focal the route proposal (all series) shall be sent to point for the coordination of all RNAV routes. ATP-200 for further processing, numbering, and The region shall coordinate, as necessary, with publishing. the proponent to ensure that route proposals contain e. All RNAV routes and procedures will be sufficient information; e.g., airports to be served, flight checked before use. The en route segments NAVAID's to be used, optimum altitudes, waypoint will be flight checked as the result of an NPRM to be used, etc. or a direct request from ATP-200. a. In accordance with Part 1, Chapter 3, Section f. All magnetic bearings, distances between 5, of this order, obtain five-letter pronounceable waypoints, and geographical coordinates of waypoints waypoint name/codes approval from ATM-600. shall be validated by ATM-600. ATM-600, in b. Early coordination should be effected with addition to assigning waypoint name/codes, shall Flight Operations to ensure timeliness of input. determine station elevation of the reference facility. Flight Operations or Flight Standards will handle g. Lateral airspace to be protected for approved all route requests in accordance with Flight Proce area navigation routes will be displayed, as necessary, dures and Airspace, FAA Order 8260.19, Chapter in the appropriate manner/media for controller ref 13. erence. c. The Air Traffic Division shall coordinate with 19-31 thru 19-39. RESERVED appropriate ATC facilities, adjacent regional offices, • and regional Frequency Management Offices. • PARA 19-30 19-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 4. CRITERIA 19-40. WAYPOINT CRITERIA routes except those portions of SID's and STAR's a. RNAV waypoints are used not only for naviga appropriate to the SID and STAR criteria. the tion reference, but also for air traffic control oper lateral extent of RNAV routes designated in Part ational fixes in much the same manner as VORl 71 of the Federal Aviation Regulations is coincident DME ground stations and intersections are used with the lateral protected airspace derived from in the conventional VOR structure. Waypoints are this criteria with the exception of turn protection to be established along RNAV routes: criteria for reduced width route segment as defined (1) At the end points ofRNAV routes. in paragraph 19-52 of this order. (2) At route turn points, where essential. b. A basic width of 8 miles (4 miles on each (3) At all consistently used holding fixes. (All side of the route centerline) has been selected holding points must be plotted at both the geographical for three primary reasons: position and slant range corrected position for (1) Improved system accuracy in proximity purposes of protected airspace determination in to reference facilities allows the basic 8-mile route accordance with FAA Order 7130.3, paragraph 24) width to encompass significant amounts of slant (4) At any other point of operational benefit, range error, thereby reducing the requirements for such as route junction points where required for slant range compensation airspace. A route width route clarity. At least one waypoint must be associated large enough to encompass the extremes of slant with each reference facility used for route definition range error is not considered feasible since this to meet navigation requirements. If no other require- would result in inefficient airspace use along the ent exists along any route segment, establish major portion of the en route structure. waypoint at the closest point along the route (2) Aeronautical operations can be contained • centerline to the reference facility. within this width for reasonable distances from (5) At changeover points only when other the reference facilities, thereby reducing the incidence operational reasons prevail. of route expansion beyond the standard width. b. Each waypoint within VOR/DME coverage A major objective of route planning efforts should shall be defined by VOR/DME radial and distance be to keep route expansions to a minimum consistent to the nearest tenth of a degree and tenth of with reasonable station changeover requirements a mile. In addition, the geographical coordinates imposed on the pilot. of each waypoint will be defined in degrees, minutes, and seconds. Station elevation of the reference (3) Compatibility with a VOR standard with facility to the nearest 100 feet will also be defined. which both planning and controller personnel are familiar. 19-41. REFERENCE FACILITY CRITERIA c. This basic 8-mile width, in conjunction with RNAV routes and waypoints based on VOR/DME the slant range compensation protection and expansion (VORTAC) shall be defined only by ground facilities criteria defined in Section 5 of this Chapter, con having collocated VOR and DME components. stitutes, in addition to turn criteria as applicable, 19-42. LATERAL PROTECTED AIRSPACE lateral protected airspace of RNAV en route segments. CRITERIA FOR RNAV EN ROUTE SEGMENTS 19-43 thru 19-49. RESERVED a. The criteria contained in this section are applicable to all established or designated RNAV • PARA 19-40 1~1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 5. ROUTE CONSTRUCTION .19-50. BASIC ROUTE WIDTH EXPANSION distance of 120 miles is 8.82. The 4 NM column AND SLANT RANGE COMPENSATION specifies 35 miles, which was taken from the EN ROUTE graph in AC 90-45, Appendix D, page 13. Subtracting a. The basic en route RNAV route width is 35 from 120 leaves 85 and multiplying 85 by 8 miles; however, under certain combinations of .056784 (tangent of 3.25°) equals' 4.82. The indicated altitude and tangent point to reference facility dis route width of 8.83 is the sum of 4 plus 4.83. tance, the basic route width must be expanded 19-51. CRITERIA FOR REDUCTION OF EN on the side toward the reference facility to compensate ROUTE SEGMENTS for slant range error. This compensates for the a. One advantage of RNAV is that under certain • "pulling in" effect on the aircraft toward the conditions the basic route width may be reduced reference facility that is a result of the slant since it is more than adequate to encompass system range error. Additionally, certain combinations of error and slant range error along portions of the tangent point to reference facility and distance route. These reductions should be made only when along track require that the basic route width operational benefits will accrue. Figure 19-51[1] be expanded on each side of the centerline at should be used to determine the minimum to a rate of 3.25 degrees. Figure 19-50[1] presents which en route widths may be reduced. The format in tabular form the basic route widths, including is similar to that of Figure 19-50[1], except that the 3.25° expansion beyond the basic 8-mile width, in Figure 19-50[1] the systems error and slant plus the expansion for slant range compensation. range error (high and low altitude) are shown As a matter of information, compensation for slant separately and must be added together to obtain range error (as included in Figure 19-50[1]) is the minimum width at a given combination of required for low altitudes where the tangent point reference facility to tangent point and along track to reference facility distance is between 2 and distances. The figures across horizontally from 3 miles inclusive and for high altitudes where "SYS" indicate the system's errors. The figures that distance is between 2 and 15 miles inclusive. across horizontally from "450" indicate the cross b. To determine the required route width, including • track portion of the slant range error for high expansion on the reference facility side of the altitude, and those across from "170" indicate route for slant range correction, select the appropriate the same for low altitude. The tangent point to tangent point to reference facility distance and reference facility (TP to RF) distances of 2.8 its corresponding tangent point width. Use the and 7.41 miles are included since these distances column under "HI TP" for 18,000 feet and above result in the maximum slant range errors for low and "LO TP" for 17,000 feet and below. Move and high altitude respectively. A dash (-) to the 10-mile column and continue horizontally indicates that the cross track slant range error across the table, connecting the indicated widths is less than .1 (1/10 of a mile). The allowable under the along track distances. Connecting these reduction is determined by drawing a perpendicular widths will result in a maximum of three straight line from the applicable width indicated in Figure lines. 19-50[1] toward the route centerline to the applicable c. To determine the required route width on width indicated in Figure 19-50[1]. The appropriate the side opposite the reference facility, select the slant range error (high or low) must be included appropriate tangent point to reference facility and for Figure 19-51[1] on the reference facility side, its corresponding tangent point width in the column but the system error constitutes the entire width under "OS TP." Move to the 10-mile column on the side opposite the reference facility. Continue and continue horizontally across the table connecting along the widths specified in Figure 19-51[1] as the indicated widths under the along track distances. long as the reduction is required. This will re~ult Connecting these widths will result in a maximum in a series of segments that do not form a straIght oftwo straight lines. line. Then, draw a perpendicular line away from d. The figures under the heading of "4 NM" the centerline back to the route width specified indicate the distance along track from the tangent at that distance in Figure 19-50[1] and continue point where the 3.25° expansion begins on both with Figure 19-50[1] widths. sides of the centerline. b. Figure 19-5:1.[2] shows an example of route e. To demonstrate how the widths in Figure width reduction from 10 miles along track (10 • 19-50[1] are derived, the width for tangent point miles from the tangent point) to 40 miles along to VORTAC distance of 75 miles and along track track with a tangent point to reference facility PARA 19-50 19-5-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 (TP to RF) distance of 40 miles. Figures 5-2 or 4 miles, whichever is greater, applied until and 5-3 specify widths as follow in Table 5-1. the pilot reports on course. In effect, this mean. that the lateral dimensions of reduced route width Along do not constitute full protected airspace for aircraft track dis Width Hi alt Lowalt Opposite tance side during such course changes. 10 (a) 4.00 (e) 3.15 (i) 2.6 (m) 2.5 19-53. ADJOINING EN ROUTE SEGMENT 20 (b) 4.00 (f) 3.25 G) 2.7 (n) 2.7 30 (c) 4.00 (g) 3.44 (k) 3.0 (0) 3.0 CRITERIA 40 (d) 4.00 (h) 3.75 (I) 3.4 (p) 3.4 Route segments are to be adjoined at reference c. High altitude reduction on the reference facility facility changeover points or course change points side is determined by connecting points a, e, f, by extending the edges of each segment to intercept .. g, hand d. For low altitude reduction on the a perpendicular line through the route centerline reference facility side, connect points a, i, j, k, if no course change is involved or to a line I and d. For reduction of high and low altitude bisecting the angle formed by segment centerlines on the side opposite the reference facility, connect when a course change is involved. Where the points a, m, n, 0, p and d. widths of adjoining segments are unequal, the width of the narrower segment shall be expanded to 19-52. EN ROUTE TURN PROTECTION include that additional airspace encompassed within CRITERIA lines drawn from the lateral extremity of the wider Additional lateral airspace to be protected for course segment where they adjoin to intercept the edge changes along RNAV routes at and above FL of the narrower segment at an angle of 3.25 180 shall be in accordance with FAA Order 7130.2. degrees. The shaded areas in Figure 19-53[1] and The airspace to be protected on the overflown Figure 19-53[2] depict the airspace to be added side of the route centerline during course changes to a narrower segment when adjoining two unequal of more than 15 degrees along RNAV routes segments. below FL 180 shall be the lateral route width • ., .. • 19-5-2 PARA 19-53 • Figure 19-50[1] ROUTE•WIDTH EACH SIDE • TP to 4 HI LO OS ALONG TRACK VORTAC NM TP TP TP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 200 0-1.9 51 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 508 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246 2.0-30 51 5 12 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 678 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246 3.1·3.9 51 6.02 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.51 5.08 5.65 621 6.78 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246 40·49 51 702 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 451 5.08 5.65 6.21 678 7.35 792 8.49 905 962 1246 5.0-5.9 51 8.02 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 735 792 8.49 905 962 1246 6.0-69 51 903 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.51 508 5.65 6.21 6.78 735 792 849 905 962 1246 7.0·19 51 953 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 451 5.08 5.65 621 6.78 7.35 792 849 905 9.62 1246 8.0-8.9 51 709 4.00 400 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 565 6.21 6.78 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246 9.0-9.9 51 607 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 678 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246 10.0-109 51 5.48 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 735 792 8.49 905 962 1246 11.0-11.9 51 507 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 451 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 7.92 849 905 962 12.46 120-129 51 4.73 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 621 6.78 7.35 792 849 905 962 1246 13.0-13.9 51 4.47 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.51 5.08 565 6.21 6.78 735 792 849 905 962 12.46 14.0·14.9 51 4.24 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 7.92 849 905 962 1246 15.0-155 51 4.08 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.51 5.08 5.65 621 6.78 7.35 7.92 8.49 905 9.62 1246 15.6·16 51 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.51 5.08 565 6.21 6.78 735 792 8.49 905 9.62 1246 17-26 50 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.57 514 570 627 6.84 7.41 797 8.54 9.11 9.68 1252 27·32 49 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 400 4.00 406 4.62 5.19 5.76 6.33 6.90 7.46 803 860 9 17 974 1257 33-37 48 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 411 4.68 5.25 582 6.38 695 7.52 809 866 9.22 979 1263 38-42 47 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 400 4.17 4.74 5.31 5.87 6.44 701 7.58 8.15 871 928 985 1269 43-46 46 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.23 479 5.36 5.93 6.50 707 7.63 8.20 8.77 934 991 1274 47-50 45 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.28 4.85 5.42 5.99 6.56 7.12 7.69 826 883 939 9.96 1280 51·54 44 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.34 4.91 548 6.04 6.61 718 775 8.32 888 9.45 1002 12.86 55-57 43 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.40 4.97 553 6.10 6.67 724 7.80 8.37 8.94 951 1008 1292 58-60 42 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.45 5.02 559 6.16 673 7.29 7.86 8.43 900 9.56 10.13 1297 61-62 41 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 451 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 735 7.92 849 905 9.62 10.19 1303 63-65 40 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 400 4.57 5.14 5.70 6.27 6.84 741 7.97 8.54 911 9.68 1025 1309 66-67 39 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 406 4.62 5.19 5.76 6.33 6.90 7.46 8.03 8.60 917 9.74 1030 13.14 68-69 38 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.11 4.68 5.25 5.82 6.38 695 7.52 8.09 8.66 922 979 10.36 13.20 70-71 37 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.17 4.74 5.31 5.87 6.44 7.01 7.58 8.15 871 928 9.85 10.42 13.26 72-73 36 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 4.23 4.79 5.36 5.93 6.50 707 7.63 8.20 877 9.34 991 10.47 13.31 74-75 35 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 428 4.85 5.42 5.99 6.56 7.12 7.69 8.26 8.83 9.39 9.96 1053 13.37 76-77 34 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.34 4.91 5.48 6.04 6.61 7.18 7.75 8.32 888 945 1002 10.59 13.43 78 33 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 400 4.40 4.97 5.53 6.10 6.69 7.24 780 837 894 951 10.08 10.64 1348 - Figure 19-50[1] t (Continued) TP to 4 HI lO 05 ALONG TRACK 015TANCE VORTAC NM TP TP TP 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 200 7980 32 400 4.00 4.00 400 4.00 400 4.45 5.02 5.59 6.16 6.73 729 7.86 8.43 900 956 10.13 10 70 1354 81-82 31 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 7.92 8.49 9.05 962 1019 1076 1360 83 30 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.57 5.14 5.70 6.27 6.84 7.41 7.97 8.54 9.11 9.68 1025 10.81 1365 84-85 29 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.06 4.62 5.19 5.76 6.33 6.90 7.46 8.03 8.60 917 974 10.30 10 87 1371 86 28 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.11 4.68 5.25 5.82 638 6.95 7.52 8.09 8.66 9.22 9.79 1036 10 93 1377 87 27 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.17 4.74 531 5.87 6.44 7.01 7.58 8.15 8.71 9.28 9.85 10.42 10 98 1382 88 26 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 423 4.79 5.36 :;93 6.50 7.07 7.63 8.20 8.77 9.34 9.91 10.47 11.04 1388 89-90 25 400 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.28 4.85 5.42 5.99 6.56 7.12 7.69 8.26 8.83 9.39 9.96 10.53 1110 1394 91 24 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 434 491 5.48 604 6.61 7.18 7.75 832 8.88 9.45 10.02 10.59 11 15 1399 92 23 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.40 497 5.53 6.10 667 724 7.80 8.37 8.94 9.51 10.08 10.64 11.21 1405 93 22 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.45 5.02 559 6.16 6.73 7.29 7.86 8.43 9.00 9.56 1013 10 70 11.27 1411 94 21 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 792 8.49 9.05 9.62 1019 10.76 11.33 1416 95 19 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.06 4.62 5.19 5.76 6.33 6.90 7.46 803 8.60 917 974 10.30 10 87 1144 1428 96 18 400 4.00 4.00 400 411 468 5.25 582 6.38 695 7.52 8.09 866 922 9.79 1036 1093 1150 1433 97 17 400 400 4.00 4.00 4.17 4.74 531 5.87 644 7.01 7.58 8.15 8.71 928 9.85 1042 1098 11 55 1439 98 15 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.28 4.85 5.42 5.99 6.56 712 7.69 8.26 8.83 9.39 9.96 10.53 11 10 11.67 1450 99 13 4.00 400 4.00 4.00 4.40 4.97 5.53 6.10 6.67 7.24 7.80 837 894 9.51 1008 10.64 11 21 11.78 1462 100 11 400 400 4.00 400 4.51 5.08 5.65 6.21 6.78 7.35 7.92 849 905 9.62 10.19 1076 11.33 1189 1473 101 8 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.11 4.68 5.25 5.82 6.38 6.95 7.52 8.09 8.66 9.22 9.79 10.36 10.93 11.50 1206 14.90 102-104 0 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.57 5.14 5.70 6.27 6.84 7.41 7.97 8.54 9.11 9.68 10.25 10.81 11.38 11.95 12.52 1536 105-114 - 4.25 4.25 4.25 482 5.39 5.95 6.52 7.09 7.66 8.22 8.79 9.36 9.93 10.50 11.06 11.63 12.20 12.77 15.61 115-124 - 4.50 4.50 4.50 5.07 5.64 6.20 6.77 7.34 7.91 8.47 904 9.61 10.18 10.75 11.31 11.88 1245 13.02 1586 125-134 - 4.75 4.75 4.75 5.32 5.89 6.45 7.02 7.59 8.16 8.72 9.29 9.86 10.43 1100 11.56 1213 12.70 1327 1611 135-144 - 500 5.00 500 5.57 6.14 6.70 7.27 784 8.41 8.97 9.54 10.11 10.68 11.25 1181 12.38 12.95 1352 1636 145-150 - 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.82 6.39 6.95 7.52 8.09 8.66 9.22 9.79 10.36 1093 11.50 12.06 12.63 1320 13.77 16.61 For distances not shown alter eKpansion to more than 4 miles, add Width lor distance along track as lollows: 1 mile -06; 5 miles -28; 10 miles -57; 25 miles - 1 42; 50 miles - 2.84. • •• • Figure 19-51[1] • EN ROUTE •REDUCfION CRITERIA • TP to DISTANCE ALONG TRACK FROM TANGENT POINT RF 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 I 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 200 SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 21 2.2 2.4 28 3.2 3.7 4.3 48 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 0 4500 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1700 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 1 450 100 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 .61 .33 ------170 100 10 1.0 .27 .11 ------SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 2 450 2.00 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.13 .63 14 ------170 200 1.72 1.72 .44 .21 .12 ------SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 22 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 2.8 450 2.80 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 1.45 .84 .20 ------170 280 105 1.18 .51 .26 .16 .10 ------SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 126 4 450 4.00 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 1.76 1.10 .27 .12 ------170 1.14 82 .88 .52 31 .20 .14 ------SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 5 450 400 5.0 5.0 5.0 3.40 1.90 1.26 .34 .15 ------170 .86 .67 .74 .50 33 .22 .16 ------SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 6 450 6.00 6.0 6.0 6.0 3.08 1.98 1.36 .39 .18 .10 ------170 .69 .56 .62 .47 .34 .24 .17 ------SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 7 450 7.00 70 7.0 4.24 2.83 1.98 1.44 .44 .21 .12 ------170 .58 .56 .54 .44 .33 .25 .19 ------SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 ~.9 9.5 12.6 7.41 450 741 6.42 5.50 3.89 2.75 1.98 1.46 .46 .22 .12 ------170 .55 .54 .51 .42 .33 .25 .19 ------Figure 19-51[1] (Continued) TPto DISTANCE ALONG TRACK FROM TANGENT POINT RF 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 200 SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 9 450 3.89 3.84 3.64 3.07 2.43 1.92 1.50 .63 .26 .15 .10 ------170 .45 .44 .42 .38 .31 .25 .19 ------SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 10 450 3.29 3.25 3.14 2.75 2.28 1.85 1.49 .57 .28 .16 .11 ------170 .40 .39 37 .35 .29 .25 .20 ------. SYS 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.3 4.8 5.4 6.0 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12:6 15 450 1.96 1.95 1.93 1.82 1.68 1.50 1.33 .68 .37 .23 .15 .11 ------170 .27 .26 .26 .24 .23 .20 .18 .10 ------SYS 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.3 3.8 4.3 4.8 5.4 6.0 6.5 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 20 450 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.37 1.31 1.22 1.13 .69 .43 .28 .19 .14 .11 ------170 .20 .20 .20 .20 .18 .17 .16 .10 ------SYS 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.5 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.3 48 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.1 7.7 8.3 8.9 9.5 12.6 25 450 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.10 1.06 1.02 .97 .68 .45 .31 .22 .16 .12 .10 ------170 .16 .16 .16 .16 .15 .14 .14 .10 ------SYS 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.3 4.9 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.2 7.7 8.3 8.9 19.5 12.6 30 450 .93 .93 .93 .92 .89 .87 .84 .65 .47 .33 .24 .18 .14 .11 ------170 .14 .14 .14 .13 .12 .12 .11 ------SYS 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.6 3.0 3.4 3.8 4.4 4.9 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.2 7.8 8.4 9.0 19.6 12.6 , 35 450 .79 .79 .79 .79 .77 .75 .73 .60 .46 .34 .26 .20 .16 .12 .11 ------170 .11 .11 .11 .11 .11 .11 .11 ------SYS 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.9 4.4 4.9 5.5 6.0 6.6 7.2 7.8 8.4 9.0 19.6 12.6 40 450 .69 .69 .69 .69 .68 .67 .65 .55 .44 .35 .27 .21 .17 .14 .11 .10 - - - - - 170 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 .10 ------SYS 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.4 5.0 5.5 6.1 6.6 7.2 7.8 8.4 9.0 19·6 12.6 45 450 .61 .61 .61 .61 .61 .60 .59 .51 .42 .34 .27 .22 .18 .15 .12 .10 - - - - - 170 ------I SYS 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.2 7.8 8.4 9.0 19.6 12.6 150 450 .55 .55 .55 .55 .55 .54 .53 .48 .41 .34 .28 .23 .19 .16 .14 .12 .10 - - - - 170 ~ ------I- - • • • • -~ • Figure 19-51[1] .... • • f1' (Continued) ..0 v.. TP to DISTANCE ALONG TRACK FROM TANGENT POINT RF 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 qn 100 110 120 130 140 150 200 SYS 2.6 27 27 2.7 2.7 2.7 27 2.9 32 3.6 40 4.5 5.0 56 6.1 6.7 73 79 8.4 90 96 126 55 450 50 .50 .50 49 .49 .48 .48 44 39 33 27 23 19 .16 14 12 10 , 170------SYS 2.7 28 2.8 28 2.8 2.8 2.8 3.0 33 3.7 4.1 46 5.1 5.6 6.2 6.7 73 79 85 91 97 12 7 60 450 .46 .46 .46 .46 46 .45 45 42 37 32 27 23 20 17 .14 12 11 170 ------SYS 2.8 29 2.9 2.9 2.9 29 2.9 3.1 3.4 37 4.2 46 5 1 57 6.2 6.8 73 79 85 91 97 12 7 65 450 .42 42 .42 42 42 .42 41 39 35 31 27 23 20 17 15 13 11 10 170 ------SYS 2.9 30 30 3.0 3.0 30 3.0 32 3.5 38 42 4.7 52 5.7 6.3 68 74 80 85 9 1 97 12 7 70 450 39 39 .39 .39 39 39 39 37 33 30 26 23 20 18 15 13 11 10 10 170 ------SYS 3 1 3 1 31 3 1 31 31 3 1 33 35 39 43 48 53 5.8 63 69 74 80 86 9 1 97 12 7 75 450 37 37 37 37 37 37 36 34 32 28 26 23 20 18 15 13 11 10 10 170 ------SYS 3.2 32 3.2 32 32 32 32 34 36 4.0 44 4.8 53 5.8 6.4 6.9 75 80 86 92 98 12 7 80 450 .34 .34 .34 34 34 34 34 32 30 28 .25 22 20 18 15 14 12 11 10 170 ------SYS 3.3 33 33 33 33 33 33 35 3.7 4.1 4.5 49 5.4 5.9 64 70 75 8 1 86 92 98 128 85 450 32 32 32 32 .32 32 32 30 .29 .26 24 22 20 18 15 14 12 11 10 170 . ------SYS 34 3.4 34 3.4 3.4 34 34 36 3.8 4.2 4.6 50 55 6.0 65 70 76 8.1 87 93 98 128 90 450 31 31 31 31 .31 31 .30 .29 28 .26 24 22 20 18 16 14 13 11 10 170 -- -- SYS 35 3.6 36 36 3.6 36 36 37 39 43 4.6 55 55 6.0 65 7 1 76 82 8 7 93 99 128 95 450 29 29 29 29 29 .29 28 27 26 24 22 21 19 17 16 14 13 11 10 170 ------.. SYS 36 37 37 3.7 37 3.7 37 38 4.1 4.4 47 52 56 61 66 71 77 82 88 93 99 129 100 450 28 28 28 28 28 28 .28 27 26 24 22 21 19 17 16 14 13 11 10 10 170 - - -- Figure 19-51[1] (Continued) TP to DISTANCE ALONG TRACK FROM TANGENT POINT RF 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 200 SYS 38 3.8 3.8 38 38 38 38 39 4.2 4.5 48 5.2 57 62 67 72 77 83 88 94 100 1;> 9 105 450 .26 26 .26 26 26 26 26 25 24 23 .22 19 18 17 15 14 13 12 11 10 170 ------SYS 39 3.9 39 39 3.9 39 3.9 4.1 43 4.6 49 5.3 58 62 6.7 73 78 83 89 94 100 129 110 450 .25 .25 25 .25 .25 25 .25 .25 24 23 .21 .19 18 17 15 14 13 12 11 10 170 ------I·· SYS 4.0 4.1 4.1 4 1 4.1 4.1 4.1 42 4.4 47 5.0 5.4 59 6.3 68 73 78 84 89 95 101 lJ 0 115 450 24 .24 .24 24 24 .24 23 23 .22 .21 20 19 .18 17 15 14 13 12 11 10 170 ------SYS 4.1 42 4.2 4.2 4.2 42 4.2 4.3 4.5 4.8 5.1 5.5 5.9 64 6.9 74 79 84 90 95 101 no 120 450 .24 24 24 24 .24 .24 23 .23 22 .21 20 .19 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 170 ------SYS 4.3 43 4.3 4.3 43 4.3 4.3 4.4 4.6 49 52 56 6.0 65 70 75 80 85 90 96 102 130 125 450 .22 22 22 .22 22 .22 22 21 21 20 20 18 17 16 14 13 12 12 11 10 170 - -- - .- - - .- ... SYS 4.4 44 4.4 4.4 4.4 44 4.4 46 48 5.0 53 57 61 6.6 70 75 80 86 91 97 102 131 130 450 21 .21 21 21 .21 21 21 21 21 19 19 18 17 15 14 13 12 12 11 10 _. 170 - - - - SYS 145 46 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.7 49 5.1 54 58 62 67 71 76 81 86 92 97 103 1J 1 135 450 .20 .20 20 20 .20 .20 .20 19 .19 18 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 11 10 170 ------SYS 147 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 47 4.7 48 5.0 5.2 5.6 59 63 67 72 77 82 87 92 98 103 132 140 450 .20 .20 .20 20 .20 .20 20 19 18 18 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 11 10 170 ------SYS 148 48 48 4.8 4.8 48 48 4.9 5 1 5.4 57 60 64 6B 73 78 1s3 88 93 98 104 132 145 450 .19 19 19 .19 19 19 18 18 18 17 .17 16 15 15 14 13 12 11 10 10 10 170 ------_. SYS 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.1 5.3 5.5 58 6.1 6.5 69 74 78 1s3 88 94 99 104 132 150 450 18 18 .18 18 18 .18 18 18 17 16 .16 16 15 14 14 13 11 11 10 10 10 170 ------• • • Figure 19-51[2] • EN ROUTE• REDUCTION • 4 a b c d 40 nm h Reduction tor Hi Alt RF 9 I e f 3 - tor Lo All Additional Reduction k _ f----- i J 2 Reference Facility Side of Centerline 1 10 TP Centerline 20 30 40 50 L_ ------_.. _--_.. _---_ .. _------C------_.. _------I- -- -_.. _------_.. _------_.. _------_ ... - 1 Opposite Side of Centerline 2 m n Reduction f I 0 3 Or All Altitudes -----1" 4 a b c d 7-4oo.2D 9;16/93 Figure 19-53[1] ADJOINING TWO UNEQUAL SEGEMENTS • • i I ' S· LIne IsectmgIiI Course Change I Angle • Figure 19-53[2] ADJOINING TWO UNEQUAL SEGEMENTS 3.25° Angle ~ Route Edge i I I Changeover Point ...... I Centerline Route Edge t 3.25° Angle Perpendicular T to Centerline - ...... I • 19-5-10 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 20. AIRWAY FLOORS Section 1. GENERAL 20-1. SYSTEMATIC REVIEW of controlled airspace and the MEA of not less The regions shall maintain a program of systematic than 451/251 feet such separation is considered review and initiate action to designate or adjust in compliance with the 500/300 feet specified. airway floors as necessary. 20-6. MEA CLIMB CRITERIA 20-2. MINIMUM EN ROUTE ALTITUDES (MEA'S) The criteria for surface area size shown in Figure I 23-22[1] and Figure 23-24[1] of Part 6 shall Procedures for establishing MEA's are set forth be used for determining airspace required for climb in FAA Order 8260.3, TERPS, and FAA Order 8260.19, Flight Procedures and Airspace. Procedures from the surface to 500/300 feet below the MEAl for the use of MEA's are set forth in FAA MaCA. The criteria contained in FAA Order 8260.3, Order 7110.65, Air Traffic Control. Chapter 8, shall be used for determining the airspace required for climb from one MEA to 500 feet 20-3. GUIDELINES below the higher MEA. The base of the airway structure shall be at least 1,200 feet above the surface and at least 500 20-7. ACTION TO RAISE BASE OF feet below the MEA except that airway floors CONTROL AREAS may be established no less than 300 feet below When action is initiated to raise the base of the MEA when: control areas associated with airway segments, care a. The 50o-foot buffer would result in the loss shall be taken to designate, in accordance with • of a cardinal altitude; or, applicable criteria, sufficient airspace to encompass b. A definite operational advantage would exist. IFR procedures prescribed for airports which underlie 20-4. PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS the airway. Additionally, care shall be taken to ensure that controlled airspace, such as transition Procedural requirements may dictate designation of airspace more that 500 feet below the MEA area or lowered floor of control area, is provided or MRA in certain en route radar vectoring areas for aircraft climbing from one minimum en route or when necessary to accommodate climb or descent altitude to a higher one. operations. Such airspace shall not be designated for the specific purpose of including a minimum 20-8. CONFORMING OF AIRWAY/ obstruction clearance altitude (MaCA) unless use TRANSITION AREA FLOORS of the MaCA is procedurally required. The airway floor should conform, as closely as possible, to the floor ofthe transition area. 20-5. ROUNDING OFF MEA'S Where rounding off MEA's to the nearest hundred feet results in vertical separation between the floor • PARA 20-1 20-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 21. FLIGHT INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS Section 1. GENERAL 21-1. REQUEST FOR FLIGHT INSPECTION 21-2. FLIGHT INSPECTION DATA DATA DISTRIBUTION Regional Air Traffic Divisions shall be responsible Flight inspection data concerning airways and jet for providing the appropriate Flight Standards Office routes shall be forwarded to ATM-600 on Form with the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) 8260-16 by the appropriate Flight Standards office. relating to new or altered airways and jet routes. Requests for flight inspection data MEA's, COP's, 21-3 thru 21-19. RESERVED etc.) for airways and jet routes shall be initiated by the Regional Air Traffic Division (see paragraph 2-5 for processing action directly to rule). • • PARA 21-1 21-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 2. FLIGHT INSPECTION REQUESTS 21-20. COORDINATION office and will indicate whether the flight inspection A requirement for a flight inspection evaluation results were satisfactory or unsatisfactory. If unsatis should be coordinated with the regional Frequency factory, appropriate corrective action should be Management Office prior to requesting flight inspec accomplished and the request resubmitted for flight tion review. inspection. 21-21. FORWARD FLIGHT INSPECTION 21-22 thru 21-29. RESERVED REPORT Upon completion of the requested action, a flight inspection report will be forwarded to the originating • • PARA 21-20 21-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. SUBSTITUTE ROUTES 21-30. PROCEDURES develop a substitute route that does not meet this Procedures for the development, coordination, and requirement, appropriate recommendations for con • use of substitute routes are set forth in FAA trolled airspace shall be forwarded to ATP-200 Order 7100.5 and FAA Order 8260.19. for processing. 21-31. CONTROLLED AIRSPACE 21-32 thru 21-39. RESERVED REQUIREMENT The centerline of each substitute route shall be within controlled airspace. If it is necessary to '. I I • I • PARA 21-30 21-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 4. FAR PART 95 AND NON-PART 95 ROUTES (OFF-AIRWAY ROUTES) 21-40. RESPONSIBILITY areas, proximity to military bases, and any adverse Flight Standards has the primary responsibility for effect on the air traffic control system. To ensure off-airway routes establishment and requests for equitable use of the airspace and to assist in these routes should be submitted to them. evaluating such routes, the appropriate Air Traffic Office should circularize each proposal to interested 21-41. COORDINATION persons for comment. The appropriate Flight Standards Office will coordi nate with: 21-43. MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF a. Frequency Management personnel to ensure RANDOM ROUTES adequate frequency protection (keyholding) of the Proposed routes which are contained wholly within appropriate aids if required. controlled airspace and within the advertised service b. The appropriate Air Traffic Office for concur volume of the NAVAID's to be used will be rence. considered as meeting the requirements of random routing unless otherwise justified. 21-42. REVIEW Each proposed route shall be reviewed by the 21-44. FORWARDING CONCURRENCE OR appropriate Air Traffic Office and evaluated from OBJECTIONS the standpoint of air traffic density, airspace utiliza After review, the Air Traffic Office shall forward tion, and air traffic control procedures. Particular concurrence or objections to the appropriate Flight attention shall be directed toward possible conflict Standards Office for processing. • with military low level routes, military/civil training • PARA 21-40 21-4-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Part 6. TERMINAL AIRSPACE Chapter 22. POLICY 22-1. GOVERNING CRITERIA 22-6. AIRSPACE LEGAL DESCRIPTION. Controlled airspace in terminal areas shall be des 8. A text header shall be used and include ignated, modified, or discontinued in accordance the following information: with the policy, procedures, and criteria contained 1. On line one: herein. (a) FAA routing symbol of the region. 22-2. REQUISITE (b) Two letter abbreviation ofthe state. Before proposing designation of terminal controlled (c) Type of airspace I airspace, determine that air traffic control service 2. On line two: Enter the name of the airport can be provided therein. and, if different, preceded by the name of the 22-3. REVIEW TERMINAL AIRSPACE city. STRUCTURE 3. If applicable, on line three: Enter the geographic coordinates for the reference used to Each regional air traffic division shall ensure that describe the airspace, that is, geographic position, all facets of the existing terminal airspace structure airport reference point, NAVAID, etc. are reviewed biennially to see that it is: 4. If applicable, on subsequent lines: Enter (1) sufficient to satisfy the needs of the users any NAVAID or airport including geographic coordi and ofair traffic control, and nates, used in the legal description. (2) still required. b. State vertical limits in the first sentence of 22-4. MILES the text. Unless otherwise stated, all distances are nautical c. Do not restate geographic coordinates used • miles. in the text header in the legal description text. d. If applicable, the way to distinguish between 22-5. FRACTIONAL MILES the classes is to separate the description of basic When figuring the size of surface areas and Class radius from the extension description by using IE airspace or their extensions, any fractional part a semi-eolon. of a mile shall be converted to the next higher Note.- Do not include a vertical limit for any extension(s) that 0.1 mile increment. will become Class E airspace. See Figure 22-6[1] for examples ExampJe.-3.62 miles would be considered to be 3.7 miles. of airspace legal descriptions. • PARA 22-1 22-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 Figure 22-6[1] I EXAMPLES OF AIRSPACE LEGAL DESCRIPTIONS (lat. 32° 26'48"N, long. 93° 49'33"W) ANE MA B BOSTON, MA Barksdale AFB, LA • Logan International Airport (Primary Airport) (lat. 32° 30'07"N, long. 93° 39'46"W) (lat. 42° 2l'5l"N, long. 70° 59'22"W) That airspace extending upward from the surface Boundaries. to and including 4,300 feet MSL within as-mile Area A. That airspace extending upward from radius of the Shreveport Regional Airport, and the surface to and including 7,000 feet MSL within that airspace extending upward from 1,600 feet an 8-mile radius of the Boston VORTAC. MSL to and including 4,300 feet MSL within Area B. That airspace extending upward from a 10-mile radius of the airport, excluding that 2,000 feet MSL to and including 7,000 feet MSL airspace designated as the Barksdale AFB, LA, within a 1O.5-mile radius of the Boston VORTAC, Class C airspace area east of the points where excluding Area A. the 10-mile radius from Shreveport Regional Airport Area C. That airspace extending upward from intersects the 10-mile radius from Barksdale AFB. 3,000 feet MSL to and including 7,000 feet MSL within a 20-mile radius of the Boston VORTAC, AEA VA D MANASSAS MUNICIPAL excluding Areas A and B previously described Harry P. Davis Airport, Manassas, VA and that airspace within and underlying Area D described hereinafter. (lat. 38° 43'17"N, long. 77° 30'56"W) Area D. That airspace extending upward from 4,000 feet MSL to and including 7,000 feet MSL That airspace extending upward from the surface between the IS-and 20-mile radii of the Boston to and including 2,000 feet MSL within a 4-mile VORTAC extending from the Boston VORTAC radius of the Manassas Municipal/Harry P. Davis • 230' radial clockwise to the Boston VORTAC Airport; and that airspace extending upward from 005' radial. the surface within 2.6 miles either side of a bearing 025° from the airport extending from the 4-mile radius to 7.5 miles northeast of the airport ASW LA C SHREVEPORT REGIONAL and excluding that airspace within the Washington AIRPORT, LA Tri-Area Class B area. Shreveport Regional Airport, LA 22-1-2 PARA 22-6 9/16/93 7400.2D •I Chapter 23. SURFACE AREAS Section 1. REQUIREMENTS 23-1. PURPOSE a surface area is designated. The weather observation I I A surface area is designated to provide controlled can be taken by a Federally certificated weather airspace for terminal instrument operations, and observer and/or a Federally commissioned weather I extends upward from the surface of the earth observing system. The weather observer shall take to a designated altitude or to the adjacent or hourly and special observations; whereas, weather overlying controlled airspace. observations taken by an automated weather observing system are continuous. The required weather observa 23-2. DESIGNATION tions shall be transmitted expeditiously to the ATC If the communications and weather observation facility having jurisdiction over the surface area. I reporting requirements of paragraph 23-3 and para- Note.-Where the weather duties are conducted by other than I graph 23-4 are met, a surface area: Federal employees, the appropriate FAA office shall notify them a. Shall be designated where an FAA control as to the reporting and dissemination requirements and the tower is in operation. applicable Weather Service and FAA publications. b. May be designated where a non-FAA control 23-5. LOSS OF COMMUNICATION OR tower is in operation. WEATHER REPORTING CAPABILITY c. Shall be designated to accommodate instrument a. If the requirements of paragraph 23-3 or procedures (prescribed, special, arrival, departure) paragraph 23-4 are temporarily not able to be if such action is justified and/or in the public met after a surface area is established, a Notice I interest. The following factors are among those to Airmen shall be issued stating the temporary that should be considered: loss of the affected service (communication or 1. Type of procedure including decision height weather). or minimum descent altitude. Examples.- • 1. DDC 03/001 DDC COM BELOW 3000 UNAVBL 2. The actual use to be made of the procedure, 04-1200 DAILY including whether it is used by a certificated air 2. DDC 03/002 DDC WX REPORT NOT AVBL 06-2200 carrier or an air taxi/commuter operator providing DAILY service to the general public. r b. However, if it is determined that the require Note.-For special instrument procedures, consideration should ments of paragraph 23-3 or paragraph 23-4 are be given to availability to other users. consistently unavailable, a Notice to Airmen shall 3. The operational and economic advantage be issued, as described above, and rulemaking offered by the procedure, including the importance action initiated to revoke the surface area or amend I and interest to the commerce and welfare of the the surface area hours as appropriate. I community derived by the procedure. Note.-The regional Flight Standards Flight Inspection and 4. Any other factors considered appropriate. Procedures (FIP) staff specialist needs to be kept informed of 23-3. COMMUNICATIONS any planned action, especially when Instrument Approach Proce dures (lAP's) are involved, so as to assess the impact on pub Communications capability with aircraft which nor lished approaches. Flight Standards may decide changes are I mally operate within the surface area must exist needed in the lAP, dependent on possible new altimeter source down to the runway surface of the primary airport and other considerations. These changes will have an effect on I (the airport upon which the surface area is designated). the airspace action required; i.e., minimums may be raised, or This communication may be either direct from procedure may be canceled. the ATC facility having jurisdiction over the surface 23~. TIME OF DESIGNATION Iarea or by rapid relay through other communications Surface areas may be designated full-time or I facilities which are acceptable to that ATC facility. part-time. If part-time, the effective time shall 23-4. WEATHER OBSERVATIONS AND be stated in local time. REPORTING 23-7. NOTICES TO AIRMEN PROVISION • Weather observations shall be taken at surface a. A provision may be added in part-time surface I Iarea's primary airport during the times and dates area designations to allow for changes by Notices PARA 23-1 23-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 to Airmen when minor variations in time of designa 2. United States Flight Information Publication tion are anticipated. However, before this provision Supplement Alaska. • is permitted, a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking 3. The Pacific Chart Supplement. and final rule shall be issued which provides the b. Notices to Airmen specifying the dates and following statement in the specific control designa- times of a designated part-time surface area may I I tion: "This surface area is effective during the specific dates and times established in advance be issued by the appropriate facility only after by a Notice to Airmen. The effective date and coordination with the regional office. The regional time will thereafter be continuously published in air traffic division shall assure that such action the (insert appropriate publication)." Information is justified and in the public interest. I concerning these surface areas shall be carried 23-8 thru 23-19. RESERVED in the following publications: \ 1. The AirportlFacility Directory for the conterminous United States, Puerto Rico, and Virgin Islands. • .1I 23-1-2 PARA 23-8 I I I 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. CRITERIA • 23-20. CONFIGURATION from the person responsible for developing instrument I a. A surface area shall be of sufficient size procedures. See Figure 23-24[1]. to: Note.-Normally, the person responsible for developing 1. Allow for safe and efficient handling of instrument procedures for civil and U.S. Army airports is a FAA Flight Standards Specialist. A military representative shall han operations. dle all other military procedures. 2. Contain IFR arrival operations while between the surface and 1,000 feet above the surface and 23-25. DEPARTURES IFR departure operations while between the surface a. When diverse departures are authorized, design and the base ofadjacent controlled airspace. the surface area using a radius of 3.5 miles plus I b. Size and shape may vary to provide for the distance from the ARP/GP to the departure 1 and 2 above. The emphasis is that a surface end of the outermost runway. 1area be sized to contain the intended operations. b. When specific departure routes are required, the shape of the surface area will be determined I 23-21. AIRPORT REFERENCE POINT/ by the routes. Use the 200 feet per mile climb GEOGRAPHIC POSITION gradient procedure in subparagraph a above and I The surface area's boundary should normally be Figure 23-24[1] plus 1.8 miles either side of based on the airport reference point (ARP) or the track(s) to be flown. the geographic position (GP) of the primary airport. c. In areas with rising terrain, use the procedures The ARP/GP is the center of the airport expressed in Figure 23-25[1]. in coordinates, and should be incorporated into I the surface area's legal description. 23-26. ARRIVAL EXTENSION Note.-Under certain conditions, the ARP/GP can change. If a. A surface area arrival extension shall be estab- I this occurs, the airspace should be reviewed to ensure the lished to the point where an IFR flight on an instrument procedures are still contained within existing air- instrument approach can be expected to descend space. to less than 1,000 feet above the surface. 23-22. SATELLITE AIRPORTS b. When multiple approach procedures are estab a. Using shelves and/or cutouts to the maximum lished utilizing the same initial approach course • extent practicable, exclude satellite airports from but with different 1,000 foot points, the extension I the surface area. length shall be based on the approach requiring b. Satellite airports within arrival extensions may the greatest distance. Consistent with safety and be excluded using the actual dimensions of the operational feasibility where adjustment of the 1,000 TERP's trapezoid. foot point could be made and thereby eliminate or shorten an extension, the specialist shall coordinate c. Do not exclude airports inside the TERP's with the person responsible for developing the primary obstruction clearance area of the procedure(s) instrument approach to request the adjustment. I for which the surface area is constructed or when the exclusion would adversely affect IFR operations. Note.-At this time, it is not mandatory that all existing instrument approach procedures be modified to accommodate See Figure 23-22[1] for exclusion examples. this new policy. I 23-23. ADJOINING SURFACE AREAS c. The width of the extension shall be equal I Designate separate surface areas for airports in to the width of the TERP's primary obstruction proximity to each other. A common boundary line clearance area at the point where an IFR flight I shall be used so that the airspace areas do not on an instrument approach can be expected to overlap. When operationally advantageous, the com descend to an altitude below 1,000 feet above I mon boundary separating adjacent surface areas the surface. However, if the primary area widens [established within like airspace, e.g., two adjacent between the point where the flight leaves 1,000 I surface areas within two adjacent Class C areas feet and the airport, the widened portion of the may be eliminated when the like airspace is serviced primary area located outside the basic surface area I by the same IFR ATC facility. radius shall be used for the extension. These exten sions shall, in all cases, extend to a minimum I 23-24. DETERMINING SURFACE AREA SIZE of 1 mile on each side of the centerline. I The size of a surface area, and any necessary d. If all arrival extensions are two miles or I • extensions, is determined by the use of a 200 less, they will remain part of the basic surface feet per mile climb gradient and information obtained area. However, if any extension is greater than PARA 23-20 23-2-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 t':"o miles, then all extensions will be Class E converted to MSL and rounded to the nearest IaIrspace. 100 feet. However, in a low density or non-turbo • Note.-The point at which a flight can be expected to leave aircraft traffic environment, a vertical limit of 2,500 1,000 feet above the surface on an instrument approach and the feet may be excessive and a lower altitude should width of the primary obstruction clearance area can be obtained be used. from the person responsible for developing the instrument procedure. b. surface areas without control towers shall extend I upward from the surface to the floor of adjacent 23-27. VERTICAL LIMITS or overlying controlled airspace. I a. Surface areas with operating towers should Note.- The nearest 100 feet means that 49 feet and below shall normally extend upward from the surface up to be rounded down and 50 feet and above shall be rounded up. and including 2,500 AGL. The altitude shall be • • 23-2-2 PARA 23-27 9/16/93 7400.1D Figure 23-22[1] •I EXAMPLES OF SATELLITE AIRPORTS EXCLUDED FROM SURFACE AREA AIRSPACE AREAS CUTOUT METHOD SHELF METHOD , ~ , -Class0 , Airspace Area I -- - I \ - ----Class 0 Airspace--Area -- . , I I , ------I I , I I , I I Airport Without -- f--.;....:__IT Operating Control Tower Airport Without Airport with Airport with Operating Operating Operating Control Tower Control Tower Control Tower • TERPS' TRAPEZOID TERPS' TRAPEZOID GOING TOWARD GOING AWAY FROM THE NAVAID THE NAVAID Airport With Airport Operating WIth Control Operating Tower Control Tower , , Airport , , , Without , , Operating , , Control Tower - -,,,, (.- '- Airport ------Without Operating • Control Tower 23-2-3 7400.2D 9/16/93 Figure 23-24[l.] I SURFACE AREA RADIUS FORMULA e R RADIUS ARP/GP = AIRPORT REFERENCE POINT/GEO- GRAPHIC POSITION EOR = END OF OUTERMOST RUNWAY 6076 = ONE NAUTICAL MILE IN FEET 200 FEET PER NAUTICAL MILE = STANDARD CLIMB GRADIENT D = DISTANCE IN FEET FROM ARP/GP TO EOR 3.5 MILES DISTANCE REQUIRED FOR DEPAR TURE TO REACH 7DO-FOOT CLASS E AIRSPACE USING STANDARD I CLIMB GRADIENT (700/200) 2.5 MILES = DISTANCE REQUIRED FOR DEPAR TURE TO REACH 120D-FOOT CLASS E AIRSPACE USING STANDARD I CLIMB GRADIENT ((1200 - 700)/200) THE FORMULA CAN BE EXPRESSED AS: R =D/6076 + 3.5 EXAMPLE: At Airport A, the distance from the geographic position to the end of the outermost runway is 4023 feet; therefore, assuming flat terrain, the radius is calculated as: R = 4023/6076 + 3.5 = .662 + 3.5 = 4.162 = 4.2 I The radius for the 70o-foot Class E airspace becomes: 4.2 + 2.5 = 6.7 I i I , I I el 23-2-4 I, 9/16/93 '400.10 Figure 23-25[1] • RISING TERRAIN I"""".",•••••••• ,•• ",•• ,••• ,•••• ~.~rrr~",~rrr~~i. 700 AGL 700 AGL • MSL In the above example, an aircraft departing to c. Compare MSL altitudes of the aircraft versus the west would reach the lateral boundary of the the highest terrain to determine if the aircraft I surface area without reaching 700 feet AGL and. has reached the overlying or adjacent controlled in effect, leave controlled airspace. To ensure that airspace. If not, increase the size of the surface I I the lateral boundary of the surface area is congruent area, as necessary, to contain the departure. I with the beginning of the 700-foot Class E airspace, Note.-When terrain, obstacles, or procedures prohibit depar the specialist shall: tures in portions of the basic surface area, a terrain search is not I I 8. Search the surface area's radius circle for necessary in that area and/or that height is not used in the com the highest terrain. putations. b. Calculate the MSL height of the aircraft by adding 700 feet to the airport elevation. • 23-2-5 9/16/93 7400.2D • I Chapter 24. CLASS E 700/1200 AREAS Section 1. REQUIREMENTS 24-1. DESIGNATION E airspace at the appropriate minImUm en route, I If the communications requirements described in initial, and missed approach altitudes. This commu I paragraph 24-2 are met, Class E airspace shall nication may be either direct from the ATC facility be designated: having jurisdiction over the Class E airspace or I 8. To contain instrument flight rules (IFR) arrival, by rapid relay through other communication facilities departure, holding, and en route operations not which are acceptable to that ATC facility. protected by other controlled airspace. b. To accommodate prescribed instrument 24-3. TIME OF DESIGNATION approach procedures. Class E airspace may be designated full-time or I c. To accommodate special (unpublished) proce part-time. If part-time, the effective time shall dures if such action is justified and/or in the be stated in local time. public interest. (Consider the factors in paragraph 23-2.) 24-4 thru 24-19. RESERVED 24-2. COMMUNICATIONS Communications capability must exist with IFR I aircraft which normally operate within the Class • • PARA 24-1 24-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. GENERAL CRITERIA • 24-20. 700-FOOT CLASS E AIRSPACE will be at least 300 feet below the minimum I A Class E airspace with a base of 700 feet IFR altitude. above the surface shall be designated to contain arriving IFR operations below 1,500 feet above 24-23. COORDINATION OF MISSED the surface and departing IFR operations until APPROACH ALTITUDES they reach 1,200 feet above the surface. Coordination shall be initiated with the appropriate 124-21. 1,200-FOOT CLASS E AIRSPACE Flight Standards Office or military representatives Where sufficient controlled airspace does not exist, to adjust missed approach altitudes upward to at I designate a 1,200 foot Class E airspace to contain least 1,500 feet above the terrain at locations arriving IFR operations at 1,500 feet and higher where existing procedures specify lower altitudes above the surface and departing IFR operations and such action can be accomplished without penalty from the point they reach 1,200 feet above the to overall IFR operations or without exceeding surface until reaching overlying or adjacent controlled TERP's criteria. airspace. 24-24 thru 24-29. RESERVED I 24-22. CLASS E AIRSPACE FLOORS ABOVE 1,200 FEET I Class E airspaces may be established with MSL floors above 1,200 feet AGL. Normally floors • • PARA 24-20 24-2-1 • • • 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. DEPARTURE CRITERIA • 24-30. DEPARTURE AREA foot airspace should be route oriented and normally I a. The configuration of a departure Class E only necessary between the 700 foot Class E I Iairspace is based on either specific or diverse airspace and the closest adjacent existing controlled departure routings and determines whether the Class airspace. IE airspace will be circular or oriented in one Note.-Where diverse departures are authorized, the 700 foot or more specific direction(s). Class E airspace will normally be a 2.5 mile radius beyond the I b. A climb gradient of 200 feet per mile shall radius of the basic surface areas. See Figure 23-24[1.]. This I standard does not apply to surface areas associated with Class I be used to determine the size of all Class E C airspace. Iairspace for departure. Specific departure areas with a base of 700 feet require the airspace 1.8 miles 24-31. LENGTHY CLASS E AIRSPACE I each side. One with a base of 1,200 feet requires EXTENSIONS 4 miles each side of the centerline of departure tracks. If lengthy Class E airspace extensions are estab- I lished for departing flights, they shall include the I c. When a surface area does not exist, the climb additional airspace within lines diverging at angles gradient shall be used from the departure end of 4.5 degrees from the centerline of the route of the outermost runway to determine the width radial beginning at the associated NAVAID. In I of the 700 foot Class E airspace and the beginning planning such extensions, the same frequency protec I of the 1200 foot Class E airspace. tion considerations involved in airway planning d. The lateral boundary of 1200 foot Class E must be included. airspace overlying the waters within 12 miles of I Note.-The 4.5 degree angle leaves an 8 mile wide area at 51 the coast of the 48 contiguous states and Alaska, miles from the associated navigational aid (NAVAID). and excluding the Alaskan Peninsula west oflongitude 160 degrees, shall terminate at 12 miles. 24-32 thru 24-39. RESERVED e. In the western states where the floor ofcontrolled • airspace is 14,500 MSL or 1500 AGL, the 1200 • PARA 24-30 24-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 4. ARRIVAL CRITERIA • 24-40. ARRIVAL EXTENSION c. The extension width shall be based on the a. To determine length of an arrival extension, approach requiring the greatest width when multiple one needs: (1) the point at which a flight can approach procedures (NDB/ILS/etc.) are established be expected to leave 1,500 feet above the surface, utilizing the same approach course. and (2) the airspace needed to contain arriving IFR operations at 1,500 feet and higher above 24-41. CLASS E AIRSPACE EXTENSIONS I I the surface. The width of the extension shall be A Class E airspace extension with a base of I equal to the width of the TERP's primary obstruction 1,200 feet above the surface and 4 miles each clearance area at the point where an IFR flight side of the centerline shall be established to contain on an instrument approach can be expected to the flight path of arriving IFR flights at altitudes descend to less than 1,500 feet above the surface. at least 1,500 feet or higher above the surface. However, if the primary area widens between the point where the flight leaves 1,500 feet and the 24-42. DETERMINATION OF INSTRUMENT airport, the widest portion of the primary area APPROACH CLEARANCE AREA I shall be used for the extension. Extensions shall, in all cases, extend to a minimum of 1 mile The point at which a flight can be expected on each side of the centerline, even though the to leave 1,500 feet above the surface on an instrument primary obstruction clearance area extends less than approach and the width of the primary obstruction 1 mile from the centerline. clearance area can be obtained from the office b. The extension length shall be based on the responsible for developing the instrument approach. approach requiring the greatest distance when multiple 24-43 thru 24-49. RESERVED approach procedures (NDB/ILS/etc.) are established utilizing the same approach course but with different • final approach altitudes. • PARA 24-40 24-4-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 5. PROCEDURE TURN CRITERIA • 24-50. PROCEDURE TURN PROTECTION 2. The boundary on the side opposite to the I Class E airspace extensions shall be established procedure tum is 4 miles from and parallel to for the protection of low altitude procedure turn the approach course. areas as follows: 3. The outer limit is established at 16 miles a. Procedure turns authorized to a distance of outbound from the procedure tum fix. This length 5 miles or less: is extended 1 mile for each mile beyond 10 miles that the procedure tum is authorized. 1. The boundary on the procedure turn side is 7 miles from and parallel to the approach 24-51. DETERMINING BASE ALTITUDES course. In determining the base altitude of Class E airspaces I 2. The boundary on the side opposite to the designated to encompass procedure turns, it is procedure turn side is 3 miles from and parallel only necessary to consider governing terrain within to the approach course. the TERP's primary obstruction clearance area, 3. The outer limit is established at 10 miles excluding the entry zone, rather than terrain within outbound from the procedure tum fix. the entire rectangular areas specified above. b. Procedure turns authorized to a distance greater 24-52. MILITARY PENETRATION TURNS than 5 miles: Class E airspace extensions required for the protection I 1. The boundary on the procedure turn side of military high altitude teardrop penetration turns is 8 miles from and parallel to the approach shall be established in accordance with the provisions course. of FAA Order 7130.1. • • PARA 24-50 ~4-5-1 9/16/93 7400.2D •I Chapter 25. CLASS B AIRSPACE Section 1. GENERAL 25-1. INTRODUCTION using that airspace, the traffic density, and the I The Class B airspace program was developed to type or nature of operations being conducted. reduce the midair collision potential in the congested 25-2. DEFINITION airspace surrounding an airport with high density A Class B airspace consists of controlled airspace I air traffic by providing an area in which all aircraft extending upward from the surface or higher to will be subject to certain operating rules and equip- specified altitudes within which all aircraft are I ment requirements. The Class B airspace operating subject to the operating rules and pilot and equipment rules afford a level of protection that is appropriate requirements specified in Part 9l. for the large numbers of aircraft and people served I by this type of airport. The Class B airspace 25-3. DESIGNATION equipment requirements provide the air traffic control Class B airspace locations include at least one I system with an increased capability to provide primary airport around which the Class B airspace I I aircraft separation service within the Class B airspace. is designated. The criteria for considering a given terminal area 25-4 thru 25-19. RESERVED I as a Class B airspace candidate is based on factors which include the number of aircraft and people , I. • , I I I.I I PARA 25-1 25-1-1 I 9/16/93 7400.2D I Section 2. CLASS B CRITERWREQUlREMENT .25-20. LOCATION CRITERIA 4. The areas between 10 to 20 NM and 20 Projected growth and other safety factors should to 30 NM may be vertically subdivided because be ~o~sidered in advance of the airport's actual of terrain or other regulatory airspace. I quahfymg as a Class B airspace candidate. For c. Vertical Limits: The upper limit of the Class I a site to be formally proposed as a new Class B airspace should normally not exceed 10,000 IB airspace candidate, the following criteria must feet MSL. The inner lo-mile area shall normally be met: extend from the surface to the upper limits of a. The primary airport serves at least 3.5 million the Class B airspace. This segment may be adjusted I passengers enplaned annually; or to coincide with runway alignment, adjacent airports, b. The primary airport has a total airport operations other regulatory airspace, etc., but shall encompass, cou~t of 300,000 of which 50 percent is air as a minimum, all final approach fixes and minimum carner. altitudes at the final approach fix. The floor of the area between 10 and 20 NM shall be predicated Note.-"Passengers enplaned" as defined in Public on a 30o-foot per NM gradient for 10 NM. Law 97-248, Airport and Airway Improvement This segment will normally have a floor between Act, means domestic, territorial, and international 2,800 feet and 3,000 feet above the airport elevation. revenue enplanements in the U.S. in scheduled This floor shall remain constant for that segment, and nonscheduled service of aircraft in intrastate . ' but it may be adjusted in consideration of terrain mterstate, and foreign commerce as determined and adjacent regulatory airspace. However, segmenta by the Secretary of Transportation. Enplaned pas tion should be held to an absolute minimum. senger counts may be obtained by contacting The floor of the area between 20 and 30 NM APP-400 at 202-267-3451. Validated counts for shall be at an altitude consistent with approach the current year are not available. However, control arrival and departure procedures. It is expected unvalidated counts for the preceding year are available that this floor would normally be between 5,000 approximately mid-June of the current year; e.g., and 6,000 feet above airport elevation. In the 1986 counts were available in June 1987. Validated segment between 20 and 30 NM, exclusions are counts for the previous year are normally available • permitted to accommodate adjacent regulatory air in mid-October of the current year. space and/or terrain. 25-21. CONFIGURATION d. Any variation from the standard configuration identified above shall be addressed in an appropriate a. General Design: Simplification of the Class staff study. IB airspace configuration is a prime requisite. Vertical and lateral limits should be standardized and, to e. Satellite Airports: When establishing a Class I the extent practicable, be designed to retain all B airspace floor, consider the adverse effect on published instrument procedures once their flight satellite airport operations as well as operations I track enters the Class B airspace. The number at the primary airport. When airspace directly over ofsubareas should be kept to a minimum. a satellite airport is not required, appropriate airspace surrounding the airport should be excluded from b. Lateral Limits: Class B airspace should initially I the Class B airspace. Special published traffic patterns I be designed in a circular configuration centered o~ !h~ ai~ort. and/or procedures may be required for satellite I primary Describe the Class B airspace airports. uhhzmg NAVAID s where available on the primary airport in the following order of preference: 25-22. REQUIREMENTS VORTAC, VOR/DME, ILSJDME. A candidate Class B airspace action: I I 1. The outer limits of the Class B airspace s?ould be a 30 NM radius from the primary a. Shall require concurrence from ATP-200 prior aIrport. to such action being publicly announced. 2. This 30 mile radius should be divided into b. Shall be designed by the region/facility with three concentric areas: an inner 10 NM radius the coordinated assistance of ATP-200. This design a 20 NM radius, and the outer 30 NM radius: will: ~'. The inner 10 mi~e radius area may be 1. Be subject to modification based on user subdIVIded based on operatIOnal needs, runway align comments if safety and efficiency can be maintained. • ment, adjacent regulatory airspace, or adjacent air 2. Consider any other factors that may be ports. appropriate. PARA 25-20 25-2-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 c. Shall be circularized/presented to users in 25-23 tbru 25-29. RESERVED accordance with paragraph 2-22, paragraph 2-23, and paragraph 2-32. • • • 25-2-2 PARA 25-23 9/16/93 7400.2D •I Chapter 26. CLASS C AIRSPACE Section 1. GENERAL 26-1. INTRODUCTION specified altitudes within which all aircraft are I a. The Class C airspace concept was developed subject to the operating rules and pilot and equipment as the successor to terminal radar service area requirements specified in Part 91. (TRSA) following the recommendation of the National Airspace Review Task Group, a thorough 26-3. DESIGNATION review by the FAA, and over a year's confirmation Class C airspace locations include only one primary I at selected field facilities. As a result of that airport around which the Class C airspace is des- I review and confirmation, it was determined that ignated. I Class C airspace would improve aviation safety and simplify and standardize terminal air traffic 26-4. NONRULEMAKING ALTERNATIVES control services at facilities that were then utilizing Before rulemaking action is initiated to establish TRSA procedures. Thus, national implementation an Class C airspace, all nonrulemaking alternatives I I of Class C airspace coupled with cancellation of which provide for an acceptable level of safety TRSA was begun on March 14, 1985. and are consistent with the objectives of standardiza b. From an airspace point of view, the primary tion and simplification shall be exhausted. Such I difference between Class C airspace and TRSA alternatives include but are not limited to the I is that Class C airspace is regulatory airspace following: requiring rulemaking to establish; TRSA was non- a. Review and improve radar services. regulatory airspace and did not require rulemaking. Additionally, Class C airspace's are generally smaller b. Implement, expand, or improve Stage II services. • in size and more standard in dimension than were c. Conduct pilot/controller education programs, the earlier TRSA's. aviation education safety seminars, etc. 26-2. DEFINITION 26-5 tbru 26-19. RESERVED I An Class C airspace consists of controlled airspace extending upward from the surface or higher to • PARA 26-1 26-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. CRITERINREQUIREMENTS • 26-20. LOCATION CRITERIA c. Vertical Limits: The ceiling of an Class C I • For a site to be considered as an Class C airspace airspace should be 4,000 feet above the field candidate, apply the following criteria: elevation of the primary airport. That ceiling applies a. An airport with an operational airport traffic equally to the airspace laterally defined by the control tower serviced by a radar approach control; five and ten nautical mile circles. The lower vertical and limit within the five nautical mile circle should b. Meets one of the following: be to the surface. The lower vertical limit between the five nautical mile circle and the ten nautical 1. 75,000 annual instrument operations count at the primary airport; or mile circle shall not be lower than 1,200 feet AGL. 2. 100,000 annual instrument operations count at the primary and secondary airports in the terminal Note.-Though not requiring regulatory action, an Outer Area is the procedural companion to an Class C airspace. The normal I area hub; or radius of an Outer Area is 20 nautical miles from the primary 3. 250,000 annual enplaned passengers at the Class C airspace airport. Its vertical limit extends from the I primary airport. lower limits of radio/radar coverage up to the ceiling of the approach control's delegated airspace, excluding the Class C air-I 26-21. REGIONAL EVALUATION space itself. • Regions shall periodically reevaluate Class C airspace designs using the items as listed in paragraph 26-23. REQUIREMENTS 26-31 as guidelines. If it is determined that a A candidate Class C airspace action: • modification is required, regions shall adhere to a. Shall be identified and approved by ATP-200 paragraph 26-22 as applicable. prior to being publicly announced. 26-22. CONFIGURATION b. Shall be designed by the region/facility with a. General Design: Simplification and standardiza- the coordinated assistance of ATP-200. This design • tion of Class C airspace airspace are prime requisites. will: Vertical and lateral limits shall be in accordance 1. Be in accordance with paragraph 26-22. • with the following to the maximum extent practicable. 2. Be subject to modification based on user The number of subareas shall be kept to a minimum. comments if safety and efficiency can be maintained. • b. Lateral Limits: Class C airspace airspace should initially be designed as two circles centered on 3. Consider any other factors that may be the airport reference point. The inner circle should appropriate. have a five nautical mile radius, and the outer c. Shall be circularized/presented to users in circle should have a ten nautical mile radius. accordance with paragraph 2-22, paragraph 2-23, Wherever possible, VOR radials and DME arcs and paragraph 2-32. should be used to define the boundaries of the • Class C airspace and any of its subareas. It is 26-24 thru 26-29. RESERVED important, however, that prominent visual landmarks also be considered as aids to the VFR traffic desiring to remain clear ofthe area. • PARA 26-20 26-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D I Section 3. CLASS C AIRSPACE PROCESSING • 26-30. HEADQUARTERS RESPONSIBILITIES (c) IFR traffic flow in conjunction with runway The Air Traffic Rules and Procedures Service has configuration/SlAP's, SID's, STAR's, and pref the responsibility to coordinate all efforts concerning erential arrival and departure routes. I implementation of the Class C airspace program. (d) The names and locations of satellite air NPRM's and final rules will be issued by ATP-200. ports, and a breakdown of air traffic at each ATP-200 and ATP-100 are the responsible divisions by category. and will provide assistance to the regions in develop- (e) A general description of air traffic oper I ing Class C airspace programs. ations in the area. 26-31. REGIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES 4. A complete analysis of: I 8. Manager, Air Traffic Division prepare all docu (a) Major proposals submitted by users. ments and provide staff studies for each location (b) Near midair collision assessment. to determine justification for either withdrawing (c) The advantages and disadvantages of Class I or proceeding with an NPRM. This applies to C airspace establishment. I new Class C airspace sites and modifications to (d) Any budgetary impact on air traffic facili existing Class C airspace sites. The responsibility I ties and air navigation facilities, such as new includes completion of all companion actions associ or modified control positions, new or modified ated with the proposed site; i.e., studies, reports, communications equipment, the capability of the analyses, etc. facility to provide Class C services to the maximum I b. To ensure that all regions apply a uniform extent at minimum cost, and new or relocation approach to arrive at individual conclusions, a of navigational aids. staff study which results in a conclusion to proceed (e) An assessment of the economic impact or withdraw the location from further consideration on users. I shall be completed for each Class C airspace proposal. Among other things, the staff study shall 5. A statement as to what actions have been contain: taken to comply with paragraph 26-4. 1. Traffic volume, density, and breakdown by 6. The conclusions reached based on the analysis category. of the options and issues. The need to enhance safety shall be the key factor in evaluating the • 2. Geographical features, adjacent airspace, and options and issues. air traffic control facilities. 3. A description of the terminal area including: 26-32. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS (a) VFR traffic flow in and through the Environmental matters for Class C airspace will I area. be handled in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1, (b) IFR traffic flow in the affected en route Policies and Procedures for Considering Environ structure including transition routes. mental Impacts. • PARA 26-30 26-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • PART 7. SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE Chapter 27. GENERAL Section 1. POLICY 27-1. INTRODUCTION the safety of persons or property on the surface, In addition to the requirements of Part 1, this the proponent shall demonstrate that provisions part contains the policy, procedures, and criteria have been made for their protection. for the assignment, review, modification, and revoca 27-4. OPTIMUM UTILIZATION tion of special use airspace. Special use airspace To ensure optimum airspace utilization, using agen is airspace of defined dimensions wherein activities cies shall be encouraged to make their airspace must be confined because of their nature, and/ available for the activities of other agencies on or wherein limitations may be imposed upon aircraft a shared use basis. In this regard, all special operations that are not a part of those activities. use airspace proposals shall be specifically reviewed 27-2. CATEGORIES for a determination of whether the military require The handling of special use airspace matters falls ment can be accommodated within, or by modifying, into two categories. The first category consists existing areas. of rulemaking actions which include restricted areas 27-5. WAIVERS OF FAR's and prohibited areas. These relate to the assignment, review, modification, or revocation of airspace by The establishment/designation of special use airspace a rule, regulation, or order as prescribed in Federal does not, in itself, waive any part of the Federal Aviation Regulations (See Part 11). The second Aviation Regulations. category consists of nonrulemaking actions and 27-6. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT includes alert areas, controlled firing areas, and Special use airspace actions are subject to environ • military operations areas (MOA's) where the FAA mental assessments and procedures if the floor has the authority to make the final decision but of the proposed area is below 3,000 feet AGL does not express that decision by issuing a rule, or if supersonic flight is anticipated at any altitude. regulation, or order. Also included in the nonrule Compliance with the National Environmental Policy category are offshore warning areas where the Act (NEPA) is the responsibility of the proponent FAA has an interest, but the final approval is under the lead agency concept. (See FAA Order shared by other agencies. 1050.1.) 27-3. MINIMUM NUMBERS AND VOLUME 27-7. COORDINATION OF PROPOSALS a. Special use airspace programs are designed Prior to submission for approval, military proponents to accommodate national security and welfare and of special use airspace will coordinate proposals necessary military activity. They identify for other with locally affected ATC facilities and military airspace users where the activity occurs and protect units, local FAA representativeslliaison officers where other users from hazardous operations. While assigned, and the ARTCC having jurisdiction over establishment of special use airspace is essential the affected airspace. All coordination of nonmilitary to national security and the military mission, unneces proposals will be accomplished by the regional sary proliferation of these areas degrades the special Air Traffic division. use airspace program and adversely affects the overall efficiency of the National Airspace System. 27-8. REGIONAL ACTION b. The volume of airspace to be included in Special use airspace rulemaking actions shall be any specific area of special use airspace and the processed in accordance with the procedures pre time during which it is to be assigned shall be scribed in Part 11 and in Part 1 and Part 7 the minimum required to contain the proposed of this Order. Nonrulemaking actions shall be proc user activities, including safety zones required by essed in accordance with the procedures prescribed military authority. When an aircraft activity conducted in Part 1 and this part. Upon receipt of a special • in special use airspace could measurably affect use airspace proposal, the region shall: PARA 27-1 27-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 8. Review the proposal for completeness and provided there is no derogation to the using agency's sufficient justification. mission. Because of their small size, geOgraPhic. b. Coordinate the proposal to identify conflicts location, or high degree of utilization, some areas with the requirements of other airspace users. Give are impractical for joint use. Joint use procedures special attention to compatible airspace use relative for specific types of airspace are contained in to existing and planned airports and their associated the appropriate chapter of this part. airspace requirements. 27-10. CONTROLLING AGENCY c. Circularize the proposal in accordance with the procedures specified in Part 1 and the chapter Joint use of special use airspace requires the assign of this part applicable to the type special use ment of a controlling agency. The assigned facility airspace proposed. Additionally, if it would increase is: the burden on the public and/or coordination and 8. For joint use restricted areas, the ATC facility informal discussions indicate it will be controversial, that may authorize transit through or flight within circularize the proposal to interested persons under a restricted area in accordance with a joint use the procedures of Chapter 2, Section 2. Proposed letter (reference Part 73.17). actions which clearly do not impact aviation need b. For other than joint use restricted areas, the not be circularized nor issued as an NPRM. FAA or the military ATC facility. d. When comments, review, and/or coordination indicate that the proposal will be controversial, 27-11. USING AGENCY an informal airspace meeting may be scheduled Normally, the using agency is the agency, organiza in accordance with Chapter 2, Section 3 of this tion, or military command whose activity established Order. the requirement for the special use airspace. An ATC facility may be the using agency for joint e. When conclusions are reached, complete use areas when the facility is specified in a letter processing as specified in the appropriate chapter of procedure as having priority for use of the of this part. When required, forward the proposal to ATP-200 for action. The package shall include area. at the minimum the region's recommendations, jus 27-12. CHARTING AND PUBLICATION tification, documentation of regional actions, copies With the exception of Controlled Firing Areas of pertinent correspondence, original sectional charts and an optional requirement for temporary MOA's showing proper coordinates, and all other related and temporary restricted areas, special use airspace information contained in Section 3 of this chapter • shall be reflected in aeronautical publications and that could be useful to make a determination or depicted on aeronautical charts. New and revised complete the coordination. areas normally become effective on the U.S. 56-day 27-9. JOINT USE cycle publication dates (see Part 1). Special use airspace should be available for use 27-13 thru 27-19. RESERVED by nonparticipating aircraft when all or part of the airspace is not required for its prescribed purpose • 27-1-2 PARA 27-13 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. DIMENSIONS 27-20. GENERAL 2. Enhance real time joint use of special use Special use airspace is described in terms of horizontal airspace by conveying to nonparticipants definite (boundaries) and vertical (altitude) dimensions, effec and/or probable periods of inactivity. For areas • that permit transit without specific approval, this tive for a specified period of time. must also be weighed against the opposite effect 27-21. HORIZONTAL LIMITS of presumed inactivity luring nonparticipants into The horizontal limits of special use airspace are a lack ofvigilance in the area. defined by geographic coordinates or other appropriate 3. Keep to a minimum the amount of information references that clearly describe their boundaries. necessary to publish and chart special use airspace Where it is difficult to establish boundaries easily areas. discernible from the air, the area may be changed b. Times of use shall be expressed using the to allow the boundary to be located along some terms or combinations of the terms indicated below charted prominent terrain feature; Le., rivers, high and should reflect normal use for the majority ways, railroad tracks, etc. Except for temporary of the time. When a using agency has knowledge areas, boundaries shall not be described as "along of significant seasonal differences in usage require the boundary" ofanother airspace area. ments, different times of use may be established 27-22. VERTICAL LIMITS as appropriate; e.g., "Sep-Apr, Mon-Fri 0800 a. Vertical limits shall be established, as necessary, 1700" and "May-Aug, Daily Sunrise-2300." to contain the planned activities. Stratification to Days of the week and/or. months of the year enhance joint use is permitted and encouraged. should be indicated as appropriate. 1. Sunrise and sunset: b. Within areas solely containing aircraft oper ations, altitudes at or above 18,000 feet MSL 2. Specified time: Local time using the 24-hour shall be expressed as flight levels. Within areas clock. containing other than aircraft operations, altitudes 3. Intermittent: Requires an associated time or at or above 18,000 feet MSL shall be expressed NOTAM provision. Not applicable to restricted as feet above mean sea level (MSL). areas without a "by NOTAM"provision. c. Below 18,000 feet MSL, altitudes shall be 4. Continuous: Use only if justification exists expressed to the nearest 100 feet. Above 18,000 for utilization 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. • Not applicable to warning areas or combined use feet MSL, altitudes/flight levels shall be expressed to the nearest 500 feet. with 1 and 2 above. d. Procedures for determining the floor of special 5. By NOTAM: use airspace vary according to area type and are (a) May be used alone or in combination contained in the appropriate chapters of this part. with 1, 2, and 3 above when anticipated usage e. Ceilings are expressed as flight levels or feet cannot be determined, or when the nature of the above MSL. Unless otherwise specified, the word using agency's mission requires infrequent and/ "to" an altitude or flight level means "to and or erratic utilization. Use of the "by NOTAM" including" that altitude or flight level. If the vertical provision is not intended to provide solely for limit does not include the altitude or flight level, the "possibility of unforeseen short range require the ceiling shall be expressed as "to but not ments" of the using agency. including.' , (b) Shall be applicable to an entire area and not only to a portion thereof. When time 27-23. TIMES OF USE of use varies significantly from one portion of a. Close scrutiny of proposed times of use is an area to another, action should be initiated to essential to good management of special use airspace. have dissimilar portions identified by subdivision Publication of unrealistic usage times unnecessarily or reestablished as separate areas. discourages pilots of nonparticipating aircraft from (c) Activation by NOTAM should normally requesting transit or activity information. In determin be at least 24 hours in advance. This may be ing the times of use, the guiding factors are reduced if justified to gain an operational advantage. equally to: 1. Assign the minimum period of time necessary 27-24 thru 27-29. RESERVED • to meet the requirements of the using agency. PARA 27-20 27-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. CONTENT OF PROPOSALS 27-30. DESCRIPTION 3. The altitudes to be used in daily aircraft 8. Title-A short definitive description of what operations (expressed in feet MSL or flight levels is proposed. as appropriate). For each type of activity, include • the altitudes (or blocks of altitudes) and the number b. Boundaries-A definitive description of the proposed area's perimeter in accordance with para of hours these altitudes will be used. (See paragraph graph 27-21. 27-22.) c. Altitudes-Minimum and maximum altitudes 4. The intentions regarding flight at supersoniC in accordance with paragraph 27-22. speeds. d. Times of use-Local time operations are nor f. If the area is to be used for surface firing mally expected to begin and end in accordance (See paragraph 27-22.): with paragraph 27-23. 1. Type weapon/s to be fired with their associated e. Controlling agency-Not applicable when the firing fans, footprints, buffers, etc. airspace will not be joint use. 2. Maximum altitude of surface firing (expressed f. Using agency. in feet MSL) used in accomplishing required oper ations. 27-31. COORDINATION 3. Number of hours highest altitude is to be Furnish a resume of the coordination accomplished used annually. in accordance with paragraph 27-7. For new areas, 4. Altitude normally used for daily firing oper indicate that shared use and/or expansion of existing ations (expressed in feet MSL). areas has been explored and determined unacceptable 5. A detailed explanation of the peak hourly, to satisfy the requirement for the proposed airspace. daily, weekly, and monthly volume offiring. (See paragraph 27-4.) g. Any special requirements. 27-32. JUSTIFICATION 27-34. SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS The need for the proposed airspace must be definitive Include an explanation as to how each of the and able to support any resultant imposition on following, if applicable, is to be accomplished. nonparticipants or affordance of priority to the 8. How activity will be confined within the pro special use proponent. Requirements, such as "the posed area. • containment of military activity," or "in support b. Procedures for handling malfunctions. of national defense," or other similar statements, c. Ordnance trajectory envelope. in and ofthemselves are inadequate. 27-35. COMMUNICATIONS AND RADAR 27-33. ACTIVITIES Specify the availability and proposed utilization Activities include: of ground and/or airborne communications coverage; 8. A detailed list of activities to be conducted e.g. range control, military radar unit (MRU), airborne by each organization proposing to use the area. radar unit (ARU), Fleet Area Control and Surveillance b. Local time daily operations normally are sched Facility (FACSFAC). uled to begin and end. Include weather requirements 27-36. ENVIRONMENTAL AND LAND USE if it is a condition of use. (See paragraph 27-23.) INFORMATION c. Number of hours (daily) the area will be 8. Identify the lead agency or appropriate represent used. ative responsible for compliance with NEPA. d. Days per week, weeks per month, or months b. Certify NEPA compliance. If delayed, must per year, as appropriate, the area will be used. be in hand by FAA prior to issuance of final e. If the area is to be used for aircraft operations, rule or publication cutoff date for nonrulemaking include: action. 1. The number and type of aircraft normally c. Furnish the names, addresses, and telephone involved in performing activities for which the numbers of persons to whom comments on environ area is established. mental and land use aspects may be submitted 2. A statement as to whether ground or airborne d. Proposals requesting designation below 1,200 radar surveillance will be used during the operation. feet AGL which have underlying private or public If radar surveillance will be used, indicate on use land must indicate agreement to provide reason • the chart where the radar coverage is available. able and timely aerial access to such land. Prohibited PARA 27-30 27-3-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 and restricted area proposals requesting designation 2. Impact areas. from the surface shall indicate that the proponent b. If the area is to contain surface-ta-surface • either owns, leases, or by agreement controls the or surface-ta-air firings, the following shall be underlying surface. depicted: 27-37. GRAPHIC DISPLAY 1. Firing points. Proposals shall include a graphic presentation of 2. Impact areas. the proposed area on maps and aeronautical charts 3. Perimeter of firing fans for each type weapon as appropriate. If applicable, the presentation should used. indicate those areas owned, leased, or controlled - by the using agency. All proposals should, as 27-38. JOINT USE -a minimum, be depicted on an original Sectional State whether the area will be joint use, and Aeronautical Chart. if not, include justification. a. If the area is to contain aircraft operations, the following shall be depicted: 27-39. REMARKS 1. The location and the representative pattern Specify any pertinent data not indicated elsewhere. of firing and/or bombing runs. If appropriate, show where run begins, lock-on point, where firing, 27-40 thru 27-49. RESERVED if any, commences and ends, and release point and pullup points. • • 27-3-2 PARA 27-40 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 4. REVIEW AND ANALYSIS 27-50. ANNUAL REVIEW 27-54. DUTIES OF CHAIRMAN ATP-200 and regional Air Traffic divisions shall In addition to the above general responsibilities • systematically and periodically review special use of a special use airspace review team, the team airspace within their area of jurisdiction, and if chairman shall accomplish the following: required, initiate action to alter or revoke such a. Prior to the team's visit to the area, coordinate airspace. As a minimum, the utilization of each with appropriate military commands and/or civil area of special use airspace, except prohibited and users. Coordination should be initiated far enough warning areas, shall be reviewed on an annual in advance of the team's visit to provide local basis. representatives with sufficient time to prepare required 27-51. FORMAL/INFORMAL REVIEW data. Initial coordination with the military shall The review of special use airspace may be accom be effected through the appropriate regional military plished through formal or informal procedures. Formal representative. reviews are conducted by special use airspace teams b. If deemed necessary, schedule an informal that are established when determined to be appropriate airspace meeting near the location of the area by ATP-200 or a regional Air Traffic division. under study. Such a meeting would allow the Informal reviews are conducted on a continuous users and other interested persons an opportunity basis by all agency personnel engaged in handling to present their position and offer recommendations. special use airspace. 27-52. TEAM REVIEW 27-55. TEAM REPORT Formal airspace reviews should be conducted by On completion of the review, the team shall analyze a special use airspace team that consists of three the information obtained and develop its recommenda or more members. In matters involving Flight Stand tions. The team findings shall be forwarded through ards, a representative from the Flight Standards the regional Air Traffic division to the regional division should be invited to participate as a member military representative for appropriate action. A of the team. If required, representatives of more copy shall be sent to ATP-200 and to the affected than one region can participate as members of ATC facility/so The report should include: • the team. The team chairman should be an Air a. A summary of the positions of all interested Traffic specialist of ATP-200 or the regional Air civil and military users to include operational require Traffic division. The selection and use of the ments and recommendations. special use airspace team should be on an "as b. The findings, conclusions, and recommendations required" basis, and a particular team shall be of the team. dissolved when its study is completed. Normally, team efforts should be directed toward problem c. Positions submitted in writing at a formal areas evaluating the need for additional assignments special use airspace review shall be attached to of special use airspace and conducting reviews the team report. of selected special use areas for the purpose of developing recommendations for retention, alteration, 27-56 TEAM REPORT RESPONSES or revocation based upon changing user requirements The appropriate regional military representative and/or actual utilization. should provide a response to the team report within 60 days. If the military concurs with the team's 27-53. TEAM RESPONSIBILITIES findings, conclusions, and recommendations, the The team shall act as a fact finding body for Air Traffic division should initiate any appropriate gathering complete information concerning the airspace action and advise ATP-200. If the Air requirement for and use of special use airspace. Traffic division and the military are unable to It should determine the actual hours of use, altitudes reach an agreement on the team's report, the Air and geographical area used, types of activities Traffic division should forward the military position conducted, and any other pertinent information. along with the Air Traffic division recommendation Teams should not accept statements from users to ATP-200 for a determination. Also, provide based on conjecture regarding the present or future a copy of the Air Traffic division recommendation usage of an area. Instead, any stated requirement to the appropriate military representative. • must be based on factual data. PARA 27-50 27-4-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 28. PROHIBITED AREAS Section 1. POLICY 28-1. DEFINITION fication number shall be assigned by ATP-200 A prohibited area is airspace designated under and normally not until a proposal is published Part 73 within which no person may operate an as an NPRM. aircraft without the permission of the using agency. 28--4. EXTENT 28-2. PURPOSE Prohibited areas are normally designated from the Prohibited areas are designated when determined surface to the minimum altitude required, with necessary to prohibit flight over a surface area a continuous time ofdesignation. in the interest of national security and welfare. 28-5. PUBLICATION 28-3. IDENTIFICATION Prohibited areas are designated and published in Prohibited areas are identified by the prefix letter Part 73 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. "P," followed by a dash, a two-digit number 28-6 thru 28-19. RESERVED and a location (city/town/military reservation); e.g., "P-66 Rancho del Cielo, Goletta, CA." The identi- • • PARA 28-1 28-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. PROCESSING • 28-20. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL 28-21. REGIONAL ACTIONS A proposal for the designation or amendment of After completion of the requirements of Chapter a prohibited area should be submitted to the FAA 27, prohibited area proposals shall be forwarded regional Air Traffic division. If the proposal involves to ATP-200 for final determination. The proposal more than one region's airspace, Washington Head package shall include the region's recommendations, quarters (ATP-200) or a lead region may be des documentation of regional actions, copies of pertinent ignated as the focal point. The restrictions imposed correspondence, and any other information that could by prohibited area designation are such that these be helpful in making a determination. actions are normally highly controversial and require indepth study. Although specifying a minimum processing time is impractical, at least 6 months is required for routine action. • I • PARA 28-20 28-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 29. RESTRICTED AREAS Section 1. POLICY 29-1. DEFINITION except when released to the controlling agency A restricted area is airspace designated under Part during periods the airspace is not being used for 73 within which the flight of aircraft, while not its designated purpose. During such periods, the wholly prohibited, is subject to restriction. controlling agency may permit aircraft operations within the area. 29-2. PURPOSE b. When it is determined that a restricted area Restricted areas shall be designated when determined will be designated as joint use, the appropriate necessary to confine or segregate activities considered region will assign a controlling agency which shall, to be hazardous to nonparticipating aircraft. in conjunction with the using agency, execute a 29-3. IDENTIFICATION joint use letter of procedure. The preparation of Restricted areas are identified by the prefix letter the letter of procedure shall be in accordance "R," followed by a dash, a four-digit number, with FAA Order 7210.2. Also, see Figure 29-6[1]. and a location (city/town/area/military reservation The format may be modified where local conditions and state); e.g., R-2904 Camp Blanding, FL. A warrant a departure from and/or the addition of letter suffix is assigned to denote subdivisions; other provisions, such as vertical and/or lateral e.g., R-3OO5A Townsend, GA. Identification numbers subdivision of an area to facilitate joint use. For shall be obtained from ATP-200 and will not VFR operations it may be desirable to base lateral normally be assigned until the proposal is published subdivisions on obvious, well defined landmarks. as a proposed rule. Charting of these subdivisions is optional. c. The regional air traffic division shall be the • 29-4. RESTRICTED AREA FLOOR approving authority of all joint use letters of proce Restricted area floors will not normally be designated dure. This authority may be delegated to the facility lower than 1,200 feet above the surface. If a valid requirement exists and there is minimal adverse designated as the controlling agency. aeronautical effect on the overall system, restricted d. When there is a requirement to provide air areas can be established lower than 1,200 feet traffic control services within a restricted area, above the surface. However, the surface may be the facility providing that service will be designated designated as the floor only when the using agency as the controlling agency. either owns, leases, or, by agreement otherwise, Note.-Before ATe services can be provided in such airspace, controls the underlying surface. At a minimum, it must be designated controlled airspace under Part 71. provisions must be made for aerial access to private e. If both IFR and VFR requirements exist and and public use land which underlies the restricted if the controlling agency is an ATC facility remotely area and to accommodate instrument arrivals/depar located from the restricted area, the area may tures with minimum delay. The restricted area be "flagged" on charts indicating to pilots that shall exclude the airspace 1,500 feet AGL and permission to transit the restricted area may be below within a 3 NM radius of airports available obtained by contacting an area or local FSS rather for public use. than the ATC facility. 29-5. PUBLICATION f. Communications between the controlling and using agencies concerning the timely release of Restricted areas are designated and published in joint use restricted areas shall be outlined in the Part 73. letter of procedure. Communications shall be accom 29-6. JOINT USE plished by direct access telephone whenever possible. a. Restricted areas are designated as joint use A record shall be made of all such communications. areas by designating a using and a controlling These records shall be retained for 15 days or agency and by executing a letter of procedure longer if needed. which provides for the operation of nonparticipating g. Procedures for clearing IFR flights with respect • IFR and/or VFR flight within the area. Flight to joint use restricted areas are contained in FAA within these areas is controlled by the using agency Order 7110.65. PARA 29-1 29-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 29-7. TEMPORARY RESTRICTED AREAS b. Every attempt shall be made to process proposals a. Procedures to establish temporary restricted in minimum time and provide the proponent assistance • areas for military exercises are specified in Section in submitting a proper proposal. Proponents shall 3 of this chapter. Temporary areas for other than be encouraged to seek permission from using agencies military exercised may be designated to accommodate to conduct their activities within established restricted short term activities of various government or private areas to preclude unnecessary designation of addi- agencies involved in research and development or tional restricted airspace. other activity determined to be hazardous to nonparticipating aircraft. 29-8 tbru 29-19. RESERVED • • 29-1-2 PARA 29-8 9/16/93 7400.2D FIGURE 29-6[1] • JOINT USE LEITER OF PROCEDURE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION Washington, D.C. 20591 JOINT USE RESTRICTED AREA LETTER OF PROCEDURE SUBJECT: Joint Use Letter of Procedure for Use of Restricted Area R- _ EFFECTIVE: _ In accordance with §73.13, §73.15, and §73.17 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, the following letter establishes procedures for the use of Restricted Area R- , by ------the Controlling Agency, and by , the Using Agency. 1. The Using Agency shall release R-__ to the Controlling Agency when not in use for the' purpose designated. 2. During the time when the airspace is released to the Controlling Agency, FAA may clear IFR traf • fic and authorize VFR traffic into R··__ 3. The Controlling Agency shall return the use of R- to the Using Agency upon request. Such request shall be made at least (hours/minutes) prior to use by the Using Agency. (In determining this specific time, consideration should be given to such factors as: (1) IFR pro r cedures which impinge upon the Restricted Area; (2) communications; and (3) time required to ascertain that all VFR aircraft shall be clear of the area.) Tower, RAPCON, RATCF, FSS, etc., is designated as liaison station for the relaying of information con· cerning the release of the area between the Controlling Agency and the Using Agency. (This statement to be used only when required.) EXECUTED: For the Controlling Agency: For the Using Agency: Signed _ Signed _ Air Traffic Manager, _ (Title) _ • (Date) (Date) 29·1·3 9/16/93 7400.2D e Section 2. PROCESSING 29-20. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALS Figure 29-20[1]-CONTINUED Restricted area proposals are submitted to the FAA regional Air Traffic division at least 9 months Calendar Days in advance of the desired effective date. Military D+220 Proposal and comments receive final re proposals shall be submitted through the appropriate view. Rule is prepared and forwarded to regional military representative. The following sched Federal Register. ule represents the minimum time to process proposals D+225 Rule published in Federal Register at least which require only routine coordination. See Figure 30 days prior to effective date. D+225-281 NOS cutoff date/rule effective date within 29-20[:1.]. this time frame (NOS cutoff date is 8 weeks prior to rule effective date). Figure 29-20[1] Calendar Days 29-21. REGIONAL ACTION After completion of the requirements of Chapter D Proposal Received by FAA region. D+30 Proposal reviewed by region and submitted 27, restricted area proposals shall be forwarded to Washington Headquarters. to ATP-200 for final determination. The proposal D+95 Proposal reviewed by Washington Head package shall include the region's recommendations, quarters. NOS coordination and chart documentation of regional actions, copies of pertinent preparation and Notice of Proposed Rule correspondence, and any other information that could making (NPRM) is prepared and for warded to Federal Register. be helpful in making a determination. D + 100 NPRM published in Federal Register. D+145 Comment period for NPRM ends. Com 29-22 tbru 29-29. RESERVED e ments are directed to appropriate region. D+165 Comments reviewed by appropriate region, and recommendations forwarded to Washington Headquarters within 20 days. e PARA 29-20 29-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. TEMPORARY RESTRICTED AREAS FOR MILITARY EXERCISES 29-30. HANDLING REQUIREMENTS effective date of a temporary restricted area, a • The handling of temporary restricted airspace require formal proposal should be submitted to the FAA. ments associated with military exercises differs The proposal should include: significantly from the processing of other restricted 1. Name of exercise. airspace requirements. The following paragraphs 2. Location and description of area. provide definitive guidelines for handling the details 3. Time of designation. associated with such exercises. 4. Controlling and using agency. 29-31. INFORMAL COORDINATION 5. Complete justification for the area to include: Before submitting a formal proposal requesting (a) Number of aircraft involved. a temporary restricted area for a military exercise, (b) Types of aircraft and missions they will the proponent should be encouraged to initiate perform. informal coordination with the appropriate FAA region. This informal review can do much in (c) The exercise concept of operation (sce eliminating future objections to the proposal. Where nario). potential problem areas are noted, mutually agreeable 6. A statement explaining if the entire area, adjustments to the proposed area should be made as requested, is required for the complete exercise before formally submitting the proposal. During period, or does the scenario allow for releasing this coordination, primary consideration should be a portion of the area. If a portion can be released, given, but not limited, to the selection of the what part, vertically or horizontally, and for what ground maneuver area. This is because the require period oftime. ment for restricted airspace will be directly dependent 7. Requirements for refueling tracks, location, upon the location of the ground maneuver area. VFR or IFR, in or below positive controlled airspace. Attention should be given to the impact that a 8. Commands that will take part in exercise. particular site location would have on IFR and • 9. Requirements for FAA liaison personnel at VFR airway traffic, regularly used VFR routes, exercise facilities and military liaison personnel off airway air carrier routes, airports within and at affected ATC facilities. in proximity, instrument approach and missed approach areas, approach and departure procedures, 10. Provision to be made for nonparticipating and any special military operations. aircraft desiring to operate within area. (a) Local airport operations. 29-32. MILITARY EXERCISES (b) Ingress and egress routes. To assist FAA and military personnel in planning (c) Over flights. and preparing for military exercises requiring restricted airspace, the following time-phased listing (d) Acceptance of reverse charge telephone of information items that are normally required requests from pilots. in the processing of the request for special use (e) Capability of the using agency to accept airspace has been developed. It is unlikely that direct radio requests from pilots. the list below includes all items of information b. Four months prior to the proposed effective that may be required for a specific military exercise date of restricted area an NPRM is published and, conversely, certain items will not be applicable provided the proponent furnishes the following data: in all cases. Its primary purpose is to provide 1. Bases to be used as staging airfields and a common basis from which this agency and the estimated volume of activity at each. DOD can proceed toward determining and meeting 2. Bare (inactive) bases to be activated and the peculiar airspace requirements associated with their locations. military exercises. 3. Military control facilities or navigation aids 29-33. REQUIRED INFORMATION to be established where none now exist for use Information normally required for processing requests, of participating aircraft outside of restricted area. developing procedures, and time periods required Information provided should include locations and by the FAA are described as follows: frequencies. a. After all informal coordination has been com 4. Requirements for ingress and egress areas • pleted and at least 8 months prior to the desired (vector areas). PARA 29-30 29-3-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 5. Requirements for routes from staging bases or (b) to reduce the amount of airspace to be to include estimated volume ofuse. restricted. 6. Location of military air traffic facilities. 29-35. TIME REQUIREMENTS 7. Requirements for refueling tracks, location, The agency requires a sufficient amount of time VFR or IFR, in or below area positive control. • to designate airspace, develop procedures, and com 8. Requirements for military control of exercise plete actions necessary to assist the proponent traffic outside ofrestricted area. of an exercise to realize its objectives with a 9. Requirements for FAA liaison personnel at minimum of problems. To accomplish this mission, exercise facilities. the planning and execution of that portion of c. Three months prior to beginning of exercise: the maneuver which deals with air traffic control 1. Make provisions to assure that participating must be a joint militarylFAA effort from site pilots are provided the capability of closing VFR selection to the final day of the exercise. In flight plans. summary, close, early, and continuous coordination is essential. 2. Provide information concerning other activi ties not mentioned which will require development 29-36. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALS of special operating procedures and/or FAA military agreements. Figure 29-36[1] 3. NPRM comment period ends. Comments Calendar Days analyzed. d. Two months prior to beginning of exercise o Proposal received by FAA region. provide any additional information deemed necessary 0+30 Proposal reviewed by region and submitted to Washington Headquarters. by the FAA. During this period, the rule is published 0+95 Proposal reviewed by Washington Head designating the restricted area, or the proposal quarters. NOS coordination and chart is rejected, and the NPRM is withdrawn. preparation. Notice of Proposed Rule e. Forty-five (45) days prior to beginning of making (NPRM) is prepared and for warded to Federal Register. exercise: 0+100 NPRM published in Federal Register. 1. Provide any additional information deemed 0+145 Comment period for NPRM ends. Com necessary by the FAA or exercise proponent. ments are directed to appropriate region. 0+165 Comments reviewed by appropriate region, 2. Provide copies of all established procedures • and recommendations forwarded to and agreements for distribution to FAA and military Washington Headquarters within 20 days. personnel who require this information. 0+220 Proposal and comments receive final re view. Rule is prepared and forwarded to Federal Register. 29-34. DISCOURAGE LATE CHANGES IN 0+225 Rule published in Federal Register at least REQUIREMENTS 30 days prior to effective date. The proponent of a temporary restricted area should 0+225-260 Class II NOTAM cutoff datelRule effective date within this time frame. (Class II be discouraged from making late changes in stated NOTAM cutoff date is 5 weeks prior to requirements which would generate different proce Rule effective date.) dures from those previously developed. In any case, no change should be made within 45 days 29-37 thru 29-39. RESERVED of the exercise unless (a) absolutely essential to the safe and successful conduct of the exercise, • 29-3-2 PARA 29-37 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 4. ANNUAL UTILIZATION REPORT • 29-40. REQUIREMENT 29-42. REPORT AMENDMENTS Part 73.19 of the Federal Aviation Regulations If, after reviewing a utilization report it is determined requires using agencies to submit an annual utilization that additional information is needed to evaluate report detailing the use of each assigned restricted the use of a restricted area, the regional Air area. Supplemental reports may also be required Traffic division shall request the using agency upon request by the FAA. to submit a supplemental report in accordance with Part 73.19. Requests for supplemental reports 29-41. REVIEW shall identify the specific additional information A detailed review of the annual utilization report which is to be reported. shall be made by the appropriate regional Air 29-43. REVIEW SUMMARY Traffic division to: Regional Air Traffic divisions shall conduct annual a. Determine if a particular area's utilization utilization reviews of all restricted areas within is consistent with its airspace designation or if their jurisdiction and forward recommendations for an adjustment is in order. corrective action, if required, to the regional military b. Provide data for and to supplement a team representative. An annual review summary including review ofan area. recommendations or actions taken, as appropriate, c. Assist in resolution of questions concerning shall be submitted to ATP-200 ATIN: ATM-420 an area. by June 15 of each year. • • PARA 29-40 29-4-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 30. WARNING AREAS Section 1. POLICY 30-1. DEFINITION 30-4. PUBLICATION A warning area is airspace of defined dimensions When established, warning areas are published in over international waters that contains activity which the National Flight Data Digest (NFDD). Additionally, may be hazardous to nonparticipating aircraft. information concerning warning areas not adjacent Because international agreements do not provide to or near the conterminous United States, Alaska, for prohibition of flight in international airspace, or Hawaii, will be disseminated by International no restriction to flight is imposed. The term''warning NOTAM's issued by National Flight Data Center area" is synonymous with the International Civil (NFDC) at least 28 days prior to effective date. Aviation Organization (lCAO) term "danger area." 30-2. PURPOSE 30-5. JOINT USE Warning areas are established in international airspace When it is determined that a warning area will to contain activity that may be hazardous and be established as joint use, a letter of agreement to alert pilots of nonparticipating aircraft to the will be executed to assign a controlling agency potential danger. and define the conditions under which nonparticipating aircraft may be authorized to operate 30-3. IDENTIFICATION within the area. Apply the procedures of paragraph Warning areas are identified by the prefix letter 29-6 as appropriate. "W," followed by a dash, a two- or three-digit number, and a location (city/town!area!military res 30-6 thru 30-19. RESERVED ervation and state); e.g., W-72 VACAPES VA. • A letter suffix is assigned to denote subdivisions; e.g., W-72A VACAPES, VA. Identification numbers shall be assigned by ATP-200. • PARA 30-1 30-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. PROCESSING • 30-20. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALS Figure 30-20[1]-CONTINUED Warning area proposals are submitted to the FAA regional Air Traffic division through the appropriate Calendar Days military representative at least 7 months in advance D+160 Warning area published in NFDD on or be of the desired effective date. The following schedule fore cutoff date for next available chart represents the minimum time to process proposals ing date. which require only routine coordination. See Figure D+16D-216 NOS cutoff date/effective date within this time frame. (NOS cutoff date is 8 weeks 30-20[1]. prior to effective date.) Figure 30-20[1] 30-21. REGIONAL ACTION Calendar Days After completion of the requirements of Chapter D Proposal received by FAA region. 27, warning area proposals shall be forwarded D + 30 Proposal reviewed by region and coordi- to ATP-200 for final coordination and publication. nated as required. Nonrule circularization published. 30-22. E.O. 10854 COORDINATION D + 75 Comment period for nonrule circularization ends. In accordance with Executive Order 10854, warning D +95 Comments reviewed, and proposal for- area actions require coordination with Departments warded to ATP-200 with region's rec of State and Defense. This coordination will be ommendations. accomplished by ATP-200 and normally requires D + 140 E.O. 10854 and NOS coordination com- a minimum of 45 days. pleted by ATP-200. • • PARA3~20 3~2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. TEMPORARY MOA'S 31-30. GENERAL Notices to Airmen Graphic NOTAM's (available Regional Air Traffic divisions are the approval through ATP-200 on 8-9 weeks notice). Mailing • authority for temporary MOA's. Approved temporary the Graphic NOTAM to all licensed pilots within MOA's shall be forwarded to ATP-200 for processing the appropriate geographical area may be required and publication. Disapproved proposals shall be to ensure adequate notification of the temporary fully documented in correspondence to the proponents airspace. Publication of temporary MOA's on aero with a copy to ATP-200. If the proponent resubmits nautical charts is normally not required; however, the proposal, the regional office shall reevaluate it may be a provision of approval if, because and forward the package to ATP-200 for final of anticipated impact on nonparticipants, such action determination. is determined essential to aviation safety. Full consid The provision for temporary MOA's is in recogni eration shall be given to the potential detrimental tion of the military's need for additional airspace effect on the military of the additional processing to periodically conduct readiness exercises that time associated with aeronautical chart cyclic printing supplement routine training. When it is known dates, and such a requirement shall not be imposed that this need will occur on a regular and continuing without ATP-200 concurrence. basis, the necessary airspace should be considered 31-33. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALS for establishment as a permanent MOA with provi Temporary MOA proposals are submitted to the sions for its activation by NOTAM/Special Notice FAA regional Air Traffic division through the disseminated well in advance of the scheduled appropriate regional military representative at least activity. 4 months prior to the desired effective date. The 31-31. LOCATION AND DURATION following schedule represents the minimum time When existing airspace is inadequate to accommodate to process proposals which require only routine short-term military training exercises, temporary coordination. See Figure 31-33[1]. MOA's may be established for a period not to Figure 31-33[1] exceed 30 days. Preference will be given to expansion of existing MOA's over establishment of new areas. Calendar Days 31-32. PUBLICATION • D Proposal received by FAA region. In all cases, approval of temporary MOA's shall D+15 Proposal reviewed by region and coordi include the provision that the military publicize nated as required. Nonrule circularization the exercise within 100 miles of the affected airspace published. D+60 Comment period for nonrule circularization through such avenues as public media, pilot forums, ends. and distribution of bulletins to known aviation D+80 Comments reviewed by region and ap interests. Determination of appropriate additional provaVdisapproval determination made publication for temporary MOA's requires a and forwarded to Washington Head case-by-case evaluation according to the scope quarters within 20 days. D+I0~135 Class II NOTAM cutoff date/effective date of the exercise, anticipated impact on nonparticipants, within this time frame. (Class II NOTAM time constraints, and other considerations. Normally, cutoff date is 5 weeks prior to effective temporary MOA's will be published by NOTAM date.) "L," at least 24 hours prior to activation, and • PARA 31-30 31-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 32. ALERT AREAS Section 1. GENERAL 32-1. PURPOSE information regarding the use being made of the Alert areas are established to inform pilots of area, as circumstances dictate. Operations which specific areas wherein a high volume of pilot may be hazardous to other aircraft shall not be training or an unusual type of aeronautical activity conducted within alert areas since such activity is conducted. must be confined within restricted areas. 32-2. ACTIVITY 32-3. MINIMUM NUMBERS The activity within an alert area shall be conducted Alert areas should only be established when a in accordance with Federal Aviation Regulations, determination has been made that dissemination without waiver, and pilots of participating aircraft, of the information concerning the activity would as well as pilots transiting the area, shall be be of operational value to the flying public. equally responsible for collision avoidance. The establishment of alert areas does not impose any 32-4 thru 32-19. RESERVED flight restrictions or communication requirements. Flight service stations in the vicinity may broadcast • • PARA 32-1 32-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 2. ESTABLISHMENT 32-20. PROPOSALS/REQUESTS 32-24. CONTENT OF PROPOSALS Regional Air Traffic divisions are responsible for These proposals shall include the following informa initiating proposals or processing requests for alert tion: areas and submitting recommendations to ATP-200. a. Title: A definitive description of what is pro 32-21. REVIEW BY ATP-200 posed. ATP-200 is responsible for reviewing the regional b. Purpose: A comprehensive explanation as to recommendations and making the final determination why the action is proposed. • regarding the establishment of alert areas. c. Location and Dimensions: 32-22. CHART DEPICTION 1. A description of the airspace requested by geographic coordinates or other appropriate reference Alert areas shall be flagged on aeronautical charts that clearly define the areas. with information regarding time of use, altitudes employed, and type of activity conducted. They 2. Minimum and maximum altitudes (MSL/ will be identified by the prefix letter "A" followed AGL) as appropriate by two or more digits. ATP-200 shall assign 3. A graphic presentation of the proposal to the identifying number. maps and aeronautical charts as appropriate. d. Pertinent data on activities to be conducted: 32-23. TIME OF SUBMISSION 1. A detailed list of activities to be conducted Proposals for the establishment of alert areas shall in the area by all user organizations. be submitted to the appropriate regional office at least 6 months in advance of the desired effective 2. Time, expressed in local time, daily operations date. See Figure 32-23[1]. normally are scheduled to begin and end. 3. Number of hours (daily) the area will be Figure 32-23[1] used. 4. Days per week, weeks per month, or months • Calendar Days per year, as appropriate, the area will be used. D Proposal received by FAA region. 5. Number and type of aircraft normally involved D+30 Proposal reviewed by region and coordi in performing activities for which the area is nated as required. Nonrule circularization published. requested. D+75 Comment period for nonrule circularization 6. Altitudes (MSL/AGL) to be used in daily ends. aircraft operations. D+95 Comments reviewed by region, and rec ommendations forwarded to Washington 32-25. REGIONAL ACTIONS Headquarters within 20 days. Upon receipt of a proposal for an alert area, D+115 NOS coordination and Alert Area published in NFDD on or before cutoff date for the appropriate region shall comply with the provi next charting date. sions ofPart 1 and this part. D+115-171 NOS cutoff date/effective date within this time frame. (NOS cutoff date is 8 weeks 32-26 thru 32-29. RESERVED prior to effective date.) • PARA 32-20 32-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Section 3. CRITERIA 32-30. GENERAL 32-34. TYPES OF OPERATIONS The criteria in this section shall be applied to Only the following types of operations should determine whether or not alert areas should be be considered. established. The activity must be nonhazardous, 8. Concentrated Student Training: A high volume and all flight activity shall be conducted in accordance of flight operations at one or more airports at with visual flight rules. a given location. Singly or jointly, the volume 32-31. HORIZONTAL BOUNDARIES of activity should exceed 250,000 local operations To the extent possible, these areas should be estab annually and be generated primarily by student • lished so as to avoid Federal airways, major terminal training in fixed-wing or rotary-type aircraft. A areas, and high volume VFR routes. After an local operation is an aircraft arrival at or departure alert area is established, the designation of Federal from an airport in which the aircraft: airways through such areas should be kept to 1. Operates in the local traffic pattern or within a minimum. sight of the tower. 32-32. VERTICAL DIMENSIONS 2. Is known to be departing for, or arriving The ceiling and floor shall be established at levels from, flight in local practice areas. necessary to contain the activity. In addition, the 3. Executes simulated instrument approaches or ceiling shall not extend into positive control airspace low passes at the airport. nor the floor established below 4,000 feet above b. Unusual Aerial Activity: This type of activity I ground level over a surface area. is harder to define and must be individually considered 32-33. TIME ASSIGNMENT as to its operational significance to the flying public. As an example, an alert area may be • A time period, expressed in local time, shall be established where regularly used VFR routes transit specified to indicate hours of regularly scheduled an area which regularly contains a specialized use. When conditions warrant, provision may also type of air traffic and where prior knowledge be made for activation of the area by Notice of such traffic would significantly enhance aviation to Airmen during other than regularly scheduled safety. hours. • • PARA 32-30 32-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • Chapter 33. CONTROLLED FIRING AREAS Section 1. GENERAL 33-1. PURPOSE that such activity might endanger nonparticipating Controlled firing areas are established to contain aircraft. Examples of such activities are as follows: activities which, if not conducted in a controlled a. The firing of missiles, rockets, anti-aircraft environment, would be hazardous to nonparticipating artillery, and field artillery. (Includes military and aircraft. It is the user's responsibility to provide civil firings, and in the case of rockets, also .. for the safety of persons and property on the pertains to those fired by amateurs.) surface, and the proponent's written request for b. Static testing oflarge rocket motors. a controlled firing area should indicate that such c. Blasting. provisions have been made. d. Ordnance disposal. 33-2. BASIS FOR APPROVAL e. Chemical disposal. The approval of a controlled firing area shall only be considered for those activities which are 33-3 thru 33-19. RESERVED either of short duration or of such a nature that they could be immediately suspended on notice • .' • PARA 33-1 33-1-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. ESTABLISHMENT 33-20. RESPONSIBILITY FOR APPROVAL (a) Activity for which approval has been The authority to approve or disapprove controlled granted. • firing area proposals rests with the regional Air (b) Specific area for the activity. Traffic divisions within whose jurisdiction the activity (c) Altitudes. will take place. (d) The name of the user. 33-21. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS (e) Time of use. The proposal for a controlled firing area should (f) Effective date. be submitted to the appropriate regional Air Traffic (g) Safety precautions to be observed (see division at least 3 months in advance of the Section 3 of this chapter). desired effective date. (h) Instructions, if applicable, for the user 33-22. CONTENT OF PROPOSALS to notify the owner or manager of any airport It Controlled firing area proposals should include the that might be affected by the controlled firing information listed in Chapter 27, Section 3. area. 33-23. REGIONAL ACTION (i) Instructions for the user to file the following information with the nearest flight service station Upon receipt of a proposal requesting a controlled in sufficient time to permit a notice to airmen firing area, the responsible regional Air Traffic to be transmitted at least 12 hours prior to scheduled division shall: operations: a. Review the proposal to determine if the proposed (1) Location of the area. area's location would conflict with the requirements (2) Time of use. of other airspace users. (3) Activity to be conducted. b. Accomplish the following: (4) Altitudes. 1. If practicable, encourage the proponent to explore the feasibility of conducting the activity (5) User. in an existing restricted area. c. Circularize potentially or known controversial 2. Mter reaching a decision to approve or proposals. disapprove a proposal, inform the proponent of d. Forward to ATP-200, for information purposes, • a copy of the request for a controlled firing area such decision by formal letter. If approval is granted, issue a Certificate of Waiver to Part 101 as required. and subsequent regional action. 3. If the decision is to approve a proposal, 33-24 thru 33-29. RESERVED the letter of approval shall include, as a minimum, the following: • PARA 33-20 33-2-1 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 3. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 33-30. PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES 33-32. SAFETY OFFICER Precautionary measures necessary to protect aircraft The user of a controlled firing area shall appoint • in flight, and where appropriate, persons and property a safety officer. This person is responsible to on the surface are dependent on the type of activity, see that surveillance of the area and for distance terrain, and other factors involved. The approving of 5 miles therefrom is maintained immediately FAA office shall assure that adequate safety pre prior to and during the time that activity hazardous cautions are established for each controlled firing to aircraft is in progress. Surveillance may be area. The following precautionary measures are accomplished by ground observers, radar, patrol considered to be the minimum required and shall aircraft, and/or surface vessels. While the use of .. be mandatory for all controlled firing areas: anyone or a combination of the methods in 8. The ceiling shall be at least 1,000 feet above considered satisfactory, the limited capabilities of the highest altitude of fire or other activity that a surveillance plan based solely on the use of .. could be hazardous to aircraft in the area. ground observers must be recognized. Although b. Visibility shall be sufficient to maintain visual it would not be reasonable to restrict the altitude surveillance of the entire controlled firing area of an area on this factor alone, its limitations and for a distance of 5 miles therefrom in all must be considered. directions. 33-33. USER RESPONSIBILITIES 33-31. RADAR SURVEILLANCE The user must agree to cease any activity which If the approving FAA office determines that adequate creates a hazard upon notification that an aircraft radar surveillance is available, the criteria set forth is approaching the area. To accomplish this, each in paragraph 33-30a. and b need not apply. The observer shall have continuous effective communica approving FAA office may establish ceiling and tions with the safety officer and shall be thoroughly visibility requirements as it deems necessary; how- briefed as to observer responsibilities. • ever, no projectile is to enler any cloud formation. • PARA 33-30 33-3-1 9/16/93 7400.2D • PART 8. MISCELLANEOUS PROCEDURES Chapter 34. OUTDOOR LASER DEMONSTRATIONS Section 1. GENERAL 34-1. INTRODUCTION d. Divergence: Measured in milliradians (mr). Outdoor laser demonstrations are light shows The increase in beam diameter with increase in or tests that use a laser to amplify or generate distance from the source. The power of the light .. light. The special lighting effects produced have becomes spread over an increasingly wider area made lasers increasingly popular for entertainment with distance from the source. and promotional uses. When laser beams are projected e. Eye-safe Distance: The maximum distance from or reflected into the navigable airspace, the potential the laser projector beyond which the laser beam exists for permanent eye damage and/or other injury irradiance does not exceed 2.6mW/cm2• to pilots and passengers of aircraft. Therefore, f. Irradiance: A measure of light energy spread the FAA conducts an aeronautical study of all across a given area, expressed in watts per square proposals for outdoor laser demonstrations to deter centimeter (W/cm2). mine the effect upon the navigable airspace. g. Laser: An acronym for light amplification 34-2. PURPOSE AND APPLICATION by stimulated emission of radiation. a. This chapter provides guidance to air traffic h. Laser Manufacturer: A term that refers to personnel for determining or verifying the effects persons who make laser products including those of an outdoor laser demonstration on the safe who are engaged in the business of design, assembly, and efficient utilization of the navigable airspace. or presentation of a laser projector and/or light b. This chapter applies primarily to commercial show. • entertainment and promotional outdoor visible laser i. Laser Safety Officer: A knowledgeable person demonstrations which are subject to the Food and present during laser operation who is responsible Drug Administration's (FDA) "Performance Stand for shutting down the laser should an unsafe condition ards for Light-Emitting Products," Code of Federal occur or become imminent. Regulations, 21 CFR 1040. Military and research j. Milliradian (mr): One thousandth of a radian. laser applications may require other controls, safe A measurement of laser beam divergence. guards, and airspace considerations which are beyond k. Navigable Airspace: Airspace at and above • the scope of this chapter. While the criteria contained the minimum flight altitude prescribed in the Federal herein maybe useful for evaluating some military Aviation Regulations (FAR) including airspace laser uses, it should be noted that such lasers needed for safe takeoff and landing (see Part are subject to military safety standards and are 91) exempt from the requirements of 21 CFR 1040. I. Nonvisible Laser: A laser-generated product 34-3. DEFINITIONS that is not normally visible to the naked eye. As used in this chapter, the following terms Lasers of this kind are not used for outdoor are defined below: laser demonstrations. They lack the principle safety a. CDRH: Center for Devices and Radiological factor-visibility. Health. An office of the FDA concerned with m. Terminated Beam: An output from the laser the safe operation of laser devices. projector which does not enter the navigable airspace b. Demonstration: An outdoor laser demonstration but is terminated against a suitable object or surface. is considered to be an outdoor test, light show, n. Unterminated Beam: Projector outputs which or any other type of entertainment or promotional are directed or reflected into the navigable airspace. use of a laser. o. Variance: Permission from FDA for a laser c. Diffusion: The scattering or dispersing of a manufacturer to deviate from one or more require light beam by reflection off a surface or transmission ments of a standard when alternate steps are taken • through a translucent material. to assure safety; i.e., to be in the business of PARA 34-1 34-1-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 providing Class IIIb or IV laser demonstrations laser operator to cease projections if any aircraft or projectors. or helicopters approach the area. This requirement p. Visible Laser: A laser generated product visible should be placed in the FAA determination. to the naked eye. b. Laser beam divergence is very small even q. Watts: A term used to measure the power over long distances. For example, a beam with • output of a laser projector. a lmr divergence will be just over 1 inch in diameter at 100 feet from the source. Beam divergence 34-4. LASER PRODUCT CLASSES and laser projector output power are considered The FDA's laser performance standard divides in determining the airspace affected. A chart is laser products into five classes as follows: provided for determining eye-safe distances for 8. Class I laser projectors produce levels of lasers having 0.5mr, l.Omr, l.5mr, and 2.0mr diver radiation that have not been found to cause biological gence (see Figure 34-5[1.]). damage. Class I visible radiation laser projectors • emit less than 0.39 microwatts (0.39 millionths Figure 34-5[1] LASER PROJECTOR POWER! of a watt) continuous output. RANGE TABLE b. Class II laser projectors produce visible radiation that could cause eye damage after direct, long Laser Beam Divergence: Milliradians (mr) Output term viewing. Class II laser projectors emit less Power O.5mr 1.0mr l.5mr 2.0mr the 1 milliwatt (1 thousandth of a watt) continuous (Watts) output. c. Class IlIa laser projectors produce visible radi 1 1452 726 484 363 ation at levels capable of causing ocular injury 2 2054 1027 685 513 in a short exposure. However, factors of atmospheric 3 2515 1253 938 629 attenuation, beam, body movements, and limitations 4 2904 1452 968 726 5 3247 1623 1082 812 in eye focusing ability provide a measure of protec 6 3557 1778 1186 889 tion. Class IlIa laser projectors emit less than 7 3842 1921 1281 960 5 milliwatts peak power. 8 4107 2054 1369· 1027 d. Class I1Ib laser projectors produce visible radi 9 4356 2178 1452 1089 ation powerful enough to injure human tissue with 10 4592 2296 1531 1148 one short exposure to the direct beam or its 11 4816 2408 1605 1204 direct reflections off a shiny surface. Class I1Ib 12 5030 2515 1677 1258 • visible radiation laser projectors emit less than 13 5235 2618 1745 1309 500 milliwatts (one-half watt) continuous output. 14 5433 2717 1811 1358 15 5624 2814 1875 1406 e. Class IV laser projectors produce visible radi 16 5808 2904 1936 1452 ation so powerful that it can cause injury with 17 5987 2993 1996 1497 a direct or reflected· exposure, even when the 18 6161 3080 2054 1540 beam is scattered or diffused by a rough surface 19 6329 3165 2110 1582 or even by some smoke screens. Class IV visible 20 6494 3247 2165 1623 • radiation laser projectors emit more than one-half 25 7260 3630 2420 1815 watt continuous output. 30 7953 3977 2651 1988 35 8590 4295 2863 2148 34-5. LASER CONSIDERATIONS 40 9184 4592 3061 2296 8. The intensity of even a low power laser 45 9741 4870 3247 2435 beam can be equal to or greater than that of 50 10268 5134 3423 2567 the sun. When a laser beam enters the human 55 10769 5384 3590 2692 eye, its power is concentrated on a very small 60 11248 5624 3749 2812 area on the retina. This can produce harmful effects 65 11707 5853 3902 2927 ranging from temporary flash blindness to permanent 70 12149 6074 4050 3037 3144 blind spots or other eye injury. In some cases, 75 12575 6288 4192 80 12988 6494 4329 3247 the eye's automatic aversion response to the light 85 13387 6694 4462 3347 (blink reflex) may be sufficient to avoid these 90 13775 6888 4592 3444 effects. To guard against this hazard, an aircraft 95 14153 7076 4718 3538 observer, with binoculars and direct communications 100 14521 7260 4840 3630 with the laser operator, should be stationed at a location where visual surveillance of the entire c. Diffusion effects have not been considered area is possible. The observer shall notify the in Figure 34-5[1]. Determination of these effects • 34-1-2 PARA 34-5 9/16/93 7400.2D involves many variables and requires complex calcula- exposure however, can be compared to an accidental tions. Evaluation of diffusion is beyond the scope glance at the sun. In an accidental glance, the of thi chapter. Atmospheric scattering and absorption light does not remain focused on a single point • have also been ignored as an additional safety on the retina, so the hazard potential is lessened. factor. Considering aircraft movement and/or laser beam 34-6. EXPOSURE LIMITS scanning, the probability of a prolonged exposure is statistically very low. This fact may actually The eye-safe distances in this chapter are based permit use of slightly higher irradiance values. on exposure limits for a maximum irradiance value However, to maintain a reasonable margin of safety, of 2.6 milliwatts per square centimeter (2.6mW/ the value of 2.6mW/cm2 is chosen as the maximum cm2). This irradiance value is the maximum at which a person, unaided by viewing devices, such permissible irradiance allowed at the aircraft. as binoculars or cameras, can typically react quickly 34-7 thru 34-19. Reserved enough to avoid an exposure that would exceed the limits of Class I. Staring into a laser beam, like staring into the sun, is dangerous. A momentary • • PARA 34-6 34-1-3 9/16/93 7400.2D Section 2. PROCESSING • 34-20. SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL 4. Variance number and expiration date. a. The Center for Devices and Radiological Health 5. Date(s) and time(s) ofshows(s). (CDRH) requires that a laser manufacturer provide 6. Date(s) and time(s) of setup and alignment. written notification to the FAA before conducting 7. Location of the show. an outdoor laser demonstration. (a) Showplace name and address. b. CDRH informs manufacturers that: (b) Latitude and longitude ofshowplace. 1. All notifications are to be directed to the 8. Maximum emitted peak power (watts) at Air Traffic division at the FAA regional office the projector as certified to CDRH. having jurisdiction over the area where the laser show will take place. 9. Azimuthal direction of projections. 2. FAA needs at least 21 days advance notice 10. Elevation of projections in degrees above to process a request and conduct an aeronautical the horizon. ) study. The FAA recognizes that industry conditions 11. Beam divergence (milliradians). may not always permit the advance notice desired. 12. Maximum distance from source for irradi While FAA endeavors to accommodate all requests, ance of 2.6mW/cm2 based on maximum emitted proper conduct of the aeronautical study to determine peak power. airspace effects is essential to air safety. This 13. Maximum altitude above source for irradi is particularly true when demonstrations occur in ance of 2.6mW/cm2 based on maximum emitted proximity to airports or when the nature of the peak power and beam elevation. demonstration would necessitate protection of large 14. A diagram depicting unterminated beam amounts of airspace. In these cases, it may be arrays if applicable. impossible for the FAA to respond to short-notice requests. 15. Laser safety officer/operator. (a) Local address and phone number. 3. Notifications are required for all demonstra- tions in which projections will be directed or (b) Additional safety procedures. (1) Communications procedures during the • reflected into the navigable airspace (including set-up, alignment, and rehearsals). Notifications should con show. tain a minimum of technical information. Of primary (2) Visual aircraft spotters. concern is the maximum distance from and altitude (3) Other. above the source to be affected by a proposed b. Supplementary information if applicable. demonstration. Include the CDRH letter validating the measures 4. A proponent wishing to provide supple which result in a smaller affected area than that mentary information about measures which will shown in the Laser Projector Power!Range Table. result in a smaller actual danger area than that shown in the Laser Projector Power!Range Table 34-22. STUDY should submit the data in advance to CDRH for a. The regional Air Traffic division shall conduct review. CDRH will validate the information and an aeronautical study on all notices received proposing issue a letter to the proponent to include with an outdoor laser demonstration. The study should their notification to FAA. include the following, as appropriate: c. Any FAA field office or facility receiving 1. Quantities of traffic affected. information on a proposed outdoor laser demonstra 2. Traffic flow. tion shall forward this information to the Air 3. Location(s) of aviation activity that may Traffic division in the appropriate FAA regional be affected, including areas where helicopter traffic office as soon as practicable. operate below 1,000 feet in accordance with Part 91. 119(d). 34-21. CONTENT OF NOTIFICATIONS 4. Control jurisdiction; Le., tower or center. a. Proponent notifications to the FAA regional 5. Coordination with local officials; i.e., airport office will include the following information on managers, FAA Air Traffic managers, military rep all proposed outdoor demonstrations: resentatives, etc. 1. Laser group/company. 6. Possible flight restrictions that should be 2. Business address. imposed (consider setup and alignment times as • 3. Telephone number. well as actual show times). PARA 34-20 34-2-1 7400.2D 9/16/93 and the CDRH in Silver Spring, Maryland. CDRH's national, regional, and local offices' mailing addresses are included in Figure 34-27[1] Figure 34-27[1]. FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION ELECTRO-OPTICS SPECIALISTS' ADDRESSES • Address Region 585 Commercial Street Regions I and II Boston. Massachusetts 02109 (I-ME, NH, VT, MA. RI, & CT) (617) 565-4718 (II-NY, NJ, & PR) FrS: 835-4718 ATTN: John J. Galli 60 Eighth Street, NE Regions III, IV, and VI Atlanta, Georgia 30309 (III-PA, MD, DE, VA, WV, & DC) (404) 347-3576 (IV-KY, TN, NC, SC, MS, AL, GA, & FL) FrS: 257-3576 (VI-NM, TX, OK, AR, & LA) ATTN: Malcolm Frazier FDA District Office Regions V and VII 1141 Central Parkway (V-MN, WI, MI, IL, IN, & OR) Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 (VII-NE, lA, KS, & MO) (513) 684-3505 FrS: 684-3505 ATTN: James E. Frye 1521 W. Pico Blvd. Regions VIII and IX (So. Calif.) Los Angeles, California 90015 (VIII-UT, CO, WY, MT, NO, & SD) (213) 252-7603 (IX-AZ & CA (LAX County and South)) FrS: 983-7603 ATTN: James Roseboro • U.S. Federal Building & U.S. Court House Regions IX (No. Calif.) and X Rm.2062 (IX-HI, NV, & CA (North of LAX County)) 280 1st Street (X-WA, OR, 10, & AK) San Jose, California 95113 (408) 291-7893 FrS: 466-7893 ATTN: Robert C. Stohl Consumer Safety Officer National Office Center for Devices and Radiological Health Consumer Industrial Products Branch, HFZ-312 8757 Georgia Avenue Silver Spring, Maryland 20910 (301) 427-8228 i:t us. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1993 --'7 2 2 -6 7 4 I 8 0 4 0 0 • 34-2-4 PARA 34-27